Assistant Professor of Political Science, The
University of Chicago; and author of Propaganda Technique in the World War, etc.
“From him who has eyes to see and ears to hear no mortal can hide his secret; he whose lips are silent chatters with his fingertips and betrays himself through all his pores.”—An Old Physician
THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO · ILLINOIS
COPYRIGHT 1930 BY THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PUBLISHED OCTOBER 1930 Second Impression May 1931
COMPOSED AND PRINTED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS, U.S.A.
PREFACE
An understanding of political life can be sought by examining
collective processes distributively or intensively.
In my Propaganda Technique in the World War (New
York and London, 1927), I undertook to analyze the factors
which modified collective attitudes by examining the
symbols to which many millions of people had been exposed,
without paying heed to the order in which these
symbols entered into the experience of any particular person.
In this preliminary treatise on Psychopathology and
Politics, I am likewise concerned with the factors which
impinge upon collective attitudes, but the method of procedure
is radically different. It is no longer a question
of inspecting the symbols to which innumerable individuals
have been exposed; the present starting-point is the
lengthy scrutiny of the histories of specific individuals.
The procedures and findings of psychopathology are relied
upon for the purpose in hand, since they are the most
elaborate and stimulating contributions to the study of the
person which have yet been made.
Candor enjoins me once more to express my indebtedness
to my former teacher and present chief, Charles E.
Merriam, of the University of Chicago, who some time ago
sensed the importance of psychopathology for political
science, and who has been willing to encourage my own
forays in the field, without, of course, feeling bound to
indorse my results either in principle or in detail. Through
him it became possible to have facilities for special work
with Professor Mayo, of Harvard University, whose perception
of the bearing of psychopathology upon the understanding
of social life is bearing fruit in novel and
important experiments in business. The tenure of a Social
Science Research Council Fellowship (1928–29) made it
possible to continue my studies abroad.
Circumstances have thus been such as to bring me in
contact, sometimes fleeting and sometimes prolonged, with
men who represent divers standpoints in psychopathology.
Many of these have kindly placed their minds and their
facilities at my disposal, and I hereby return thanks for
the generosity and patience with which they treated an inquiring,
if somewhat innocent, investigator. No one who
knows the lay of the land in modern psychology, deeply
pitted by the trenches and shell-holes of battling schools,
will imagine that all the men whom I am to name see
eye to eye with one another, or that they will look with
equanimity upon the results of my explorations. To name
them is, I hope, not unduly to incriminate them.
Among those from whom assistance has been received
are to be included: Dr. William Healy, Judge Baker Foundation,
Boston; Dr. William A. White, superintendent of
St. Elizabeth’s Hospital, Washington, D.C.; Dr. Ross
Chapman, superintendent of Sheppard and Enoch Pratt
Hospital, Towson, Maryland; Dr. Earl D. Bond, superintendent
of the Pennsylvania State Hospital, Philadelphia;
Dr. Mortimer Raynor, superintendent of Bloomingdale
Hospital, White Plains, New York; Dr. C. MacFie Campbell,
superintendent of the Boston Psychopathic Hospital,
Boston; Dr. Harry Stack Sullivan, formerly of Sheppard
and Enoch Pratt Hospital; Dr. N. D. C. Lewis, St. Elizabeth’s
Hospital; Dr. Samuel W. Hamilton, Bloomingdale
Hospital; Dr. Gregory Zilboorg, Bloomingdale Hospital;
Dr. F. L. Wells, Boston Psychopathic Hospital; Dr. Edouard
Hitschmann, Vienna; Dr. Paul Federn, Vienna;
Dr. Alfred Adler, Vienna; Dr. Wilhelm Stekel, Vienna;
Dr. S. Ferenczi, Budapest; Dr. Theodor Reik, Berlin; Dr.
Franz Alexander, Berlin (now of the University of Chicago).
My colleagues, Dr. Stewart B. Sniffen and Professor
Leonard D. White, made valuable suggestions during
the process of editing the manuscript, several of which
I adopted.
Permission to quote freely from my previous publications
was received from the editors of the American Political
Science Review, American Journal of Psychiatry, Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, International
Journal of Ethics, and from the University of Chicago
Press and the Chicago Association for Child Study and
Parent Education.
I wish especially to express my gratitude to those who
cannot be singled out by name, but whose co-operation
in submitting themselves to prolonged scrutiny was of the
greatest possible help.
It ought to be pointed out that the cases actually cited
are only a fraction of those which I have examined, or
which I have in my possession. Only enough cases have
been abstracted to serve the purposes of exposition, to supply
a background for the theoretical material. The obscurities
which result from an unlimited multiplication of
“little Willie stories” have been sought to be avoided by
curtailing their number and their extent.
The first part of the book proceeds in rather dogmatic
fashion, and this no doubt tends to obscure the highly unsatisfactory
nature of the materials and methods of contemporary
psychopathology. The later chapters are given
over to the critical and constructive discussion of these matters,
and should fully indicate the highly provisional,
though potentially significant, character of the whole.
Political biography as a field of political science has
long been relied upon to furnish a vivid corrective to the
overemphasis laid upon the study of institutional “mechanisms,”
“structures,” and “systems.” The legal and customary
position of the House of Commons, the House of
Lords, the monarch and the electorate, as expounded in
the commentaries of Gneist and Dicey, suddenly take on
new meaning when viewed through the lens of Morley’s
Gladstone, Strachey’s Victoria, or Lee’s Edward VII. The
German imperial system of Laband is more fleshly and
less transcendental when one has studied the lives of Bismarck
or William II. An institutional account of the constitutional
development of the United States without a life
of Marshall and a life of Lincoln would be but the dregs
of a rich and ebullient history. Political science without
biography is a form of taxidermy.
When the tumultuous life of society is flayed into precedents
and tanned into principles, the resulting abstractions
suffer a strange fate. They are grouped and regrouped
until the resulting mosaic may constitute a logical and
aesthetic whole which has long ceased to bear any valid
relation to the original reality. Concepts are constantly in
danger of losing their reference to definite events. Notions
like liberty and authority require a new birth of meaning
after they have followed the tempting path of abstraction
but a little way. If conceptions are to serve and not to
master the mind, their terms of reference must intermittently
undergo the most rigorous scrutiny.
The use of “institutional” categories in describing political
life is indispensable, but the publicists who employ
them have little to say about the “personal” influences
which modify the expected behavior of “legislatures,”
“executives,” and “judiciaries.” It is no news that “leadership”
is an important variable in predicting the course of
events, but the standard treatises on politics have next to
nothing to offer about the traits of various kinds of agitators
and organizers, and nothing to say about the kinds
of experiences out of which these differences arise.
This limitation holds for the books about the theory of
the state and of politics which are written by Englishmen
like Sidgwick and Laski, Americans like Garner and W.
W. Willoughby, and Europeans like Jellinek, Schmidt,
Kjellén, and Kelsen. No doubt these men possess or have
possessed a living sense of political realities. Of Sidgwick
it is related that he was wonderfully adept in entertaining
his circle for hours with incisive comments and amusing
anecdotes about public men. But of this “humanity” of
politics there is little to be found in what he wrote. Political
biography has been relied upon chiefly to convey a
sense of the unpredictable in human affairs, and to adorn
an after-dinner tale. At its best, political biography has
contributed to an understanding of the factors which differentiate
one human personality from another. But it is no
secret that the literary biography or autobiography omits
or distorts much of the intimate history of the individual,
and that many of the facts which modern investigators have
found to be important are numbered among the missing.
Where is it possible to secure a supply of life-histories
in which the usual conventionalities are ignored, and which
are taken by specialists in the sociological, psychological,
and somatic influences which play upon the individual?
There exist in modern society sizeable collections of such
material which have hitherto been accorded slight attention
by students of social science. I refer to the case histories
of those individuals who have been ill, and especially
those who have been cared for in hospitals and sanitariums.[1]
The richest body of psychological and sociological facts
is found in the files of the institutions for the care of the
mentally disordered, although the material available in
general hospitals is of value. The case history of a patient
in a good mental hospital is a document to which many
have contributed. There is a report of the physical condition
of the patient as it is revealed in the routine examination
on his admission to the institution. This may be
supplemented by transcripts of previous and subsequent
examinations. There is also to be found the rating attained
by the subject on several general-intelligence and special-aptitude
tests. There is a report of the preliminary interview
and the diagnosis by the psychiatrist. This is amplified
by a summary of the proceedings at staff conferences
to which the patient is presented, and which is attended
by the whole body of physicians and psychiatric social
workers attached to the hospital. The usual routine is for
the physician and social worker in charge to present a
summary of the case, to introduce the patient for observation,
and to engage in general colloquy upon the diagnosis
and therapy after the patient has been escorted out of the
room. The patient may be brought before several staff
conferences for the purpose of discussing whether he is in
a condition permitting of release, parole, or transfer. During
his stay in the institution the nurses, as well as the
physicians who make rounds, add their descriptive comments
upon his behavior. The social service department
gets in touch with relatives and acquaintances and prepares
a biography of the subject. Occasionally the patient
will volunteer an autobiography, which is filed with the
general record. Correspondence with individuals who have
interested themselves in the case will often disclose valuable
details. The exhibits frequently include letters written
by the patient before, during, and after his illness,
together with published works, drawings, paintings, and
plastic productions. In some instances the record of a
single patient who has been admitted, released, or transferred
becomes very voluminous.
It is due to the growing emphasis upon the importance
of understanding the personality as a functioning whole
that modern medical men are willing and anxious to assemble
data about the behavior of the individual in his family,
business, and recreational relations. Such facts are often
useful to the physician in making his diagnosis and in
deciding how to handle the patient. The modern emphasis
upon the rôle of reverie in developing one’s traits and interests
has led to the inclusion of data about night dreams,
daydreams, ambitions, grievances, enthusiasms, and loyalties
of the subject. Not infrequently the productions of
the patient are recorded in his own words by a stenographer
who is present during certain interviews with physicians.
All these psychological and sociological data increase
the significance of the case record for the individual
who studies it for the purpose of understanding the total
developmental history of the person.
Sometimes the case histories concern people who are
without mental disorder, but who have, for one reason or
another, been committed for observation. The German
government was not the only one in the late war which
sometimes resorted to the expedient of avoiding the appearance
of internal dissension by referring pacifists to a
mental hospital. The records of the kind obtained under
these circumstances are often of men and women without
pathology, and serve to control the conclusions which rest
on the study of pathological cases.
Quite often the specifically pathological features in the
record of a sick person are very meager. Thus, one prominent
politician, the mayor of a large city, was brought to
a mental hospital suffering from an alcoholic psychosis,[2]
delirium tremens. He was only “insane” (to use a nonscientific
term) when he was passing through this acute
alcoholic episode, and was soon released. But the record
of what he said and did during the delirium casts a
brighter light on the deeper motivations of his political
career than many pages of conventional biography. The
hallucinations and delusions which he experienced were
not entirely stereotyped for the disease. Since he was no
longer able to maintain his repressions, his inner fantasy
life came out in the clear, and his personality structure
stood revealed. Another politician showed nothing abnormal
except a propensity for collecting women’s shoe heels,
which he found sexually stimulating. He came to the
medical psychologist to be freed from his fetishist perversion,
and in so doing he made possible the preparation of
a document which intimately revealed the origin of certain
political interests. From the point of view of the political
scientist the most valuable parts of his history happened
to be quite far removed from the narrowly circumscribed
pathological symptoms.
The value of some records is enhanced by the fact that,
besides the pathological productions of the patient, they
contain much information which is volunteered by the person
when he is himself again. Some forms of mental
disorder show recurrent intervals of disturbance and normality,
and during the “clear” interludes the patient is
quite competent to furnish autobiographical data. Often
the “remissions” in the individual’s condition extend over
several years, although they may be momentary. Another
form of mental disease is characterized by the fact that
the sufferer’s difficulties center about a single system of
ideas which, if left untouched by the interviewer, permits
him to be dealt with as an ordinary individual. It should
be evident from the foregoing that, contrary to popular
impression, the histories to be found in institutions for the
care of the sick are by no means exclusively confined to
pathological subjects or to the merely pathological aspects
of the person.
Some of the life-histories which are summarized in this
monograph come from mental hospitals. Others have been
collected from volunteers who were outside mental institutions
and who were aware of no serious mental pathology.
They have been undertaken on the understanding
that our knowledge of human nature in politics would be
advanced if “normal” individuals were studied with the
same care which is often bestowed on the abnormal.
So the book includes persons who are “sick” and persons
who are “well.” In the main the material is printed
for the first time. There are no retrospective interpretations
of historical personages. The chief unity of the study
lies in the fact that it is restricted to politically interesting
people who have been studied while alive by specialists
under conditions of unusual intimacy.
The purpose of this venture is not to prove that politicians
are “insane.” Indeed, the specifically pathological
is of secondary importance to the central problem of exhibiting
the developmental profile of different types of public
characters. Our job is not to catalogue the symptoms
at the expense of the main patterns of the personality. We
have not finished when we know that a modern Rousseau
suffered from paranoia; that a modern Napoleon has
partly atrophied genitalia; that modern Alexanders,
Caesars, and Blüchers are alcoholic; that a modern Calvin
is plagued by eczema, migraine, and kidney stones; that
a modern Bismarck is hysterical; that a modern Lincoln
shows depressive pathology; that a modern Robespierre
displays a eunuchoid habitus; or that a modern Marat
suffers from arthritis, diabetes, and eczema. “Psychopathography”
is legitimate and useful, but pathography
is not our aim.[3]
Nor is it the purpose of this book to make a hit-and-miss
collection of isolated anecdotes about the relation between
early experiences and specific political traits and interests.
Not that this sort of thing is not a liberalizing experience.
Our conventional schemes of “political motivation” seem
curiously aloof from the manifold reality of human life
when we discover the private basis of public acts. John
B, to choose a random instance, is a busy, aggressive, and
successful salesman who spends a great deal of time and
money on the care of the blind. He takes time away from
his business to serve on the board of governors of institutions
for the blind, and he handles many financial campaigns
on their behalf. Measures looking toward the improvement
of public or private care for these unfortunates
are certain of his support before legislative committees,
on the platform, and in personal conference. The study
of his early memories finally revealed the incident in which
his ardent interest in the blind was rooted. When he was
between three and four years of age, his little sister pulled
an eye out of his favorite cat, and he was terribly distressed.
His concern for the safety of his pets was the
original drive toward protective work for the blind which
matured into his adult activity. It would be possible to
fill many pages with reports of “critical experiences” of
this kind, and their importance is far greater than is usually
supposed.
If diagnostic labels and isolated anecdotes do not satisfy
us, what do we want? The answer can be succinctly stated
thus: We want to discover what developmental experiences
are significant for the political traits and interests
of the mature. This means that we want to see what lies
behind agitators, administrators, theorists, and other types
who play on the public stage. Can we conceive the development
of the human personality as a functioning whole,
and discern the turning-points in the growth of various
patterns of political life? Can we uncover the typical
subjective histories of typical public characters? Can we
place this subjective history in relation to the physical
and cultural factors which were developmentally significant?
Even this ambitious project does not exhaust the scope
of this study. We want to see whether the intensive investigation
of life-histories will in any way deepen our
understanding of the whole social and political order.
The life-story of a Hottentot or an American reveals the
concrete reality of images and moods as they are experienced
seriatim by those whose life is caught up in the
web of violently contrasting cultures. The trained student
of society discerns a wealth of culture patterns whose full
meaning in human experience can only be revealed by
securing the subjective history of those who are exposed
to them. In some cultures the child is slapped, switched,
and beaten; in some cultures the child is rarely the target
of corporal punishment. Does this mean that the children
in the first culture will harbor revenge and welcome violence
in social life? In some cultures, parental control
is negligible from the fourth to the fourteenth year, and
in other cultures supervision is strict and continuous.
What difference does this make in the developing view of
the world in successive generations? Those who are within
the same culture are exposed to many minor variations
in social practice, and we may hope to ascertain the consequences
of these differences for the minds of those who
undergo them.
This book is in harmony with a trend which has been
growing in strength in the social sciences. Social science
has been moving toward the intensive study of the individual’s
account of himself. This is a movement which
is poorly conveyed by the phrase, “an interest in human
biography,” because the term “biography” is full of irrelevant
literary and historical connotations. The person’s
own story is not a chronology of everything he thought
and did, nor is it an impressionistic interpretation of what
he experienced. The life-history is a natural history, and a
natural history is concerned with facts which are developmentally
significant. The natural history of the earth is
not a rehearsal of every event included within the series,
but a selective account of major changes within the series.
Dated events matter, but they matter not because they
have dates but because they mark phases. When biography
is treated as natural history, the purpose is to pick and
choose the principal epochs of development and to identify
their distinctive patterns.
The study of life-histories as natural histories is a very
recent phenomenon. The social sciences have barely begun
to exploit this approach. It is of very great significance
that Comte, after spending a lifetime in the preparation
of his great system, finally saw that the capstone was
missing, and at the time of his death was frantically trying
to improvise it. His projected treatise was to deal with
personality development and differentiation (La morale).
It was never finished. There is something symbolic of the
history of the social sciences in this story of Comte’s long
preoccupation with institutions, his belated recognition of
the possibilities of personality study, his hurried effort
to make good the omission, and the fragmentary nature
of the results achieved. Social science is in the belated-hurried-fragmentary
phase of growth.[4]
Comte’s fragment was never expanded by French sociologists.
The comparative morphology of culture became
all-absorbing, and this was concerned with the pantomime
of what men did, and sporadically with what men thought.
Comte executed his earlier volumes only too well. When
the mental processes of primitives came to be studied by
Durkheim and the Durkheimians, these “primitive mentalities”
were examined for the sake of revealing highly
abstract “forms” of thought, and not to reveal the individual
sequence of human experience under different social
conditions. The efforts which have been made to fill the
gap have rested upon no massing of empirical data and
have been fortified by no critical reflection on the methodological
problem of improving the reliability of the
data. The most promising sign of the times in France is
the synthetic approach to social psychology which is sponsored
by Blondel at Strassbourg.
In Germany the social scientists were so occupied with
the Streit um Marx and the triumphs of the comparative
historical school that a comparative morphology of subjective
histories, if one may indulge the phrase, did not
arise. The prodigious influence of Kant in the direction
of multiplying epistemological subtleties stereotyped a
penchant for high abstraction in the consideration of psychological
phenomena. The great successes of the physical
sciences seemed to rest upon the ruthless division and re-division
of phenomena until they became amenable to
manipulation and control. The combination of Kantian
acuteness with scientific atomism was capable of producing
the extremes of physiological psychology and the obscurantist
revulsion against submitting the sacred mystery
of personality to the coarse indignity of exact investigation.
Curiously enough, the modern era of personality study
was introduced as a protest against the laboratory emphasis,
and meant a capitulation to the spirit of scientific
irreverance. Personalities could be compared and typologized.
The pioneer was Dilthey, the philosophic historian;
but neither he nor those who followed him collected and
published actual accounts of intimate subjective experiences.
Sociological overemphasis on the group was only
partially compensated in Simmel’s theoretical exposition
of individuality, but there was no happy synthesis of
category and fact in his work. The field ethnologists neglected
to assemble autobiographical accounts, and only the
fine sensibilities of Vierkandt made possible the utilization
of fragments for the sake of comparing the inner life of
primitive man with that of modern man, a task which
was performed with rather more subtlety than by the
French. The early social psychological impetus of Lazarus
and Steindhal produced vast collections of folk-lore materials,
but the task of threading folk lore and folk ways
onto the developmental history of representative persons
remained undone.
The great innovator in the subjective field was Freud.
His book on dreams is one of the most unique autobiographies
in history, and his publications set the pace for
those who wanted to record the actual outpourings of the
unrestrained human mind. Here at last was a truly scientific
spirit who recorded everything of which the human
mind was capable, and looked at it critically in the hope
of finding the laws of mental life. He broke through the
irrelevant barriers of conventionality and brought dark
continents of data into the light of inquiry. He proposed
theories which were supposed to be tested by the data, and
devised a special procedure for securing data.
The scientific habilitation of the anonymous, intimate
life-history document as a source for the study of culture
was especially the work of William I. Thomas. He and
Florian Znaniecki undertook and completed their remarkable
study of The Polish Peasant in Europe and America.
One volume was devoted to a long autobiography which
included the most intimate facts in the life of a Polish immigrant
to the United States. The work of Thomas left an
abiding stamp on American sociology through the department
at the University of Chicago. Franz Boas, dean of
American ethnologists, has been keenly interested in the
primitive’s story of himself, and has collected and urged
the collection of many such documents. Paul Radin published
the life-story of a Winnebago chief in 1916. The
importance of “the boy’s own story” was early recognized
by William Healy in his study of delinquents, and has
been extended in every direction.
So, in stressing the value of the study of the concrete
sequence of individual experience for political science,
we are expressing a trend of interest which is already well
founded in social science. Our quest for full and intimate
histories has led to the exploitation of a relatively new
source of material, the case-history records of hospitals.
It has led to the application of psychopathological methods
to the study of normal volunteers as a control on the inferences
drawn from the institutional cases. It has led to
a detailed study of the prolonged interview technique as
a method of personality study (especially psychoanalysis),
and to the formulation of improved methods of investigation.
It has led to the statement of a functional theory of
the state, a theory which springs directly from the intensive
scrutiny of actual life-histories, and the realization of
what political forms can mean when seen against the rich
background of personal experience.
These studies are admittedly incomplete. The documents
relied upon suffer from various shortcomings which
have been specified in detail at an appropriate place. The
number of documents on hand is limited. Caution would
counsel deferred publication of even these materials. But
the many objections to publication have been outweighed
by certain positive advantages. The publication of such a
collection of materials will serve to familiarize the professional
students of government with the kinds of fact
and interpretation which are now current among the specialists
in important fields of study. Familiarization is especially
necessary in dealing with personality histories
because some of the material is unconventional and invariably
produces initial emotional difficulties among unsophisticated
readers. But science cannot be science and
limit itself to the conventional. Some of the facts are not
pretty, and they are not the topics of polite conversation.
But the medical scientists who dabble with the excretions
of the human body for the sake of diagnosing disease and
understanding health are not bound by the limitations of
banality and gentility in their work. And if political
science is to become more of a reality and less of a pseudonym,
there must be discipline in dealing objectively
with every kind of fact which is conceivably important for
the understanding of human traits and interests.
Familiarization, then, is one function of this set of
studies. Another purpose is to set up tentative hypotheses
about personality growth on the basis of available materials.
The mere statement of these hypotheses about the
growth of agitators and administrators will sharpen investigation.
Perhaps those who have direct access to better
histories will be impelled to use them in checking and
revising the working conceptions herein set out.
The general scheme of presentation begins with some
chapters which sketch the psychopathological standpoint
in its historical setting and which review the current criteria
of political types. Then comes selected life-history
material. The concluding chapters discuss the bearing of
personality studies on general political theory and criticize
existing methods of study.
CHAPTER II THE PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL APPROACH
One of the standing obstacles in the path of personality
research is the difficulty of describing the personality as a
whole at any given cross-section of its development. In despair
at the myriad difficulties of the task, academic psychology
has long evaded the issue and concentrated its
attention upon the minute exploration of detached aspects
of the individual. The manuals of physiological psychology
are full of painstaking accounts of how atomized aspects
of the individual’s environment (the “stimuli”)
modify the reactions of selected parts of the individual.
What these manuals characteristically omit is a workable
set of conceptions for the classification of the phenomena
which are the objects of investigation in personality
research. It is impossible to found a science of geology
without inventing terms to distinguish plateaus, plains,
mountains, and continental blocs, even though all these
phenomena possess the common attributes of “matter.”
What matters for the geologist is how the differences and
not the likenesses come to pass. Much of the academic
psychology, in its quest for precision and prestige, has quit
studying the problem with which it is ostensibly engaged,
and has substituted a minor field of physiology therefor.
In so doing, it has lost any criterion for testing the relevance
of the results of particular researches for the understanding
of personality because it has no master concepts
of personality.
The psychopathologist has never been able to evade the
necessity of summing up the personality as a whole because
he has been compelled to make important decisions about
the future of the personality as a whole. The psychiatrist
must continually decide whether John B and Mary C will,
if released from careful supervision, commit suicide or
murder, or whether they will be dependable members of
the community. Thus the clinician has found it imperative
to search for signs which have high predictive value
in relation to the major social adjustments of the individual.
The psychopathologist has had the great advantage of
seeing many trends of the personality which are normally
subordinated to other trends when they have escaped from
control and achieved Gargantuan proportions. The clinical
caricature throws into imposing relief the constituent tendencies
which make up the functioning person, and draws
attention to their presence and their processes. “Normality”
involves a complicated integration of many tendencies,
a flexible capacity to snap from one mood, preoccupation,
and overt activity to another as the changing demands
of reality require. The pathological mind, if one may indulge
in a lame analogy, is like an automobile with its
control lever stuck in one gear: the normal mind can shift.
One has a queer feeling as one passes around the wards
of a hospital for the custody of the more seriously disordered
patients that if one could assemble the scattered
parts of the mind that one could create at least a single
supermind. There in one corner is a melancholic who is
stuck in the mood of despondency; in another corner is a
manic who is expansive and elated; elsewhere is a man
whose self-esteem has achieved cosmic dimensions; in the
back wards is a deteriorated mind in perpetual repose.
Every conceivable nuance of preoccupation and mood with
which we are normally familiar seems to be dissatisfied
with its minor rôle in a healthy integration, and intent
upon autocratic mastery of the mind. The clinical caricature
draws attention as sharply as possible to the components
of the healthy mind. So every theory of pathological
manifestations must presently become expanded or assimilated
into a comprehensive account of human psychology.
The gross clinical material reveals the intimate interrelationships
between soma and psyche. The patient who
suffers from obsessive ideas may find relief from obsession
by showing hysterical symptoms; and hysterical symptoms
may clear up, only to make way for obsessive symptoms.
“Pure pictures” are almost pure theories. The
patient who is suffering from a definite organic lesion may
complicate his troubles by “worry,” and “worry” may be
one of the factors in bringing about a physical disease
picture. There is evidence that psychological factors are
among those significantly operating in such diseases as
common colds, asthma, catarrh, hay fever, hyperthyroidism,
gall-bladder trouble, gastro-intestinal ulcers, irregular
menstruation, and sexual impotence.
Fresh vitality has come into modern psychology from
the clinic. The psychopathological approach has gradually
vindicated itself as more and more of its conceptions find
a permanent place in the vocabulary of psychology and
social science. Modern psychopathology is itself a recent
development, and undoubtedly the most revolutionary figure
is Sigmund Freud.
The spectacular and influential nature of Freud’s work
is sufficient justification for devoting some space to a brief
account of his standpoint and his innovation in method.
As we shall have occasion to illustrate, his method is of
more general application to practical problems of political
research and political practice than is usually understood.
When Freud was a student in the University of Vienna,
the triumphal progress of microscopic methods of studying
cellular structure was sweeping all before it. Congeries
of mental symptoms in the living were frequently found to
be correlated with the discovery of certain definite cerebrospinal
lesions on autopsy. The future seemed to rest
wholly in the hands of those who used the dissecting knife
and the lens. Before Freud graduated from the University,
he became demonstrator to Brücke, the eminent physiologist;
and he labored in the laboratory of Meynart, the distinguished
psychiatrist of his day. Freud’s first publication
was a result of laborious laboratory work.
While materialism reigned, psychological phenomena
were degraded to the status of trivial epiphenomena. But
at this very time a revival of psychogeneticism arose in
French psychiatry under the impetus of Charcot. Charcot
had achieved eminence in pathological anatomy before he
turned in middle life to the study of mental maladies.
By 1883 he had demonstrated the possibility of producing
hysterical symptoms by means of ideas (verbal stimuli).
Time and again he hypnotized individuals and produced
muscular contractures, hypersensitivity, and hyposensitivity,
together with allied symptoms of hysteria.
Breaking away from the laboratories of Vienna, Freud
journeyed to the Salpêtrière Hospital in Paris to work with
Charcot, where he stayed from the autumn of 1886 to the
spring of 1887. Here he was thrown in touch with the
current of ideas which was giving concrete content to the
notion of the “out of conscious” and its dynamic consequences
for human behavior. Pierre Janet was busily accumulating
the observations which were published to the
world in 1889 under the title, L’automatisme psychologique.
Early chapters appeared in the Revue philosophique
as early as 1886.
Freud had just missed a spectacular rise to fame when
he failed to recognize the anaesthetic possibilities of cocaine
in surgery. He published a review of the literature
on cocoa; and a young Vienna colleague, Koller, struck
by some of the data which Freud had assembled, announced
the discovery in 1884 which immortalized his
name in medical history. Freud pondered for many years
on why the idea should have eluded him, and perhaps his
desertion of the laboratory was due to his sense of partial
failure.
In Paris he acquired a point of view which was bound
to bring him into conflict with the materialistic pundits of
Vienna. Hypnotism was itself looked upon as an artifice
of charlatans. Wagner-Jauregg reflected the ruling tradition
when, only a few years ago, he said, “The trouble with
hypnotism is that you never know who is pulling the other
fellow’s leg.” Freud was met by derisive laughter when
he announced at the Medical Society of Vienna that male
hysterics were to be found in Paris. For hysteria, as one
of the pedants reminded him, was philologically derived
from “hysteron,” meaning uterus, and therefore couldn’t
possibly occur in males. This was an echo of the days
when hysteria was supposed to be due to a migratory
uterus and women were turned upside down to bring it
back in place.
In 1881 and 1882 Breuer had treated a girl suffering
from hysteria, and his interest was renewed in the case in
conversation with Freud. Breuer remembered that when
he treated the patient under hypnosis, she recalled the first
episode in which a symptom had appeared, related it with
every evidence of excitement, and discovered on waking
that the symptom had disappeared. Breuer and Freud began
to study hysteria from this point of view and published
their results. Charcot had demonstrated that ideas could
cause hysteria; Breuer had found that the discovery of
pathogenic ideas could cure hysteria.
In 1889 Freud returned to France, this time to the other
center of hypnotic research, Nancy, where Liébeault and
Bernheim were doing remarkable things. Freud here saw
something the full significance of which did not at once
dawn upon him.
A subject was hypnotized and given a “post-hypnotic
suggestion” to raise an umbrella at a certain signal after
coming out of hypnosis. The subject was then awakened
from hypnosis, and presently, when the stipulated signal
was given, obediently raised the umbrella, although still
inside the room. When asked why he raised the umbrella,
he said that he wanted to see whether it was his or not.
Thus did he rationalize (a concept later developed) the
gratification of an impulse which he did not himself at
first recognize. When challenged to explain himself, he
merely produced a plausible interpretation of his own
conduct.
The immense significance of this train of events is great
enough. It at once raises the searching question: To what
extent are we in ignorance of our own motives and accustomed
to improvise merely plausible explanations of and
to ourselves? But an even more notable phenomenon occurred.
If the subject was asked again and again to try to
remember why he raised the umbrella, he sooner or later
recalled (to his own surprise) that he had been commanded
to do it.
The full import of this observation did not instantly
dawn on Freud. But he continued to have difficulties with
the patients whom he sought to hypnotize. They sometimes
held out against his suggestions, even though they had
accepted them many times before, and seriously impeded
the progress of the search for the traumatic episode. He
gradually abandoned hypnosis, leaving the patient in a
waking state in a relaxed position with instructions to report
every incident connected with the early appearance of
the symptom under investigation. Vestiges of the hypnotic
technique remained as late as 1895, when he would still
lay his hand on the patient’s forehead as a stimulus to
recollection.
This method also encountered crippling difficulties. A
patient would sometimes lie for hours without saying a
word, totally unable to recover a relevant reminiscence.
To meet this obstacle, Freud presently hit upon the simple
expedient upon which he thenceforth relied. He instructed
the patient to say anything and everything that popped in
his head, regardless of its propriety, logic, or triviality.
Freud found that all ramblings of his patient could furnish
him with clues to the underlying and unavowed impulses
of the sufferer. He became able to guess the nature
of the buried episode in which the impulse had received
its present type of manifestation. Thus the patient might
begin by saying that she had seen a red-headed man in the
street and that she always despised red-headed men—except
of course her dear brother. Day after day apparently
random allusions would build out the picture of her great
interest in anything reminiscent of her brother’s looks and
acts, all of which would be bitterly condemned. But if
she were asked directly, she would maintain that her
brother was a fine, upstanding man, and a credit to the
family.
The analyst, after listening to the eddies of talk, and
noting the patterns along which they seemed to whirl,
would presently locate a hidden rock beneath the innocent
surface of the stream—in this case, an unacknowledged
load of hatred against her brother. Bit by bit, stories of
real or fancied childhood tyranny would come floating
along the stream. Then suddenly, amid tears and violent
gestures, might come the story of a long-forgotten incident
which involved an intimate aggression on the part of the
brother. The patient, manifestly relieved, might speedily
recover from her hysterical disabilities and return to the
active responsibilities of life.
Freud’s theory of what he saw began modestly enough,
leaned heavily upon Charcot, Bernheim, and Breuer, and
was mostly founded upon observations made upon patients
who were handled by hypnosis and not by the new procedure
which later was called psychoanalysis. He published
a contribution to the theory of the psychoneuroses
in which he laid down the proposition that a distinction
could be drawn between one group, the anxiety neuroses,
which depended on mental conflict, and the actual neuroses,
which were not due to mental conflict but to masturbation
and coitus interruptus. In the first case, mental energy
was converted into bodily symptoms, and in the latter case
bodily energy was supposed to be converted into bodily
symptoms. In Freud’s early articles there is little to forecast
the course which he was to follow as his brilliant
imagination viewed the behavior of the individual from
the new vantage ground which he had discovered.[5]
Whether his particular theories survive or fall, the
standpoint which he achieved by ruthlessly applying his
method is of the greatest value. His method, which grew
from the necessities of an exasperated physician, led him
systematically to treat every manifestation of the individual
as part of a related whole. Freud’s mental set had been
furnished by the data of hypnosis, which seemed to show
that patients suffer from reminiscences. When he dropped
hypnosis and tried to force recollections, his mental set
had not altered, for he was still in search of the original,
the traumatic episode. When he asked his patients to say
anything that came into their heads, he was still hunting
the elusive memory of a definite early experience. But
quite without realizing it, his original mental set had widened,
and with momentous consequences for his own subsequent
development. If one were given to exaggerations,
one could say that the world of psychological investigation
had suddenly begun to turn on a new axis.
What was the nature of this new mental set? Intently
watching his patients, not for word for word accounts of
what had happened, and looking upon everything else as
“irrelevant,” Freud learned to look for meanings and not
for reports. Every dream, every phrase, every hesitation,
every gesture, every intonation, every outburst began to
take on significance as possible allusions to the “traumatic”
episode. Allusions to hated objects, reminiscent of
a brother, failure to mention a hated sister until days had
passed, although other members of the family had been
passed in review—every deviation from comprehensiveness—was
eagerly scrutinized for the clue it might afford.
The technique of therapy consisted in using clues to
facilitate the patient’s search for relief. The problem was
to discover the nature of the patient’s conflict and to volunteer
interpretations for the sake of helping the patient
to dare to bring into full consciousness the unavowed impulse
which had once frightened his socially adjusted self
into frantic repression. This involved the interpretation
of the symptom as a compromise product of the patient’s
ideal of conduct; and the out-of-conscious impulse, which,
though denied access to the full consciousness of the sufferer,
possessed enough strength to procure partial gratification.
The symptom was thus a symptom of conflict
between the socially adapted portion of the self and the
unadapted impulses of the personality, and the symptom
was a compromise between partial gratification of the illicit
and partial punishment by the conscience. The particular
form of the “conflict” depended upon the traumatic
experience and the antecedent history of the individual.
Far more important than these therapeutic elaborations
is the shift in standpoint which made them possible. Since
Freud was on the search for the literal by way of the
symbolic, he raised hitherto neglected manifestations of
human behavior to the dignity of significant symbols, wrote
them out, and introduced them into the literature of human
behavior. There could be no sharper illustration of the
prepotency of “mental set” for the seeing of “facts” than
the difference between the clinical reports of Freud and
Janet. Freud, convinced that the eluctable energies of the
organism could betray themselves in every image and in
every gesture, painstakingly recorded the dreams and day-fantasies
of his patients. Janet, who continued to assume
that dreams were nonsensical confusions attributable to
the diminished tension of the sleeping organism, seldom
made any allusion to dreams. His pellucid description of
grimaces, gestures, sentiments, and theories of his patients
led back to relatively recent moments when the patient
failed of adjustment. This failure of the patient to mobilize
his energies in smooth adaptation to the exigencies of
social reality was then imputed to a defective biopsychical
mechanism, to a lowered “psychological tension,” due to
a miscellany of possible causes, among which was mentioned
“the exhaustive effects of emotional excitement.”
Therapy consisted in restoring the capacity of the individual
to mobilize and deploy his energies at the highest
“levels” of adjustment. This was to be achieved by a
variety of means—by hypnotic suggestion, rest in a simplified
environment, and the usual repertory of the psychotherapist.
But the golden flash of psychological insight eluded
Janet. At bottom he had little respect for the concrete
reality of the mental life of his patients. Although he
talked the language of psychogeneticism, it had a poor and
not a rich connotation in his mind. I think this is due to
his too exclusive reliance upon hypnotism, for the mental
set of the hypnotist is derogatory to most of the concrete
productions of the patient. The patient, one feels with a
shrug, will presently come to the important experience;
why take the superimposed material too seriously? Then,
too, the patient may be put in order by direct command.
Janet relates with some pride how people in the waiting-room
of his office would marvel when a woman, bent
nearly double, would be admitted into his sanctum, presently
to emerge, erect and cured—until the effect wore off.
Freud learned a new respect for the concrete reality
of mental life in his concentrated effort to divine the
hidden conflict without resorting to hypnosis. His weakness
as a hypnotist was in a sense the beginning of wisdom.
A patient who is deeply hypnotized is but infrahuman.
Barring commands which do violence to the moral code of
the individual, the subject will passively execute the commands
of the hypnotist. The patient descends from a complicated
“nearly normal” person to a waxy caricature of
a human being. The unhypnotized patient of Freud is in
relatively full possession of all the resources of the ordinary
waking self, and must be dealt with as a complex human
being.
The widest gateway to psychoanalytic development became
the study of dreams. And here again we are dealing
with something which came, not from laborious reflection
upon underlying concepts, but from the urgencies of the
clinical situation. Just as we found that Freud had taken
up a new post of observation in practice before he discovered
its implications in theory, we find that in such a
detail as the investigation of dreams, his theoretical preoccupations
contributed less than his everyday necessities.
Freud’s patients continually thrust their dreams upon him;
and he, now in pursuit of clues to what lay behind, presently
took them seriously, and found in them many helpful
indications of unspoken things. He would assist the
free-fantasies of the patient by asking what came into his
mind about any detail of the dream, and he attentively followed
the long chains of superficially meaningless associations.
It began to appear that Freud had stumbled upon, and
then brilliantly elaborated the possibilities inherent in, a
new way of using the mind. He trained his patients in a
technique of free-fantasy which they could subsequently
use for themselves as a supplement to the logical technique
which society ostensibly tries to foster. It at once appeared
that he had discovered a method of thinking which was applicable
far beyond the confines of the clinic and which
could be added to the repertory of the mind.
The interpretation of dreams was the bridge which
brought Freud from the confines of the clinic to the analysis
of the whole psychology of individual development.
The dreams of patients and the dreams of non-pathological
persons showed such homogeneity of symbolism that the
gap between the “normal” and the “sick” seemed to close.
Popular lore already furnished a clue to dreams as wish-fulfilments,
whether found in the “well” or “ill,” but
popular lore also treated them as reminiscences, prophecies,
and omens, or as confusions, depending on the
transitory context of the moment. Freud had a double
orientation in dealing with the individual. He regarded
him as motivated in the present by impulses which eluded
his own consciousness. He regarded these motivations as
having achieved their present form in concrete historical
events in the life of the individual. The nature of the
present could be made clear to the conscious mind if the
organizing episode could be recalled. This recall could
be greatly facilitated by paying special attention to the
“irrational” or non-adjustive aspects of the person’s present
conduct. The “irrational” would seem rational enough
if the unacknowledged motives were made manifest, and
if the historical as well as the contemporary allusions
were sought after. Sooner or later the unrecognized motives
would disclose themselves in consciousness, if the
individual waited attentively; but the process could be
greatly helped by using a different style of thinking than
the logical.
No one has more dramatically and repeatedly shown
the limitations (as well as the advantages) of logical procedures
of thought than Freud. No one has made a more
important contribution to the technique of supplementing
logical thought by other methods of thought than Freud.
This is the aspect of Freud’s work which has immediate
and constant relevance to political as to every other sort
of thinking, and to which it is important to devote more
extended consideration.
CHAPTER III A NEW TECHNIQUE OF THINKING [6]
The prevailing theory is that men who make important
decisions in politics can be trained to use their minds
wisely by disciplinary training in the practices of logical
thought. Legal training is supposed to mold the mind to
ways of dealing with the world which subordinate whim
to principle. Formal instruction in the social sciences
is intended to equip the mind for the detached consideration
of social consequences, and everyone agrees that this
implies a large measure of self-awareness for the sake of
reducing the play of prejudice.
The nature of logical thought has been carefully examined
by an array of able writers. Their conclusions may
be provisionally reported by saying that logic is a guided
form of mental operation. It is not something marked
off from impulse, but a progressive elaboration and differentiation
of impulse. It proceeds by the affirmation of a
starting-point, which is in fact a vague indication of the
goal to be reached, and develops by the criticism of the
material which appears in consciousness according to its
relevance to the end in view. If the judge begins by wanting
to settle a controversy consistently with precedents,
he has indicated in advance the shadowy outline of the
desired termination of his efforts. If an administrator
wants to reduce complaints against his handling of the
postal service, he starts with a different mental set from
the judge, but, like the mental set of the latter, his first
act is to bring into view the state of affairs which he hopes
to find when he quits thinking. He is accustomed to guide
the operations of his mind by this preliminary characterization
of the terminus sought. No thinker can haul into
the center of attention the material which indicates how
the terminal situation is to be attained. The thinker must
wait attentively for whatever appears. If he wants to
deal with such a simple practical matter as getting to the
railway station, and his mind continues to fill with images
of the one he left behind him, his accustomed means of
asserting control is to reiterate the practical end and to
hope that he can “keep his mind on” taxicabs or autobusses.
Alternating with periods of reiteration and expectancy
and illumination are episodes of “No” and
“Yes,” which evidence the existence of guided thought.
It would be misleading to stop with this formal description
of the characteristics of logical thinking. Logical
thinking is not a hocus-pocus to be applied here and
there and everywhere. The previewing of events presupposes
familiarity with the sorts of events to which the
previewing relates. It usually involves analysis of the contingent
future in the light of analogies with the past, which
is simply a means of refining general familiarity through
systematic methods of inspecting reality. General knowledge
of lending and borrowing must be supplemented, for
many purposes, by detailed examination of the quantitative
dimensions of various routines. The precise nature
of the relationship between changes in the rediscount rate
and the price of call money requires analysis far beyond
impressionistic familiarity.
There need be no illusion that the specification of the
terminal situation provides an immovable constant for
thought. We can imply, as we have implied, that logical
thinking begins by sketching a figure on the canvass and
leaves the details to be filled in during the course of the
thinking. But the starting-point is often subject to many
shifts, and the initial sketch is more or less subject to remaking.
The judge who starts in pursuit of consistency-with-precedent
characteristically must add conformity-to-principles-of-policy.
A plurality of ends is always involved,
and usually appears.
Everybody knows that the pluralism of ends goes far beyond
“official” ends. A sophisticated and discerning judge
may discover an embarrassing conflict in the controlling
precedents, and cast about for other social purposes than
conformity-to-precedent to guide him. He may scrutinize
the principal economic, cultural, and political changes in
the society in which he operates, and discern the appearance
of a new set of rising dominant values, and decide to
diminish the cost of social change by seeking to facilitate
their introduction. If this hypothetical judge believes that
he should not consciously enact his private prejudices into
law, and if the social values are so confused that uncertainty
rules, the judge is well advised to flip a coin (in
chambers) and govern his decision accordingly. If the
judge finds himself favorably disposed toward any alternative
to begin with, he will take himself as an object of investigation
to determine the extent and origin of his prejudice.
His logic thus involves the use of self-scrutiny for
the exposure of private values which load the dice for
or against a particular point of view. Besides the values
which are “public,” there are complicating values which
are the residue of one’s “private” history.
All these points are stressed in greater or less degree in
the current writing on the use of the mind. The avowed
purpose of our professional schools is to increase the
amount of logical reflection in the world, and the set complaint
is that people somehow or another manage to think
very clumsily. In spite of our best efforts to disseminate
logicality, people are always “letting their prejudices run
away with them,” even when they have a baggage of good
intentions.
The stock alibi for the failure of the schools to improve
the character of thinking among those who hold positions
of power is that the human mind offers a perverse opacity
to the rays of reason. Somehow or other our training
doesn’t take; but this is attributed not to the deficiencies of
logic but to the resistances to it. All this is reminiscent of
the reply of the Christian to the taunt that Christianity has
failed. He says that Christianity isn’t to blame, but the
lack of it. The logicians say that the cure of bad logic is
more and better logic. If the human mind refuses to be
educated, that’s just too bad.
Our thesis is that our faith in logic is misplaced. Exclusive
emphasis upon logic (even where logic is adroitly
used) incapacitates rather than fits the mind to function as
a fit instrument of reality adjustment.
The supposition that emotional aberrations are to be conquered
by heroic doses of logical thinking is a mistake.
The absence of effective logic is a symptom of a disease
which logic cannot itself cure. We have been misled by
supposing that the mind can rely upon a single technique
of operation when this isolated technique has serious limitations.
A totally different technique of thinking is needed to get
on with the task of ridding the mind of the distorting
results of unseen compulsions. Since our schools have
found no place for the cultivation of this additional technique
of thinking, our judges and administrators and
policy-makers are turned loose on the world armed with
faith in logic and incapable of making their minds safe for
logic. Logical thinking is but one of the special methods
of using the mind, and cannot itself achieve an adequate
inspection of reality because it is unable to achieve self-knowledge
without the aid of other forms of thinking.
The technique of free-fantasy offers many points of contrast
with logical thinking. It is unguided rather than
guided association. From a given starting-point, no effort
is bent toward the exclusion of the trivial, the trite, the embarrassing,
the filthy, the nonsensical. The mind is permitted
to run hither and yon. It is hospitable to everything
which germinates in the mind, and is subject only to the
effort to steer clear of the molds of logical thinking. There
is no specific definition of an objective, and no intermittent
intervention in the flow of material to register its pertinence
or impertinence to this rather specific objective.
Free-fantasy is not to be confused with free word associations
which begin with simple stimulus words and end
when the first few words which pop into the mind are put
down. Free-fantasy is not a momentary relaxation of selective
criticism, but prolonged emancipation from logical
fetters.
Free-fantasy differs from the ordinary daydream, the
night dream, and the visions which arise in sleeping or
waking by the circumstance that it is embarked upon with
the vague, generalized purpose of rendering available new
subject matter for logical thought. The frequent interventions
which characterize logical procedures are suspended,
the better to serve the ultimate purposes of reality adjustment.
Daydreaming which is not used for this general purpose
does not represent a technique for using the mind.
The ultimate paradox of logical thinking is that it is
self-destroying when it is too sedulously cultivated. It
asserts its own prerogatives by clamping down certain restrictive
frames of reference upon the activity of the mind,
and presently ends in impoverishing the activity which it
purports to guide into creative channels. It becomes intolerant
of the immediate, unanalyzed, primitive abundance
of the mind, and by so doing destroys its own source.
More seriously, too, for the mind which is engaged with
social life, logical procedures exclude from the mind the
most important data about the self. Directed thinking,
whether about the self or something else as an object, is
impatient of the seemingly trivial, and this impatience with
the seemingly trivial is the rationally acceptable guise in
which the impulse to avoid rigorous self-scrutiny gets itself
accepted. The mind which is freely fantasying produces
distasteful evidence of the facts about the self which the
socialized self wants to avoid. This is why free-fantasy is
not learned by rote, but achieved through trying experiences,
usually under prolonged supervision.
There are wide individual differences in acquiring the
technique of free-fantasy. Logical controls are often so
gradually released that progress is almost imperceptible
for several weeks of daily contact with a psychoanalytic
interviewer. Frequently, of course, the logical controls fall
away quite rapidly, and the exposure of the underlying
preoccupations proceeds apace. Freud developed the technique,
and drills his subjects, largely in relation to their
dreams, but this is in no sense its exclusive application.
The purpose of the psychoanalytic interview is not served
if the patient is merely relieved of a few annoying symptoms;
its purpose is to equip him with a means of handling
his mind which will enable him to go it alone. In developing
the free-fantasy procedure, Freud added a powerful
tool to the repertory of those who would use their mind
with some hope of disentangling themselves from the compulsive
domination of many vestigial remains of their “private”
histories.
It is quite possible to train people to use the free-fantasy
method with considerable success and to outfit them with
a device which they can use in the ordinary problems of
professional and private life.[7] The instances which I shall
presently adduce are from the fantasies which were produced
by a judge in the course of a series of interviews
which he undertook after his curiosity about the method
had been aroused by the therapeutic treatment of a member
of his family. Any specific allusions are disguised.
One day the judge commented at the beginning of the
interview that a certain attorney irritated him in some unexplained
way. He found himself acutely conscious of his
own prejudice against the man, and in trying to deal fairly
with him often leaned over backward and showed him
an embarrassing favoritism in sustaining his objections.
There was always a struggle to hold the balance even.
This seemed to indicate the conspicuous operation of some
unrecognized set of motives in relation to this particular
individual. The judge, who was already partly skilled in
the use of free-fantasy, began to report whatever came
into his mind at the mention of the attorney, without regard
to logic or scruple. “Cigar smoke ... black cigar ...
vile and pungent and stuffy ... corridor ...
courtroom ...,” and so on and on. The word “corridor”
reappeared several times in the course of his associations,
and the interviewer initiated a new chain by using
the word as a stimulus. After some time, there came up a
vivid memory of an incident in the corridor of the law
school where the judge had studied. A fellow-student, who
was a man with a great reputation as a promising mind,
dropped cigar ashes by accident on the judge’s overcoat.
The judge remembered his angry impulse to “sock” the offender,
an impulse which he instantly subdued, and that he
accepted the apology, which seemed to end the incident.
Associations were continued to find why the brilliant rival
had so incensed the judge, and the trail led back to certain
incidents and reveries in early adolescence, but this material
is not relevant here. The connection of his hostility
toward his former rival with the attorney before him was
due to one of the attorney’s mannerisms, which recalled the
way the student had flecked ashes off the end of his cigar.
When this tie was exposed, the compulsive animosity and
the overcompensatory reactions disappeared from the attitude
of the judge in relation to the attorney.
Another illustrative detail may be taken almost at random
from the record. On one occasion the judge began to
enumerate the three principal alternatives which lay before
him in deciding a pending case. He remembered two of
them but hesitated several seconds before the third came
into his mind. This led him to remember that he had often
casually noticed that this third possibility seemed to elude
him, although on reflection he felt that it deserved as much
attention as the other two. He began spontaneously to relax
and report everything that crossed his mind, and produced
a long string of catch phrases from law and politics like
“freedom of contract,” “life, liberty, and pursuit of happiness,”
“freedom of speech and assembly.” He presently
noted that a picture was forming of one of his old law-school
classrooms. He felt that someone was just about to
speak to him, and had to resist the temptation to turn
around. Then there came across his mind a long series of
incidents in which one of his law professors was the principal
figure. This teacher was reputed to possess a mastermind
and a caustic tongue; and the judge, though he had
always wanted to make a great impression on him, had met
with no particular success. The professor had a habit of
using his most ironic tone of voice when he spoke of “this
freedom of contract.” Now it happened that the attorney
who was arguing for alternative No. 3 before the court pronounced
the word “freedom” with unction. This aroused
in the judge’s mind the ironic tone of the old professor’s
voice, and this in turn brought back the rather humiliating
failure he had been in his efforts to impress the professor.
He now exhibited a tendency to repress everything connected
with the episode, including the attorney’s argument.
The world about us is much richer in meanings than we
consciously see. These meanings are continually cutting
across our ostensible criteria of judgment, and compulsively
distorting the operations of the mind whose quest for an
objective view of reality is consciously quite sincere. Good
intentions are not enough to widen the sphere of self-mastery.
There must be a special technique for the sake of exposing
the hidden meanings which operate to bind and cripple
the processes of logical thought. With practice one
may wield the tool of free-fantasy with such ruthless honesty
that relevant material comes very quickly to the focus
of attention which we call “waking consciousness.”
It would be possible to fill many volumes with illustrations
of the hitherto unseen meanings which have been discovered
by men and women who have learned to use the
free-fantasy technique. They have often been able to find
how and why their emotions tended to be aroused favorably
or unfavorably toward individuals of their own or the opposite
sex who exhibited certain traits, and to understand
why they tended to choose certain secretaries, to sponsor
certain protégés, and to be impressed by certain witnesses
and attorneys. They have been able to inspect the phraseology
of law, politics, and culture, and to extricate themselves
from many of the logically irrelevant private meanings
which they read into it.
Freud developed the technique of free-fantasy well over
a quarter of a century ago, but it is still beyond the pale of
the schools. Our professional and graduate schools make
no effort to readjust their methods to fit the minds of future
men of authority for self-knowledge. The sententious admonitions
to “know thyself” are no adequate substitute for
special discipline in the ways of self-understanding.
We have tried to cure the failures of logical training by
homeopathic doses of sermonizing, rather than by the discipline
of supplementary techniques of using the mind. The
mind is a fit instrument of reality testing when both blades
are sharpened—those of logic and free-fantasy. Until this
fundamental proposition is adequately comprehended, the
professional training of our judges, administrators, and
theorists will continue to furnish discipline in self-deception
rather than self-analysis.
CHAPTER IV THE CRITERIA OF POLITICAL TYPES — TABLE I Political Rôles — TABLE II
The free-fantasy method of exploring the mind is of very
general application to the problems of life. In particular
we are interested in examining the results of its use for the
purpose of laying bare the natural history of personality
growth and differentiation. All sorts of politicians are met
with in society, and our special task is to relate the selection
of these adult rôles to certain critical experiences in
individual development. But before we can proceed farther,
we need to examine the nature of the criteria which
are currently used in identifying various political types.
The popular speech of every state and neighborhood
swarms with names for varieties of political behavior and
types of politicians. The study of political differences may
very well begin by sifting the common vocabulary. Some
of the popular images are derived from experience with
government officials. Within the last hundred years the policeman
has appeared over Western Europe, and a history
of the popular conception of his rôle could be written
around terms like “bobby,” “cop,” and “Schupo.” Whatever
differences in dress, manner, social position, and common
humanity are supposed to exist between a “civil servant,”
a “Beamter,” and a “fonctionnaire,” there are common
lineaments in the composite stereotype. A thick chapter
in human experience could be entitled “The Bureaucrat,”
wherein would be recorded the innuendo of popular
comment on a necessary evil. The “legislator” is identifiable
through all the detailed contrasts between the “congressman,”
the “M.P.,” and the “M.d.R.”
The popular tongue is rich in expressions which fill out
the official cast of characters in the political drama by peopling
the public stage with figures whose traits are essentially
irrelevant to their office. There are men of ideas—“anarchist,”
“socialist,” “liberal,” “communist,” “conservative.”
There are men of ideas and of action—“reformer,”
“revolutionary,” “martyr.” The history of American,
British, French, German, medieval, Graeco-Roman,
and every civilization could be written for the sake of showing
how the carriers of public power figured in the eyes
of the various groups within and without the culture.
This profusion of types in the popular firmament of politics
is supplemented by the types which have been isolated
by serious students of culture, who have sought to impose
order upon the life of the past. Among the political forms
which have been described by the historians, the “benevolent
despot” of the eighteenth century, the “demagogue” of
Athenian democracy, the “prince” of the Italian Renaissance,
and the “despot” of the oriental empires spring at
once to mind. The masterly sketch of the evolution of the
public official with which Max Weber[8] has enriched social
science is, it is to be hoped, the forerunner of many elaborate
studies. The traits and arts of political leaders have
been most systematically handled by Aristotle, Machiavelli,
Robert Michels, Christensen, and Charles E. Merriam.[9]
These typologies, whether popular or scientific, possess
several features in common. They may converge to what
is practically the same picture. When W. B. Munro described
the “reformer,” he filled out the popular image
which arose in the American mind at a certain phase of
American political evolution.[10] Practically every scientific
conception is a refinement and generalization of some term
in general circulation, though with local connotations.
The scientific and the popular typologies may include
the same kinds of fact as their starting-points. The fact of
supposed political conviction gave rise to the “liberal,” but
it is a far cry from the rather shadowy lines of the popular
image to the finely wrought lineaments of Ruggiero.[11] The
means employed in encompassing political objectives christen
the “lobbyist,” “propagandist,” and “agitator.” The
idea that private motives are not merged in public motives
is carried in “renegade,” “sorehead,” and “tyrant.” The
idea that private motives have been firmly fused into public
purposes is one connotation of the “martyr.” The fact
of informal ascendancy is celebrated in the “boss.” In the
“bureaucrat” it is implied that the office has molded the
man, and that the office tends to attract those especially
likely to develop such qualities. The Western European
idea of a judge almost necessarily refers to a functionary
who carries certain paraphernalia and proceeds with ceremony.
The leanness of the “fanatical agitator” figured in
the popular mind long before Kretschmer gave it his scientific
blessing.[12]
Both popular and scientific conceptions range from the
particular to the general. The British “election agent” is
closely bound to a recent, special social setting. The “leader”
keeps a stable nucleus of meaning for the description
of a social rôle among widely separated peoples in widely
separated periods.
Popular and scientific conceptions are at one in that they
may present developmental and not merely descriptive implications.
The notion of a lean and bitter agitator is not
entirely a static, cross-sectional description of a fortuitous
juxtaposition of traits, but a hypothesis that bodily irritations
operate dynamically to foster the selection of forms
of activity which enable the individual to give rather free
vent to his animosities.
Both popular and scientific types may be taken as objects
of study to determine the factors in their formation. The
popular idea of a “reformer” in America bears a certain
photographic resemblance to actual personalities who figured
as public advocates of restrictive laws. It is possible
to study the process by which the stereotype of the lean
and spinsterly kill-joy arose, and to see why it persisted.
Every body politic has its gallery of political mummers,
and political history needs to be rewritten to explain the
unique and the typical qualities of these popularly conceived
rôles. Stuart A. Rice has developed a technique for
the identification of contemporary stereotypes of this kind.[13]
Rice took photographs of a senator, a bolshevik, and a bootlegger,
and after obliterating the names asked various test
groups to tell what designation best fitted each picture. By
examining the erroneous identifications, it became possible
to detect the mental pattern popularly associated with the
class name.
An interesting contribution to social science would be the
detailed examination of the factors affecting the rise and
fall of those political typologies which have been seriously
proposed by scholars. The exaggerated picture of the omnipotent
leader drawn by Carlyle no doubt had something
to do with Carlyle’s sexual impotence and his compensatory
idealization of the potent; but the popularity which
this exaggeration enjoyed among certain classes of English
society was due to the dislocation of older economic institutions
and the rise of threatening collective ideologies. The
new business enterpriser felt the intoxicating vanity of the
self-made man, and the decayed landlords felt the necessity
of individualistic protests against the age of cities and machines.
Suppose we examine in more detail the intellectual structure
of scientific political types. This requires special attention
to the two terms involved, the “political” and the
“types.” Two ways of defining the “political” are current
in social science. I will speak of them as the “institutional”
and the “functional” methods of definition. Within any
community there are many patterns of activity whose form
and whose magnitude may be singled out for study. There
is the production and distribution of material goods and
services; the main patterns by which these operations proceed
can be called the economic institutions of the community.
There is the settlement of disputes, and the
defense and extension of interests which are believed to be
collective; these are the political or governmental institutions
of the community. In the same way religious, charitable,
and a host of other institutions may be discerned.
These institutionally derived categories fall short of
clarity and comprehensiveness. Some social processes occur
within the framework of every institutional process.
Thus the settlement of disputes is a prominent characteristic
of government as we know it; but it is not, and never
has been, and cannot by the nature of things be, a monopoly
of government when government is defined as an institutional
division of social labor. No institution ever quite
monopolizes the function which it most distinctively exercises.
But this need not lead to confusion. When the settlement
of disputes is a prominent function of one group in
society, and there is no other group which participates in
the same function in the same degree, there is no hesitation
in deciding to call the first group the “governors” and to
call the patterns according to which they are selected and
operate the “political or governmental” institutions of the
community. If there is a rival adjuster of differences, the
distinction is by no means clear, as when the “church,”
“business,” and the “state” are rivals. Perhaps the governors
can be identified by finding who it is who handles
the coercion employed in defending or extending communal
enterprises, though this criterion may from time to time
fail to differentiate. But, on the whole, these doubts are
marginal doubts. Ordinarily it is possible to find a division
of labor and a set of sentiments which can be called
the “government of the state.” The marginal instances call
attention to the fact to which allusion has been made, the
fact that no “institutional” process quite monopolizes the
function which it most distinctively exercises. It is therefore
advisable to describe communal processes by two sets
of terms, one of which refers to “institutions” and the other
to “functions” which are found within the various institutional
frameworks. Much of the literature of social science
consists in terminological quibbles about the “proper”
words to use in this institutional or functional sense, often
without appreciating the essential nature of the matter at
issue. It is, of course, of the highest importance to understand
the difference, and of minor importance to agree
upon the words with which to describe the distinction.
From what has been said, it is clear that a word like
“political” may be given an “institutional” or a “functional”
meaning in a particular context, and that—and this is
the most important consequence—any contribution to the
understanding of the “institutional” process is a contribution
to the understanding of the wider “functional” process,
and the reverse. In this resides the unity of the social sciences.
The apparent disunity arises from the differences in
starting-point of particular inquiries. One begins with a
series of phenomena which are selected from a single institutional
process, and another begins with a series of phenomena
which are selected from several institutional processes
according to some functional conception.
This unity of destination and disunity of starting-point
is abundantly manifested in the scientific study of human
behavior. The specialist on some phase of the political
process, institutionally conceived, who is asked to classify
the types of political behavior, devises his categories on the
basis of the institutional processes which he knew best.
It would be possible, were it worth the effort, to pass in
review the typologies which have been propounded from
time to time by specialists in executive organization, public
administration, judicial administration, legislation,
political parties, propaganda and conspirative organizations,
political revolution, nationalism, imperialism, interstate
methods of adjustment (war, diplomacy, conference,
adjudication, mediation, arbitration), and all the other
topics in political science.
At first glance, the functional method of defining political
types would seem to lead to even greater congeries
of categories than the institutional method. From the functional
standpoint politics is found wherever, to use the
older terminology, “wills” are in conflict. This implies that
intensely political manifestations in society are not confined
to government officials and parties, but to banking
houses, manufacturing enterprises, distributing services,
ecclesiastical organizations, fraternal associations, and professional
societies. It is probable that the most aggressive,
power-lusting individuals in modern society find their way
into business, and stay out of the legislature, the courts,
the civil service, and the diplomatic service. If this be true,
the student of political personalities will find the most interesting
objects of study in J. P. Morgan and Company,
in the United States Steel Corporation, and among the
clerical or educational or medical politicians.
It follows from what has been said that the study of
politicians who are chosen from a single institutional process
makes a contribution to the general study of politicians
in every institutional process, and that the conscious abstraction
of categories until they are comprehensive opens
a wider range of exact comparison. This may eventuate
in an actual simplification of some fundamental conceptions.
Of course, institutional processes differ in the scope
which they give to certain human drives. Today the church
offers less opportunity for the use of physical violence than
it did in the sixteenth century, and very much less opportunity
than the police force, the private detective agency,
or the political gang.
The advantages of comprehensiveness and possible simplification
have been sacrificed by the political scientists of
the schools because they have conceived their task in too
narrow a spirit. They have been slow in studying the manifestations
of human nature in politics because they have
been saturated with sectarian pride in legal and philosophical
distinctions; or they have checked their theories with
their coats, and plunged into technical work. A body of
theory which interacts fruitfully with philosophy, law, and
technology is still very poorly developed. The formal sociological
systems have been sacked for “premises” but
neglected for hypotheses. (Witness the exploitation of the
concept of “solidarity” in recent juridical theory.) The
task of the hour is the development of a realistic analysis
of the political in relation to the social process, and this
depends upon the invention of abstract conceptions and
upon the prosecution of empirical research. It is precisely
this missing body of theory and practice which Graham
Wallas undertook to supply in England and which Charles
E. Merriam has been foremost in encouraging in the
United States. It is the deficiency which led Catlin to propose
to substitute what I would call the “functional” for
the “institutional” definition of the field of political science.[14]
This necessarily implies a new respect for the possibilities
of using the ingenious suggestions to be found in
the sociological systematists, a new curiosity about diverse
ways of approaching events, and a new sympathy for parallels
to institutional phenomena.
Various obscurities can be removed if we generalize our
terms from the narrowly institutional to the broadly functional
plane. Terms like “statesman” and “despot” were
minted of the metal of political experience in communities
where the high road to power was governmental. It is true
that in Athens it was difficult to draw very sharp lines between
governmental and other forms of communal activity,
on account of the intimate interlacing of all institutional
processes. Nevertheless, terms like “statesman” and “despot”
came to refer to forms of political activity in a narrowly
institutional sense, and such is their connotation
today.
But this connotation requires generalization and revision.
The road to power in our civilization is by no means
an exclusively governmental highway, for technical implements
have scattered authority and created an industrial
feudality. The directors of large corporations have to
make decisions which are far more important for the daily
happiness of mankind than most of the decisions of governments.
Since government is so largely the agent of
corporations, the government is hardly master in its own
house.
The concept of the statesman has long carried the implication
that anyone who exercises social power outside the
government is in hot pursuit of an exclusively private advantage.
Is this any longer tenable? Is there not such a
thing as the “institutionalization of business” which arises
when a given enterprise plans to operate indefinitely and
is thus forced to calculate its interests over long periods of
time? One of the major elements in this calculation is the
necessity of taking precautions against a withdrawal of
favor on the part of the community at large. This is the
core of the political way of thinking, and assimilates the
policy of aggregations of private power to that of the state
which is guided by statesmen. It is timely, therefore, to
disentangle the concept of statesmanship from its historical
association with a single institution.
Some of the many senses in which the “politician” is
used may be disposed of by drawing a clean distinction between
the “business man” and the “politician.” The business
man may be defined as one who pursues a private advantage
with little regard for conceptions of public right.
The politician, in the here-selected “best” sense of the
word, uses persuasion on behalf of his conception of public
right. The politician pursues a genuine integration of interests
in the community; the business man is satisfied with
a compromise among competing private interests. The importance
to political theory of the distinction between integration
and compromise has quite properly been stressed
by Mary L. Follett.[15] An integration of interests is the solution
of a conflict in such a way that neither “party” recognizes
that so much has been won and so much has been lost
in the outcome. It represents a reinterpretation of the situation
in a sense which renders the old line of battle, the
older definition of interest, irrelevant. It is illustrated
when a wage controversy is disposed of by the decision to
try to divide the advantages of economies in production
which may be brought about through new co-operative procedures.
The essence of the contrast between integration
and compromise is that between a synthesis and a trade.
The politician is a discoverer of inclusive advantages, and
the business man is a higgler for special advantages.
Whether, as Adam Smith said, an invisible hand shapes a
social synthesis from the general pursuit of private profit,
we do not have to decide upon here. The contrast is between
the conscious objectives of the individuals concerned.
It should be observed that politicians are not limited to
government and that business men are not limited to private
ventures. The “boss” is one form of the business man
in government; the director of a large private concern may
be a politician in the sense used here.[16]
Having drawn a necessary distinction between the institutional
and the functional meaning of the “political,” we
are in a position to discuss the “type” concept. A “type”
is a relation, and we may classify types according to the
relations chosen. Political types may be set up on a three-fold
basis: by specifying a nuclear relation, a co-relation,
and a developmental relation.
What is meant by the choice of a nuclear relation may
be illustrated by the concept of the Machtmensch as elaborated
by Eduard Spranger in his Lebensformen. Spranger,
the distinguished educational psychologist of the University
of Berlin, has developed a morphology of personality
on an original basis. Dilthey, it will be recalled,
ushered in the modern era of typological inquiry in his
famous address before the Berlin Academy of Science.[17]
Dilthey selected forms of distinguished cultural activity
and posited trait-constellations to fit. By the process of
abstracting from many concrete fields of achievement, he
finally built up his description of the sensual, heroic, and
contemplative types. Most eminent political figures naturally
fall in the second category. Spranger’s approach has
much in common with that of Dilthey. He proceeds on the
hypothesis that all possible valuational dispositions are
shared by all men. By inspecting human culture, Spranger
comes to the conclusion that six distinctive cultural fields
have materialized six valuational dispositions in man. Thus
the cultural activities having to do with wealth production
correspond to the economic value tendency. Science corresponds
to the theoretical, art to the aesthetic, religion to
the religious, the state to the power tendency, and society
to the love tendency. Spranger goes on to deduce the attributes
of each personality in which one value tendency
predominates, and traces out the implications for each
field of activity of the predominance of this tendency. Thus
the political man is the one whose principal value is the
pursuit of power. The essence of power is understood to
be the capacity, and usually the will, to impose one’s own
values as permanent or transitory motives upon others.
The political man in science tends to substitute rhetoric for
truth and to use ideas as forces (in the sense of Fouillée).
In economics the political man tends to reach his ends by
diplomacy and negotiation, by intimidation or violence, or
by other political means. In art the political motive leads
to efforts to impress by flamboyant decorative display. In
social life the political motive, with its forcible urge toward
self-aggrandizement, must usually disguise itself in
fostering the interests of some collectivity. The god of
the political man in religion is a god of might who requires
mighty men to serve him.
In developing his image of the homo politicus, Spranger
is fully aware that his “pure” type seldom exists. The
bold, frank aggrandizement of self is rarely tolerated in
society, for “the greatest power manifests itself as collective
power,” and the man who cherishes power must achieve
some measure of socialization or he is outlawed. Although
in principle no warm-hearted lover of his fellow-men, he
must keep his contempt to himself or feign expansive sentiments
of group loyalty. Indeed, self-deception is perhaps
the rule, for the political personality with a strong artistic
component possesses a florid imagination which dramatizes
his personal history and subordinates all reality to ambitious
plans. It seems to me that Spranger does not sufficiently
stress this aspect of the political man, this large
capacity for playing the impostor upon himself and others.
The gist of Spranger’s generalization of the political man
is schematically expressible in terms of desire-method-success.
The political man desires to control the motives of
others; his method may vary from violence to wheedling;
his success in securing recognition in some community must
be tangible. These are the nuclear relations which are essential
to the type definition.
Naturally there are a number of necessary annotations
to be made on this formula. Sometimes the man with a
thirst for power is unable to indulge and quench his thirst,
for his physical and social equipment may be too meager.
And how are we to appraise results? Wer regiert denn?
Power over others is partially exercised by every living
being; but in any hierarchy of the powerful, some are on
the lowest tier, if current social criteria be applied. The
bedridden, complaining wreck may be of no significance
except as a burden upon the care of a single nurse. Accepting
the current values of society, such an individual
would be on the very bottom of the heap. And yet, as Alfred
Adler has so often insisted as to make the point
peculiarly his own, the hysteric may use his symptoms to
win a high degree of submission from his immediate environment,
and this may be all that he cares about. And
some of those who give up the visible struggle for social
influence may retire to distil their bile into poisoned darts
against the pursuit of external pomp, and secure reputation
and eminence by embodying the results in sparkling
rhetoric.
The man who runs his village may become more acutely
aware that he does not run the county; and when he runs
the county, that he does not run the province; and so on
up the ladder. His appurtenances of power may be deferred
to by those about him, yet his own soul may smart
with the shackles of a larger slavery. Thus, Spranger is
right in saying that, when one succeeds in penetrating the
psychology of the search for power, it becomes comprehensible
that he whose nature is bound up in the pursuit
of authority is most keenly sensible to the limits of his own
freedom, and consequently suffers so keenly from nothing
else in life than his own subordination. Sensing this, the
Stoics long ago contended that the essence of liberty is the
self-sufficiency which makes no demands on others. Ascendancy
involves dependence, a reciprocal relationship
which has been exhaustively described by Simmel.[18] But
there are some who combine easy success with indifference.
These are no doubt recruited from among those who have
natural suggestive power to certain groups—they possess
the charisma of Max Weber.[19]
Allowing for these annotations, the nucleus of Spranger’s
thinking may be repeated. The homo politicus is characterized
by the following relationship between desire,
method, and success: desire to control the motives of others;
methods varying from violence to wheedling; and success
in securing communal recognition.
Spranger’s subtle comments in elaborating this simple,
central conception are among the most valuable in the
literature of society. Starting from bold simplifications,
he succeeds in formulating pictures which give richer
meaning to the details of political life in all the institutional
processes of culture. Of course the literature of
political science is full of types which are described as
Spranger has described the political man. Michels and
Merriam have listed the qualities which they find in political
leaders as a class. Conway has propounded his familiar
trichotomy: crowd-compellers, crowd-exponents,
and crowd-representatives. The possibility of defining
types according to the reactionary, conservative, liberal, or
radical nature of the opinions championed has often been
discussed.[20]
The scheme which will be employed in presenting case
materials stresses the capacity of political personalities to
play rôles which are either specialized or composite.
Hobbes was a theorist and an agitating pamphleteer; he is
scarcely thinkable as an agitating orator and organizer like
Garrison. The “pure-type” agitator is represented by the
Old Testament prophets. Bodin combined a memorable
contribution to political theory with the arduous duties of
a successful administrator. Masaryk won his spurs in
philosophy, sociology, cultural history, agitation, and organization.
Numberless are those who have shown excellent
organizing ability but who have been innocent of theoretical
interests or of agitating power. Some political assassins
and tyrants have enjoyed the use of violence as a
ding an sich. The central point in deciding where to place
a political figure is to discover the form of activity which
means the most to him, and to modify the classification
according to his success in combining this with other rôles.
Marx wanted to impress himself upon mankind, certainly;
and he craved the skill of a Lassalle, who could step on the
platform and dominate the turbulent emotions of the
crowd. But more: Marx wanted unreserved admiration
for the products of his mind. He toiled through years of
isolation and poverty to make his assertions impregnable.
It was more important to attain theoretical completeness
than to modify his technique of social intercourse. Lassalle
was the composite leader who could woo an audience,
organize activities all over Germany, write excellent books,
and win a place for himself in many circles of life. Marx
was the limited specialist who had to exact submission to
the assertions of his mind, come what may.
Table I brings out the distinction between specialized
and composite types.
Administrator
Agitator
Theorist
Specialized types:
Hoover
*
Old Testament prophets
*
Marx
*
Composite types:
Cobden
*
*
Bodin
*
*
Lenin
*
*
*
Other combinations may be indicated. By adding a
fourth column for those who resort to violence, the schematic
possibilities are enlarged. Most theorists have been
agitators in some measure, and it is often a matter of taste
whether emphasis is to be placed on one or the other feature
of their activity. Characteristically, the theorists have
sought to appeal to the sentiments of their contemporaries
by pamphleteering or by the direction of their speculative
interests to immediate ends. Hobbes and Rousseau were
shut off from oratory and organization, but no small part
of their writing was intended to add fuel to the flames
around them. Such men as Tom Paine are able to strike
off excellent formulations of political theory in the heat
of the fray.
So far we have been discussing types which are distinguished
according to some nuclear relation among a few
variables. The characteristic mode of elaborating such a
type is to imagine a host of situations in which the type
may be found, and to describe the resulting picture. This
is the elaboration of the preliminary sketch on the basis of
sophisticated experience with social life. For these impressionist
methods it is possible to substitute a more
formal procedure. Having chosen a central primary relation,
is it possible to find, by reference to specific instances,
the relative frequency with which other traits are associated
with the nuclear ones. The starting-point may be
either institutional or functional, of course: those who are
“judges,” “legislators,” or “bosses” may be investigated,
or those who are “statesmen,” “conciliators,” or “administrators.”
We have already had occasion to stress the
point that institutional definitions and functional definitions
do not precisely coincide, although either is a valid
point of departure for research.
The result of the formal procedure outlined is to define
“co-relational” (correlational) types. A recent monograph
by Fritz Giese may be used to illustrate the possibilities.[21]
This is a statistical treatment of the data available in the
German Who’s Who of 1914. After Giese had eliminated
those who were included on account of their hereditary
position only, he had over ten thousand names left. He
then distinguished thirty-three varieties of activity, which
were grouped into the five major categories of art, social
science, physical science, technology, and practical life.
He also classified his subjects into those who were honored
because of high-grade but essentially routine professional
accomplishment, those who enriched their field of activity
by some creative contribution, and those whose creativeness
was unrestricted to their occupational field. The three
types were the skilful, the productive, and the freely creative.
Since the individual is not confined to one field of
activity, the following scheme of connections was built up
to show the relation between the person and the form of
activity: (a) income source (the person regards a particular
field as a “bread and butter” occupation); (b) successive
activity field (the individual has deserted one field for
another); (c) field of simultaneous double-production;
(d) recreational activity. The relation of a person to a
field of activity may show a splitting of his personality or
a compensatory function. When a politician consciously
decides to play golf or to collect pictures to relieve his
mind from exclusive political preoccupations, he is realizing
a compensatory value in this chosen field. When he
finds himself impelled to try to live a double life of scientific
investigation and political propaganda, he is exhibiting
major, and contrasting, tendencies in his personality
(splitting). Sometimes the tie between fields of activity
which the same individual exploits is factual similarity,
as when a politician becomes a literary man to the extent
of writing the political history of a period. Sometimes the
connection is a functional relationship, in that the same
biopsychic dispositions are to be assumed to operate. Thus,
business promotion and politics are intimately allied;
sculpture and politics are not.
Giese’s detailed analysis showed that those engaged in
politics reveal the most heterogeneous affiliations and backgrounds.
He raised the question whether it was proper to
think of a distinctive functional gift which would characterize
all those in political positions. When compared with
art, especially architecture, and engineering, the heterogeneity
of the political population is very evident. Indeed,
the manifold connections of politically active persons
with other fields suggest that political life depends
upon very widely dispersed capacities of human nature,
as does teaching, history writing, and journalism. But
there is one important exception which is clearly brought
out by the figures. This was a group of politicians who
rose from humble circumstances and devoted themselves
assiduously to organization and agitation. They offer a
sharp contrast to those for whom political life was a sport,
hobby, or honorary distinction. For the organizing and
agitating group we may postulate a functional disposition
of some kind.
The results show how the institutional approach to a
problem may eventuate in the isolation of one group which
very probably coincides closely with a functional group
in other institutional activities. Some of the agitating and
organizing people weren’t yet in politics at the time the
1914 census was made, and some of them were so busy
with private organizations that they never made the formal
transition to politics in the institutional sense.
Another conclusion which bears on the same point is
Giese’s discovery that those who were freely creative in
politics had much more in common with those who were
freely creative in other fields than they had with those who
were merely productive in their own. Giese’s method of
classifying his freely creative group is too ambiguous to
justify one in considering his conclusion of more than suggestive
value, but it is possible that he has isolated a functionally
homogeneous group which cuts across all institutional
lines.
Some of the studies of political personalities have carried
the quantitative method far enough to substitute scales
for rank orders at various points. Various reaction tests
have been used in the hope of discovering constant differences
among those who play different political rôles.
Henry T. Moore undertook to decide whether there is such
a thing as a temperamental predisposition toward conservatism
or radicalism. He defined radicalism as “an attitude
favorable to sweeping changes in social institutions, especially
changes along lines opposed to class interest,” and
classified the opinion expressions of students according to
the degree of radicalism or conservatism indicated. He
then applied a series of reaction tests to the students and
reached the following conclusion:
Our evidence so far as it goes points to some innate basis of
difference. This basis does not seem to be the level of general
intelligence or of emotional stability, nor in any general superiority
or inferiority in learning or attention, but in such specific
factors as greater speed of reaction, ease of breaking habits, readiness
to make snap judgments, and independence in the face of
majority influence. The last of these differences is the one most
clearly indicated.... If one man is by nature more keyed up
for speed and flexibility, and the other is more designed for regularity
of function, we can hardly expect that government of the
hyperkinetic by the phlegmatic and for the phlegmatic can fail to
develop periods of stress and strain.[22]
Floyd Allport classified students into typical and atypical
members of the community, discovering whether they
took up prevalent or minority positions on various political
questions. He then applied a battery of tests to the
students and found that certain traits of the atypical
(whether the opinions were “radical” or “conservative”)
proved to be homogeneous. Thus, not only do the “extremes”
meet, but also those who hold minority positions
along a hypothetical continuum of opinion distribution.[23]
W. H. Cowley, at the instigation of Charles E. Merriam
and L. L. Thurstone, undertook to compare leaders in
chosen situations. He used twenty-eight tests of such traits
as aggressiveness, self-confidence, intelligence, emotional
stability, and speed of reaction. While his tests were differentiating
within the same group between leaders and
followers, he reports that they did not distinguish between
leaders as a class and followers as a class. He thus felt
justified in denying that leadership is a universal trait of
particular persons, and criticized efforts to itemize “traits
of leadership.”[24] Further applications of the blanket-test
technique are under way.[25]
Gilbert J. Rich opened out a new field of investigation
when he studied certain complex physiological and biochemical
variables among leaders and followers. He
measured the hydrogen-ion concentration of the saliva, the
acidity of the urine, alkali reserve of the blood, and creatinine
excretion of the urine. The least excitable subjects
showed the most acid saliva and the most acid urine. The
rating of the subjects was open to criticism, and was obviously
much less refined than the biochemical techniques
employed.[26]
The types which we have just been considering show
more than a cross-sectional picture of the adult personality.
They have made the transition from itemizing the
instantaneous pictures to the selection of features of the
immediate picture which show how the type has come to
be. They are thus more than co-relational types; they
have made some progress toward developmental types.
When Giese found the group of political personalities of
humble origin and persistent organizing and agitating
activity, he postulated a common dynamic of development,
a homogeneous functional disposition toward this sort of
thing. Moore wanted to extricate the formative influence
of temperamental reactive sets, and the other investigators
have likewise sought to ascertain developmental factors in
the production of the adult picture of traits and interests.
Almost every nuclear and co-relational type carries
developmental implications. The terms which are used to
characterize motives have dynamic, genetic, formative
coronas of meaning which, vaguely though they may be
sketched, are emphatically present. When Michels says
that a “Catonian strength of conviction” is one mark of the
political leader, it is implied that if one pushed his inquiry
into the adolescence, childhood, and even infancy of the
individual that this ruling characteristic would be visible.
Of course, Michels does not himself develop these implications;
it is doubtful if he has tried to find the early
analogues of the trait which he called “Cantonian strength
of conviction” on the adult level. But the dynamic penumbra
of the term can lead empirical investigators to scrutinize
the behavior of children from a new point of view.
Many of the terms which are used to describe adult traits
are no doubt unpredictable from the less differentiated
traits of infancy, childhood, and youth. But the growth
of full-blown developmental types requires the sifting and
refinement of terms until they are adequate to the description
of sequences of growth. Developmental types will
describe a set of terminal, adult reactions, and relate them
to those critical experiences in the antecedent life of the
individual which dispose him to set up such a mode of
dealing with the world. Developmental types will not
only include the subjective account of the history of the
personality but will embrace the objective factors which
were co-operating to produce the patterns described.
The notion of a developmental type may be illustrated
by examining the place which is assigned to the political
man in the chief modern characterological systems. Hans
Apfelbach has used five dimensions for the description
of characters. Each one is described as a gamut between
two polar opposites, and a sixth pair of polar opposites
is introduced into the system. The scheme is indicated in
Table II.
This gives a formal range of sixty-four types of character
formation without allowing for subtle variations in
quantity. The first combination which Apfelbach specifies
is, symbolically, ABCDEF. This is a very masculine,
sadistic, hyperemotional, moral, intellectually keen, and
upright character. Among men this is the type of the
organizers, politicians, the great preachers, generals, dictators,
and the like. Among women, this is the type of the
organizer of every description, especially the political or
patriotic enthusiast, like Joan of Arc. It should be observed
that the terms “masculine” and “feminine” are
not used in a mutually exclusive sense. Carrying on the
tradition of Weininger and Fliess, these terms are employed
to designate traits which may be present in different
proportions in the same person.[27]
Dimension
Polar Elements
Sexuality
Masculine
A
Feminine
a
Psychomotility
Psychosadistic
B
Psychomasochistic
b
Emotionality
Hyperemotional
C
Hypo-emotional
c
Morality
Moral
D
Immoral
d
Intellectuality (specialized)
Superior
E
Inferior
e
Accessory elements
Altruistic
F
Egotistic
f
The political man appears in Jung’s system at various
intersections of his underlying scheme. The essential
cleavage in Jung’s classification is between those whose
psychic energy (libido) flows outward toward objects (extraversion)
and those whose libido flows inward (introversion).
The former enter into full affective relations
with the world around; the latter are mainly focused on
their private interpretations of experience. In addition
to these fundamental dynamic relationships, Jung sub-classifies
with reference to our fundamental psychological
functions: thinking, feeling, sensation, intuition. These
functions may operate against one another consciously or
unconsciously. So, when thinking predominates in consciousness,
feeling is repressed; and the reverse. Intuition
is understood to be a kind of instinctive comprehension,
a function peculiarly dependent upon the unconscious.
According to the predominance of one or another of these
basic functions, Jung constructs four special types of extraversion
and introversion.
Certain conspicuous political types belong to Jung’s
category of extraverted thinkers. These individuals try to
bring their whole life-activity into relation with intellectual
conclusions, which in the last resort are always oriented
by objective data, whether objective facts or generally
valid ideas. By his formula are good and evil measured:
all is wrong that contradicts it, and all is right that corresponds
to it; all is accidental that is neutral toward it.
Just as the extraverted thinking type subordinates himself
to his formula, he seeks to subordinate all others to it, as
a manifestation of a universal inspiration. His moral code
forbids him to tolerate exceptions, and he would bend
all to suit the scheme. “One really should” or “one must”
figure largely in his program. If the formula is wide
enough, Jung remarks that the extraverted thinker may
figure as a reformer, a ventilator of public wrongs, and a
propagandist. But the more rigid his formula, the more
likely he is to grow into a grumbler, a crafty reasoner,
and a self-righteous critic.
Many politicians answer to the general description which
Jung gives of the extraverted, intuitive type. The intuitive
is unattracted by the established values; he is drawn to
the possible rather than to the actual. He seizes hold of
new objects and ways of doing things with eager intensity,
only to abandon them cold-bloodedly, when their implications
become obvious. The irresistible magnet of the rising
sun fires his imagination and guides his activity. For the
risen sun and the setting sun there is no enthusiasm, no
special hostility, only indifference. Here is the facile promoter,
who senses the dawning future and speeds from
project to project, bored with routine and detail after
projects have been accepted and the blueprints finished.[28]
The types of Apfelbach and Jung are based upon a small
number of reactive mechanisms which are supposed to
influence in different degree the growth of the personality.
These “mechanism” types may contain many useful leads,
but the methodological problem in isolating these hypothetical
mechanisms is unsettled. A “stable” reaction
in adulthood may be far from stable when viewed at successive
growth periods. These “mechanism” types seem
to encourage endless classificatory ventures at the expense
of detailed reporting of life-histories. For reasons which
have been set forth, subjective histories are of the greatest
importance to social science; and any excessive interest in
“mechanism” which minimizes the importance of elaborate
individual records is to be deplored. Jung and Apfelbach
say very little about the principal epochs of individual
development, and distract attention from the career as a
whole, as this career is structuralized in successive phases.
Before outlining our developmental conception of the
homo politicus, we return to the work of Freud, for his
method has enabled him to keep close to the subjective sequence
and to use classificatory terms in relation to the
successive phases of impulse organization in the developing
personality.
CHAPTER V THEORIES OF PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT
It will be remembered that Freud’s search for signs of
the traumatic situation led him to uncover the contemporaneous
functioning of all sorts of unconscious motivations
in both the diseased and the healthy personality. The quest
led him farther. Freud felt impelled to set up a schematic
representation of the typical genetic development of the
human personality. This grew out of the comparative
study of very thoroughly analyzed cases and was rooted
in empirical observation. Freud has always kept close
to his data; and no matter how far his imagination soared,
actual clinical experience was the starting-place and the
landing-field for the flight.
The energy of a developed personality can be treated
as dispersed in three directions: in the affirmative expression
of socialized impulses, in unsocialized impulses, and
in the maintenance of resistance charges against unsocialized
impulses. The original forms of energy expression
which are available to the infant are in many ways incompatible
with the demands of human intercourse. The infant
must surrender many primitive forms of gratification,
if he is to be loved, and to avoid discomfort and pain. He
must build up a self which represents the demands of
society. The surrounding adults coerce and wheedle him
into taking their commands for his own laws. The conscience
is the introjected environment which imposes limitations
upon the antisocial impulses. As the infant and
child grows, he avoids conflicts with the environment by
removing the locus of the conflict within himself, and plays
nurse, mother, and father to himself. He learns to control
his own excretions and to chasten his own murderous rages.
He achieves individuality of emphasis by accepting the
socialization of his major impulses.
But this incorporation of the requirements of the social
order into the personality does not proceed smoothly, nor
does it abolish the primitive psychological structures which
have been developed and apparently discarded at each
step of the way toward adulthood. Much of the energy
of the personality is spent in blocking the entry of the
unadjusted impulses of the self into consciousness and
into overt expression. Careful scrutiny of individual behavior
over a twenty-four-hour period strikingly shows
the extent to which the personality is controlled by very
elementary psychological structures. Moments of fatigue,
moments of deprivation, moments of irresponsible reverie,
all betray the presence of tendencies which are unassimilated
to the world of adult reality.
Freud began to build up his conception of personality
development by the gradual universalization of phenomena
which he encountered in actual clinical work, and which he
first described in relatively modest and restricted terms.
He began his original psychological contributions by
stressing the rôle of sexuality in the etiology of certain
neuroses. He found that all sorts of pathological conditions
and developmental abnormalities were apparently
due to some shortcoming in sexual integration. This emphasis
upon sexual adjustment as a necessary prerequisite
of healthy adulthood met with so much opposition that
Freud’s energies were taken up with defending and elaborating
his position. Now the sexual function is essentially
a species function and stresses the biological uniformities
of man at the expense of individuality. A topic
like “personality development” requires a comprehensive
theory of individuality, and this Freud did not develop
until the split with Adler, who insisted upon the rôle of a
drive toward individualization and who denied that the
much neglected “ego instincts” of Freud were enough
to support a comprehensive theory.
The story of Freud’s neurosis-sexuality-personality
theories begins with his earliest independent psychological
contributions. Many clinicians before Freud had been
abundantly impressed by the frequency with which sexual
troubles seemed to beget “nervous” troubles. In his hypnotic
work, Freud was especially struck by the frequency
with which specifically sexual episodes were involved in
the pathogenic experiences. Freud now proceeded to generalize
about the sexual element in neurosis, and announced
that neurosis was a function of deviated sexual
life.
Freud armed in defense of his generalization with two
new weapons. The first was his experience in letting his
patients talk it out and in treating most of their productions
as symbolic of something else. He acquired facility
in interpreting what other people took literally as being
a disguised representation of something else. So, when
Freud was confronted with cases which were not manifestly
sexual, he felt able to treat the non-sexual elements
as symbolic representations of sexuality and to justify himself
by claiming that his more intensive research procedure
supplied him with the sustaining facts. Needless to say,
those who had not themselves experienced the shift in
standpoint which Freud had achieved were alienated by his
seeming arbitrariness.
Freud’s second reliance was on an inclusive theory of
sexuality. Undaunted by the ridicule heaped upon his
sexual theory of the neurosis, he carried the war into
enemy territory by extending the whole concept of sexuality
backward from puberty through the life of the growing
child to infancy.
At first glance this might appear to be a cheap, dialectical
trick to confound his critics by telling them that “sex”
meant all the things they had called by other names.
Freud’s Three Contributions to Sexual Theory was saved
from being a rhetorical quibble by the virtuosity of his
imagination and by the apparent definiteness of the connections
which he traced between the various features of
childhood development and the patterns of healthy and
perverse adult sexuality. Careful analysis of biologically
efficacious intercourse shows that it is a complex integration
of many acts. It involves a partner of the opposite
sex. Its essential feature is an increasing tension until the
point of explosive release, followed by perfect relaxation.
The male must be sadistic enough to run the risk of hurting
the female by injecting the penis in the vagina. The
participants must be willing to indulge in all sorts of preliminary
play for the sake of heightening the critical tension,
involving tongue, lips, nipples, and all the erogenous
zones of the body.
Comparing the details of this completed pattern of the
unambiguously sexual act with the earlier activities of
the infant and child, Freud drew a host of analogies.
Children indulge in play in sexual postures, exhibit their
sexual parts to one another, and take pleasure in sexual
peeping; but Freud carried his analysis of the sexuality of
children much farther. Child specialists had often remarked
that the nursing male child frequently exhibits
the phenomenon of an erect penis and a desire to suckle
for some time after hunger contractions cease. The general
pattern of the sequence hunger-nursing-peaceful relaxation
follows the characteristic curve of the sexual act.
Freud suggested that inspection of the nursing pattern reveals
that the pleasure derived by the child goes far beyond
immediate biological necessities. This excess gratification
Freud treats as a primitive outcropping of the
sexual instinct, which need not be supposed to appear
suddenly with the maturation of the glandular apparatus,
but may be thought of as growing like the usual biological
process by integrating partial components into one complex
synthesis.
Sexual differentiation arises gradually, for at first distinctions
of sex are not recognized by the child. The
human animal is bisexual, a concept which Freud took
over with some reservations from Wilhelm Fliess. Distinctions
are achieved within the world of family experience.
The child is attracted sexually toward the parent
of the opposite sex but is too weak to compete for the
loved object. Thus the father, who is too mighty to be
killed and put out of the way, is copied by the son, who
seeks to absorb his power into his own personality. The
repression of the father-hostility, mother-love sentiments
produces the Oedipus complex. The child achieves a socialized
self by playing the rôle of the father in relation
to his own impulses. The “latency period” arises from
four to six, according to Freud, when the early sexual
struggle against the father is given up. The fear of the
father (the “castration complex”) leads to the passing of
the Oedipus phase of growth.
Now Freud specified a variety of difficulties which arise
whenever there is failure to achieve successful integration
of the partial components of the sexual instinct. He connected
homosexuality, psychological frigidity and impotence,
exhibitionism, sadism, masochism, voyeurism, and
a variety of other abnormalities with definite failures in
integration. Sometimes the individual becomes obsessed
by ideas which have a disguised sexual meaning, and sometimes
he indulges in physical symptoms which possess a
similar unconscious significance. The first is an obsessional
neurosis, and the second is hysteria.
The stress which Freud laid upon the sexuality of the
child, and upon socialization by intimidation, broke with
revolutionary violence in a culture which swaddled its
infants in sentimentality. The child of the poets was like
this:
Not in entire forgetfulness,
And not in utter nakedness,
But trailing clouds of glory we do come
From God, who is our home:
Heaven lies about us in our infancy!
—William Wordsworth
The child of the Freudians was like this:
The child, at one time or another in its life, is, in a sense, auto-erotic,
narcissistic, exhibitionistic, inclined to play the rôle of
“Jack the Peeper,” incestuous, patricidal, or matricidal, homosexual,
fetichistic, masochistic and sadistic [G. V. Hamilton, An
Introduction to Objective Psychopathology, p. 301].
As early as 1898 Freud had begun to elaborate the
idea that sexuality begins at birth. But as late as 1900,
when the Interpretation of Dreams appeared, he wrote in
a footnote that “childhood knows nothing, as yet, of sexual
desire.” With the elaboration of his sexual theory,
Freud became less preoccupied in defending himself
against his psychiatric colleagues than in perfecting defenses
against his friends. Freud began to build up a
circle in 1903. Of the original group, Alfred Adler and
Wilhelm Stekel were the two who were destined to achieve
the most subsequent attention. By 1906 Ferenczi of Budapest
and the Zürich contingent—the eminent Bleuler and
his assistants—became cordial and interested. In 1908 a
conference was held at Salzburg, and in 1909 G. Stanley
Hall invited Freud to lecture at Clark University. In 1910
an international society was organized at Nuremberg, and
the institutionalization of the psychoanalytic trend was well
launched.
The first cleavage came about when Freud and Adler
finally broke in 1911. In and out of season Adler stressed
the “masculine protest,” the drive of the human being to
master every situation in which he finds himself. The individual
specializes in overcoming his short stature, his
enuresis, his ugliness, and his other defects; his principal
drive is to differentiate himself rather than to perform his
species function.
Adler represented several other currents of dissent from
Freud. Freud had felt compelled to stress the antisocial
drives of human nature, and Adler held a less Hobbesian
view. The “social-feeling” component of human nature
was accorded a place in the Adlerian system; and when the
“socially useful” norms of individual adjustment were
violated by the individual, “inferiority feelings” ensued.
Therapy consisted in bringing this interpretation home to
the maladapted person, leading him to relinquish his socially
useless means of mastery and to allow his “social
feelings” to express themselves more freely. Adler’s therapy
showed that he represented a pedagogical-ethical reaction
against Freud’s denial of the training function of
the scientific analyst. Freud said repeatedly that the business
of the analyst is to expose the patient to himself, and
to leave it to the patient to work out his particular modes
of adaptation to reality. Adler wants to give the patient
a general scheme of thinking and to let him have some
practice in indulging the “social feelings” of his nature.
Adler likewise represented a protest against the complexities
of Freud’s style of thought. The distinction can
be drawn best, perhaps, by saying that Freud proceeded
from symptoms to meanings, and from meanings to other
meanings, and from other meanings to conditions. The
analysis consists in uncovering lifelong chains of meaning
attached to particular objects. Janet never achieved this
process, and Adler short-circuited it. Adler begins with
the symptom and proceeds as directly as possible to the
condition. His books abound in succinct characterizations
of cases, and “symbolic” material is at a minimum. Employing
his orienting principle, he directs attention to a
sympathetic reconstruction of the social relationships of
the patient and selects those problems which the individual
has tried to master by antisocial or personally crippling
devices. The “common-sense” simplicity of Adler’s observations
commends his doctrines in circles which are repelled
by the alien terminology and the elaborate interpretative
machinery of Freud.
Under the perpetual hammering of Adler, Freud undertook
to expand upon his sketchy theory of the ego. At
first Freud was inclined to say that Adler had nothing to
add because he had himself spoken of the ego instincts as
well as the sexual instincts. Such a solution was hardly
satisfying, and the self did not find a suitable resting-place
in Freud’s theoretical system until the rôle of narcissism
(love of the self) was taken up and set forth at length.
This “saved” the sexual theory, and it made the analysis
of ego processes a problem of major interest to psychoanalysis.
Stress was laid upon the fact that when the individual’s
libido flows outward toward objects, and when
obstacles or deprivations are imposed upon this outward
reaching, the libido turns back upon the self. This excessive
libidinization of the self rendered subsequent adjustment
to reality very difficult, and many personality
deformations and formations are traceable to this developmental
warp.
The break between Freud and Jung in 1913 had less
immediate importance for personality theory than the previous
schism. Like Adler, Jung undertook to subordinate
the rôle of sexuality; but Jung accomplished his purpose,
less by postulating concurrent ego-instincts than by invoking
an inclusive energy concept which would embrace
sexuality, ego-drives, and many other accessory manifestations.
Jung, paralleling Adler again, came to the rescue
of human nature, postulating a moral trend in the unconscious.
And Jung, like Adler, frankly advises and trains
his patients. Jung’s two distinctive lines of innovation
were concerned with dream interpretations and ethnological
applications. Jung expanded dream interpretations for
the sake of laying bare the “racial unconscious.” Using
saga material and dream material, Jung undertook to
deflate the claims of sexuality and to demonstrate the
limited applicability of the Oedipus idea.
Freud was assailed at a vital spot and rallied to defend
himself in Totem and Taboo. He scored a point over Jung,
who had relied on saga material, by drawing heavily on
the ethnological summaries of Frazer in the Golden Bough
to justify the universality of the Oedipus complex. This
was Freud’s first contribution to systematic social theory,
and will come up for consideration in that connection.
From the standpoint of personality theory, perhaps the
most valuable passages are those which describe the infant’s
overvaluation of thought—the “omnipotence of
thought,” as it was phrased by a patient.
Some years later Jung, now on his own for some time,
devised his classification of personality types and vastly
increased popular and technical interest in the subject.
This in turn has stimulated the group around Freud to
develop a formal psychoanalytic characterology. In this
task they were assisted by some early communications of
Freud, wherein he took note of some of the character types
met with in his practice. This literature will be referred to
in connection with the case histories which are to be discussed
immediately.
The other schisms between Freud and his pupils (involving
Stekel and Rank) have been less significant for
personality theory thus far, although Rank’s sociological
interests may germinate now that he is away from the immediate
presence of the master.
Freud, who had obstinately clung to the phraseology of
sex, rejecting every proposal for an overmastering set of
terms which would carry less restricted connotations, executed
a brilliant maneuver in 1926 and proposed to regard
human activity as manifestations of two principles,
the life and the death instincts. Life consists in accumulation
and the release of tension; and, generalizing this
phenomenon, we have the life and death drives.[29]
Suppose we put aside further exposition of the analytical
personality theories, and in the light of these conceptions
set up a general formula which describes the developmental
history of the political man. The most general
formula would employ three terms. The first component,
p, stands for the private motives of the individual as they
are nurtured and organized in relation to the family constellation
and the early self. We shall have occasion to
see that primitive psychological structures continue to
function within the personality long after the epochs of
infancy and childhood have been chronologically left behind.
The prominence of hate in politics suggests that we
may find that the most important private motive is a repressed
and powerful hatred of authority, a hatred which
has come to partial expression and repression in relation
to the father, at least in patrilineal society, where the male
combines the function of biological progenitor and sociological
father.
The second term, d, in such a formula describes the
displacement of private motives from family objects to
public objects. The repressed father-hatred may be turned
against kings or capitalists, which are social objects playing
a rôle before and within the community. Harmonious
relations with the father of the family may actually depend
upon the successful deflection of hatred from private
to public objects.
The third symbol, r, signifies the rationalization of the
displacement in terms of public interests. The merciless
exploitation of the toolless proletariat by the capitalists
may be the rational justification of the attitude taken up
by the individual toward capitalism.
The most general formula which expresses the developmental
facts about the fully developed political man reads
thus:
p}d}r = P,
where p equals private motives; d equals displacement onto
a public object; r equals rationalization in terms of public
interest; P equals the political man; and } equals transformed
into.
The p is shared by the political man with every human
being. Differentiation rises first in the displacement of
affects on to public objects, and in the molding of the life
in such a way as to give an opportunity for the expression
of these affects. The non-political man may feel himself
aggrieved against a brother and against every fellow-worker
with whom he comes in contact. His mind may be
taken up with personal fantasies of love or hate for specific
people, and his ideological world (his attitudes toward
the state, the church, the destiny of man) may be
very poorly elaborated. He is a fly in the meshes of his
immediate environment, and his struggles are fought in
terms of the world of face-to-face reality. When such a
man displaces his affects upon a person who happens to be
a public object, this does not make him a political man.
Impulsively killing a king who happens to insult one’s
sister does not make a politician of the regicide; there
must be a secondary elaboration of the displacement in
terms of general interest. It is the rationalization which
finally transmutes the operation from the plane of private
to the plane of public acts. Indeed, the private motives
may be entirely lost from the consciousness of the political
man, and he may succeed in achieving a high degree
of objective validation for his point of view. In the
“ideal” case this has gone so far that the private motives
which led to the original commitment are of feeble current
importance.
Upon what does the displacement and the rationalization
depend? No doubt the general answer is that the selection
of certain public objects depends upon the “historical”
accident of the patterns offered by the personal environment
of the individual at critical phases of growth. It is
safe to predict that more politicians rise from families
with political traditions than without them. But this very
broad conclusion requires no technique of intensive investigation
of individual instances to support it. If the
psychopathological approach to the individual is worth
the trouble, it must disclose a variety of relatively novel
circumstances which dispose individuals to adopt, reject,
or modify the patterns of act and phrase which are offered
in the environment. Provisionally, we may assume that
the puberty phase of biological growth, which coincides
with increasing social demands, may be the period in
which the attitudes toward the invisible environment most
rapidly crystallize.
The details may be more hopefully dealt with if somewhat
homogeneous groups of politicians are investigated
for the purpose of bringing out significant differences in
their developmental history. The agitators are the first
to whom special attention will be paid.
CHAPTER VI POLITICAL AGITATORS
The essential mark of the agitator is the high value
which he places on the emotional response of the public.
Whether he attacks or defends social institutions is a secondary
matter. The agitator has come by his name honestly,
for he is enough agitated about public policy to
communicate his excitement to those about him. He idealizes
the magnitude of the desirable social changes which
are capable of being produced by a specific line of social
action. From the standpoint of the administrative mind,
we may say that an agitator is one who exaggerates the
difference between one rather desirable social policy and
another, much as the lover, according to Shaw, is one who
grossly exaggerates the difference between one woman and
another. Whether agitators behave like physicians or surgeons,
as Munro would have it, they are united in expecting
much good to come from single acts of innovation.
The agitator easily infers that he who disagrees with him
is in communion with the devil, and that opponents show
bad faith or timidity. Agitators are notoriously contentious
and undisciplined; many reforming ships are
manned by mutineers. The agitator is willing to subordinate
personal considerations to the superior claims of
principle. Children may suffer while father and mother
battle for the “cause.” But the righteous will not cleave to
their families when the field is ripe for the harvest. Ever
on the alert for pernicious intrusions of private interest
into public affairs, the agitator sees “unworthy” motives
where others see the just claims of friendship. Believing
in direct, emotional responses from the public, the agitator
trusts in mass appeals and general principles. Many of
his kind live to shout and write. Their consciences trouble
them unless they have periodic orgies of moral fervor.
Relying upon the magic of rhetoric, they conjure away
obstacles with the ritualistic repetition of principles. They
become frustrated and confused in the tangled mass of
technical detail upon which successful administration depends.
Agitators of the “pure” type, when landed in
responsible posts, long to desert the official swivel for the
roving freedom of the platform and the press. They glorify
men of outspoken zeal, men who harry the dragons
and stir the public conscience by exhortation, reiteration,
and vituperation.
The first life-history to be excerpted here is that of
Mr. A. This is no “institutional” case. Mr. A is aware
of no mental pathology, and has never consulted a neurologist,
psychiatrist, or “nerve doctor.” He is one of those
who at first reluctantly, then whole-heartedly, allowed
himself to be studied with the same thoroughness, intimacy,
and detachment with which an obviously unstable person
would be scrutinized. Mr. A at once saw the advantage for
the progress of science of an accumulation of life-histories
taken from men who regard themselves as perfectly normal,
since so much of our case material is from the ill.
A’s claim to a place among the agitators is not open to
question. He was compelled to resign his position when
the United States went into the World War on account of
the tenacity with which he argued the pacifist position. He
had previously run for Congress on the socialist ticket. Suspected
of unorthodoxy in the theological school, he steadily
became more radical in his views, and was expelled
from one denomination. Previously he had been the secretary
and principal spokesman for a civic reform organization
which had vigorously attacked corruption in municipal
affairs. He gradually became convinced that “white
collar reforms” were futile as long as the capitalistic system
prevailed in this country, and presently threw his
energy into the propaganda of labor organization and socialism.
A leading characteristic as moralist, socialist, and pacifist
has been his truculence in public on behalf of his
cause. Mr. A speaks rapidly, with great fervor and earnestness,
and his discourse is studded with abusive epithets,
sarcastic jibes, and cutting insinuations. He confesses that
he has taken an unmistakable pleasure in “rubbing the fur
the wrong way.” He enjoyed nothing better than accepting
invitations to lecture on social and economic subjects
before conservative audiences, and scandalizing them by
declaring that “organized business and organized crime
are hard to distinguish from one another,” “corruption
and capitalism are one and inseparable,” and “capitalism
depends on markets, markets ultimately depend on force,
and force means war.” Thus war was the logical result
of the capitalistic system.
Mr. A prides himself on his ability to cut holes in the
logical fabric spun by conspicuous men. He has engaged
prominent preachers of the gospel in correspondence,
arguing that something in their writings leads logically
to the conclusion that any war, not excepting the last one,
is wrong, and that they should confess this openly, declaring
their sorrow for having been infected with un-Christian
war-hysteria.
He believes that right reason is the hope of mankind,
and the name of science is exalted in his mind. He was
glad to lay his own life-story on the altar of science, and
in the name of science to endure the embarrassment of
recalling private facts which most of us try to forget.
Mr. A’s later convictions have been held with enough
intensity to redefine many of his earlier opinions. Thus
his pacifism brought him into sharp opposition to the government,
which resented his expression of the truth as he
understood it. Mr. A warmly champions the cause of the
individual against official interference in matters of taste
and conscience, and has modified his early enthusiasm for
prohibition.
Although censorious, accusatory, didactic, and defiant
in public address, he is cordial and winning in those face-to-face
situations where he is unaware of hostility. His
eyes twinkle with good humor, and he is gentle, responsive,
and anxious to impress. His speech and gestures are
quick, and his manner is alert and often tense.
A’s physique inclines toward the asthenic end of a hypothetical
pyknic-asthenic scale, such as Wertheimer and
Hesketh have constructed from Kretschmer’s observations
on physical types.[30] He is noticeably lean, but strikes the
impressionistic observer as being toward neither the tall
nor the short end of the scale. The legs are somewhat
longer than the length of the body warrants, and the bony
structures of shoulder, hip, knee, and ankle are prominent.
The thin face is rather delicately molded, and is
given added dignity and distinction by a neat Van Dyke
beard. The chest is flat, and the upper ribs fall inward.
His erect carriage seems to be a compensation against a
predilection toward a scholarly stoop. In middle and later
middle life he has been bothered by gastro-intestinal disorders.
The second son of an impecunious village parson, he
grew up in straitened circumstances with a brother somewhat
his senior. The mother died when A’s youngest sister
was born, and the children were cared for by the father
and a succession of elderly housekeepers who left faint
memories behind them. A and his brother went to an old-fashioned
ungraded school, entering at the same time in
spite of their disparity in years, so the younger one would
not be left alone in the house.
From a very early age A had a certain sense of hostility
toward his brother, and a feeling of his own superiority.
For a reason that is not clear, the school children teased
his brother as the preacher’s son, but left him alone. A
was more agile than his brother, and climbed trees and
wriggled into tight places with ease. He prided himself
in doing things which his brother hesitated to try, and
seems to have awed him somewhat, for he remembers having
heard his brother tell another schoolboy to let A alone,
“because when he gets mad, he can lick me.”
The older boy was held responsible by the father for
pranks which were really joint enterprises. On one representative
occasion, the father left the house to make a
call, ordering the boys to stay indoors. They decided to
go out, and their father, who discovered footprints in the
snow outside the door, gave the older boy a sound whipping,
but let A off scot-free. The younger son was unquestionably
the favorite, and his father would frequently
chide the older boy for being a dullard, and point with
pride to the ease with which A could get his lessons.
Indeed, A got on famously at school. One of his teachers,
who chanced to be a college man, told his father that
A was brilliant and promising. A also remembers a glow
of elation when a relative wrote to say that arrangements
must be made for him to have a college education, since
he had shown that he could be a worthy successor to his
uncle. This uncle was a famous professor, who had written
well-known philosophical books, and remained a great
hero in the eyes of the family.
The father slept in the same bed with his two sons
until they were well along in the teens. For as long as he
can remember, A found the touch of his father very pleasant,
though the touch of his brother was repugnant. A’s
strong hostility against his brother, based on their rivalry
for the affections of the father, received a certain justification
in the critical episode which occurred as his older
brother, who matured early, approached puberty and began
to have emissions. The preacher was horrified, for
he took this as a sign of masturbation, and masturbation
was sinful and dangerous.[31] When he thought that A was
sound asleep, he would gravely lecture the older boy on
the evil consequences of self-abuse. Sometimes the son
would wake up in the morning and discover that an emission
had taken place during the night. In a hushed and
contrite whisper he would say to his father, “I’ve gone
and done it again!” at which the parent would exclaim
reproachfully, “Oh!” The boy was presently taken to a
physician who seems to have modified the excitement of
the father and in some measure to have reassured the son
that his manhood was not irreparably lost. Dark rumors
about self-abuse were whispered through the village from
time to time. The neighborhood idiot was supposed to
have brought idiocy upon himself by self-abuse, and a
bachelor in the village who went insane was supposed to
have suffered from the same vice.
A listened to the rumors and to the nocturnal dialogues
between his father and elder brother, and gathered that
ominous things were connected with handling one’s self.
He felt ashamed of his brother, who brought so much
suffering on his father, and silently determined never to be
a disappointment to his father. The tag end of a biblical
passage about bringing the gray hairs of his father to
the grave in shame ran through his mind, and he resolved
never to repeat his brother’s weaknesses.
A’s older brother surprised everybody about this time
by suddenly changing from a phlegmatic lad into a fervent
religious enthusiast. He became converted under
dramatic circumstances and joined the church, thus propitiating
the unknown powers which might visit horrible
punishment upon him for his private iniquities. In this
he was running true to the adolescent pattern. Adolescence
is notoriously the time when the temptations of the “flesh”
multiply and when many youths, oppressed by their “animal”
impulses, seek to escape from the burden of guilt
by adopting the ceremonial patterns provided in the religious
observances of society. Adolescence is so often a
period of high ideals, which are typically reaction formations
to “low desires,” that adolescence is the happy hunting
ground for proselyters of every breed.
When A’s own emissions began, he was terribly upset
by worry and self-accusation. About fifteen he got an
emission after a boy had fooled with his genitalia, thinking
he was asleep. He was taut with sinful pleasure while
the seduction was taking place, which added to his guilty
feelings. This was the time when he, too, exhibited a
fervent interest in the church. He quickly “overcame”
masturbation, but until late in life there was always a
“fight” to overcome his “wayward” impulses and his erotic
imaginings. In his dreams he often saw roosters and hens
performing sexual acts in the barnyard of his old home,
and the reappearance of the old scenes is indicative of
his early sexual curiosity. Many more of his dreams used
common sexual language. Sometimes he was making his
way across a valley of snakes, or he was naked and walking
toward a goal he could never quite make out. The nude
female figure was usually repressed, though it occasionally
came through.
He was taken off the farm, on which his father eked
out a supplement to his meager salary, by an aunt, who
insisted that the boy must have better school facilities.
This aunt had always taken a great interest in this promising
motherless nephew, and tried to fill his life with the
affection which would have been his had his mother lived.
As a small boy he had often come on short visits to his
aunt. He had slept in the same bed with her, and his lively
curiosity about the female figure was partly satisfied by
glimpses of his aunt at the morning bath. The aunt had a
family with all of whose members he was on good terms,
and he was supremely happy to live in town with them.
Out on the farm he had been undernourished, but here
he was filled out and flourished. He took an active part in
the church and in the social activities of the neighborhood.
The early intellectual promise which A had displayed
was no mere flash in the pan. He was one of the brilliant
students in high school, and passed his college-entrance
examinations with such distinction that he entered college
with a mild intellectual halo. He resolved to make good
scholastically, and this he did, finishing the four years at
a first-rate institution at the top of his class.
As time passed, he began to dissent from many of the
dogmas of his immediate social environment. During high-school
days he had been assigned to act the devil’s advocate
and defend the free-trade side in a tariff debate. The more
he read and thought about it, the more convinced he was
that the free-trade position was sound. His relatives without
exception were high-tariff Republicans, and his arguments
were countered with sentimental rather than rational
appeals. A’s conversion to free trade led him to come out
for the Democratic candidate for the presidency. He remembers
that the first time he announced this heresy one
of his aunts violently pushed her chair away from the
table, exclaiming in vexed, incredulous, and reproachful
tones, “And to think that my own sister’s son could say
such a thing!” His college course in biology converted
him to evolution, and he argued this out at great length
with one of his uncles, who was a traditionally minded
preacher. A began to develop a feeling that intellectual
brilliance meant dissenting from the convictions of middle-class
people like his own relatives.
So far his nonconformity was strictly confined to a few
theories. He was a member of the prayer-meeting group
in college, and his fraternity consisted mainly of embryo
doctors of theology who scrupulously upheld a rigorous
code of personal abstinence from alcohol, tobacco, strong
language, and women. One of the young men who had the
temerity to enter the house with a lighted cigarette had it
gently but firmly removed from his lips. It was in college
that A took part in his first law-enforcement drive. The
state prohibition law was poorly observed, as A had good
reason to know, since he had a collection route which took
him to “drug stores” and other equivocal establishments
about town. “Tea” was openly ordered at the bar and
drunk on the premises. A conceived the idea of leaving
posters in these places to advertise the law-enforcement
meetings, thus creating something of a stir.
Just before graduating from college A had a talk with
a favorite professor. The professor asked him what he
proposed to do, and was much interested when A said
that he wanted to become a minister. The professor said
that during his own active years in the pulpit, before he
began to teach, he had learned at least one thing. Every
man who was intellectually honest and independent would
sooner or later discover that he questioned his own dogmas,
and a period of bitter anguish would ensue. If a man were
intellectually honest, he would never flinch from the truth,
even for the sake of wife and family. But when the
period of doubt arose he advised A not to abandon his
work too abruptly. He had himself lived through six
months of torture during which he had been on the verge
of dropping everything and going into business. But
finally he had arrived at a faith which he could defend,
and stuck to it. “I would rather be drawn and quartered
than preach anything I do not believe,” he declared emphatically.
This conversation made a deep impression
upon A, leading him to anticipate doubts as a mark of
intellectual keenness and honesty.
Thus far in his life he had never questioned the tenets
of the strict and simple theology of his immediate surroundings.
Indeed, he had never met anybody who questioned
it. Only a single episode had slightly jarred his
complacency and left a tiny scar behind. At one time
his Sunday-school teacher had been a young professor of
theology who was much more liberal than his contemporaries.
A boy in the class had dared to ask something
about the authority of the Bible, and the teacher, without
the least trace of embarrassment, had replied that authority
should not rest on blind faith but upon clear reason.
“If the Bible told you to kill your father and your mother,
you would not do it. You would not be bound to do it.
The justification of the Bible is that its teachings prove
to be sound in the experience of all reasonable men.”
In the divinity school the first course which A attended
was on the authority of the Bible. It was taught by a
smug and full person of some eminence. A was accustomed
to distinguish himself by bold opinions, and he
undertook to challenge several of the propositions which
were supposed to be accepted and repeated by rote. His
main point was that authority rested on reason, not on
faith. For his pains he got the reputation of being a smart
and troublesome upstart of doubtful orthodoxy. His
former Sunday-school teacher was a member of the faculty,
and A wrote a thesis on the authority of the Bible,
in which he elaborated the line of argument which had
so much impressed him. Only the constant intercession
of this professor kept A from being disciplined, or even
expelled, at various times.
The young man was disposed to take rigid theology
none too seriously on account of his increasing disrespect
for his father. A and his brother both felt duty bound
to return home every summer to help with the farm work.
Their father was happy enough to have them rejoin him,
but matters never ran smoothly. The father was quick
to reassert his parental authority and to criticize freely.
Most of the unpleasantness was as usual at the expense of
the older son, but some of it was deflected against A. Both
sons were uncomfortably aware of the uncouthness of
their father in comparison with city preachers. He laughed
too boisterously at his own stale witticisms. His ever present
dignity was a little ludicrous when he wore an alpaca
coat into the fields on the hottest midsummer day.
The social life at the divinity school was wholly satisfying.
The students were warmly welcomed by the maidens
of the local churches, and several became engaged.
A proposed to two girls during his career there, and was
turned down as often. He very quickly recovered his good
spirits after a night or so of melancholy. The first girl
was a relative whom he had known for many years, and
the second was a close friend of the family. The double
defeat was something of a bruise to his dignity and fed his
determination to make a dent on the world.
A’s first congregation was in one of the poorer quarters
of a little city. A had no doubt of his towering intellectual
superiority over his parishioners, and he found it exasperating
when an uneducated housewife presumed to gossip
about the dubious orthodoxy of his beliefs. At the end of
three years he resigned in disgust at the peppering of
criticism directed against his ideas. Looking back at the
incident, he feels that he was too hasty.
It was at this first charge that A began to make good
copy for the press, and to win a reputation as a sensationalist.
He organized a Law and Order League to harry criminals
and the police. His pulpit rang with stinging philippics
against law-breakers and cowardly public officials.
All this gave him a zestful sense of making a stir in the
world of real affairs, so that he turned down an offer to
join the faculty of a famous university where his old
Sunday-school teacher was now located.
A’s new pastorate was among working people in a large
city. He at once began to hound the officials for non-enforcement
of the law. He led raiding parties to visit the
biggest gambling hells and put it up to the police to shut
them. Renewed criticisms began to appear of his opinions,
and the governing body of his denomination asked him to
recant or resign. He refused to budge, and he was soon
expelled. He was immediately called to lecture before an
ethical society, where his comments on current religious
and social problems won a wide hearing. Although attracting
much attention, the society was exceedingly poor
and A spent a little legacy which he had received upon it,
indifferent to his own future.
During these exciting troubles he became a socialist and
joined the socialist party. He had sympathized with the
hard lot of the poor since he could remember, and had
cast his vote for Bryan as a symbol of protest against the
indifference of the privileged classes to the privileges of
anyone but themselves. His favorite college professor had
lost his job during the anarchist hysteria, when he came
out against the “judicial murder” of the Haymarket suspects.
A was profoundly moved by the spectacle of a man
who backed his precepts of independence with sacrifice
for their sake. The argument which finally won him for
socialism was that political democracy is impossible until
economic democracy is realized, and that socialism is simply
democracy in industry. The principles of democratic
brotherhood, once put to practice in the world of work,
would soon govern public relationships of every kind.
His new convictions opened to A a new field of agitation
and publicity. Ignoring or overcoming the coolness
of certain “horny-handed” elements, he rushed into the
little band of socialists, and was presently the congressional
candidate. In this campaign he conducted a whirlwind
tour of the district and enjoyed himself immensely.
A finally married a capable, motherly school-teacher
whom he had known for several years, but whom he had
been prevented from marrying until the death of her parents,
who heartily disapproved of him. During his bachelor
years in the ministry he had certain knowledge that
various women were far from averse to becoming the
preacher’s wife or mistress. One married woman became
the foremost worker in the church and passionately assured
him, “I am at your service day or night.” Another
woman, whom he barely recognized, came to the pastor’s
study, declaring that they must be married at once and
“end this awful agony for both of us.” He had not been
aware that any agony had begun, and was in no mood
to begin it. He recognized that a wife would be a protection,
but most of the women who threw themselves in his
way were so homely that abstinence remained a pleasure
as well as a principle.
For many years there had lurked in his mind the fear
that he might not be potent, and he was humiliated to find
that he was at first unable to consummate the sexual act.
Since he first attempted sexual intercourse when nearly
fifty, and had practically never masturbated, his troubles
were not atypical, and they fortunately proved to be transitory.
He regretted having failed to consult a physician
before marriage, and was not at ease until the first of his
children came.
Shortly after marrying, A came to the end of his financial
resources, and found it necessary to relinquish his
lecturing for other work until a suitable congregation
should requisition his services. When a call finally came,
the war broke out in Europe, and A denounced it with his
customary ardor. He had read a book which popularized
Prince Kropotkin’s thesis that mutual aid and not struggle
is the key to the evolutionary process. War was irrational
because it contravened the principle of mutual aid, and
it was un-Christian because it set the hand of man against
his brethren. As the hour of America’s participation drew
nearer, A saw that his outspoken position would cause
trouble. But he was accustomed to take a radical view
and stick to it, and the idea of compromising his independence
for the sake of family obligations was intolerable.
His characteristic optimism also misled him into overestimating
the amount of pacifism which his congregation
would put up with, and soon he was forced to resign.
A was left financially high and dry, and rather hoped
that his wife would be willing to starve with him, if need
be, as a gesture of sanity in a war-mad world. He was left
financially dependent upon his family, and upon such support
as was forthcoming from wealthy radical sympathizers.
Since his own professional opportunities were curtailed,
and he never applied for other types of work, he
was left dependent upon others. He was somewhat embarrassed
by this, but was never depressed by it, or by the
social ostracism which was entailed by his unpopular
stand. As he once expressed it, “melancholy is alien to
a fighting nature.”
Looking back over A’s career, certain private motives
appear which were well organized in his early family life,
and continued to operate with considerable strength during
his adult years.
A had a strongly repressed hatred for his brother. He
was consciously aware of his own coldness toward the
brother, but succeeded in barring from consciousness any
recognition of the emotional charge on this attitude. The
older boy was his rival for the affection of his father, and
A’s quickness and boldness were cultivated in an effort to
outstrip his brother. He showed many of the traits of the
over active younger child, as Adler has frequently described
them. A felt rather ashamed of his brother, who
went through school and college with no special distinction,
and whose modest subsequent career was prosaically respectable.
A struggled to keep hostile thoughts about his
brother out of his mind, and sought to keep his attention
away from the brother by corresponding or visiting with
him infrequently.
Although A never frankly faced his own animosity
toward this brother, he was plagued by a sense of guilt for
his unfraternal attitude. This conflict was partially resolved
by a reactive formation and by displacement. The
reactive formation was the reverse of the anti-brother drive,
but it was only supportable by displacing his affection
upon remote social objects. He generalized his own prohibition
against brother-hatred to all society, and identified
himself with the workers and with humanity at large, serving
a poverty-stricken congregation, spending his own
money on the work of the church, adopting the socialist
dream of a brotherly state, and demanding the abolition of
fratricidal war.
His love for the downtrodden and for humanity (this
reactive displacement of his own brother-hostility) was buttressed
by the usual rationalizations. The democratic ideal
in politics, the ideal of effective equality in political power,
had his support, and he adopted socialism when it was
presented to him as industrial democracy (brotherhood),
the indispensable antecedent of genuine political democracy
(brotherhood). His early prohibition appeals were cast in
the form of an appeal to the brotherhood sentiments. He
argued that every man was his brother’s keeper, and therefore
bound to refrain from an example which might lead
his weaker brother to dash his foot against a stone. War
meant the destruction of mutual (brotherly) aid among
those who were brethren in Christ. A’s brother-hatred, so
manifest in his younger days, and so potent in arousing
guilt feelings, created this disposition to choose generalized
brother-substitutes to love, and to elaborate brotherly ideologies
to defend his position. Then by keeping his distance
from the physical brother, he could maintain a comfortable
adjustment.
Another significant private motive, whose organization
dates from early family days, but whose influence was
prominent in adult behavior, was A’s struggle to maintain
his sexual repressions. He erected his very elaborate personal
prohibitions into generalized prohibitions for all society,
and just as he laid down the law against brother-hatred,
he condemned deviations from the rigid puritanical
code by which he lived. Individuals who possess superego
structures of such rigor often try to protect themselves
from the strain of sexual excitement by keeping away from
“temptation,” or by removing “temptation” from their
environment. Thus Mr. A avoided exposing himself to
“lewd speech” and “immoral suggestion.” Consciences of
such severity can often be traced back in deeply analyzed
cases to unusually strong repressions at the time when infantile
masturbatory activities are being curbed. And it
often happens that the rôle of the intimidator is taken not
only by the male but by the female imago. In another
highly moralistic person, who was thoroughly psychoanalyzed,
this came out distinctly. Thus for several days the
subject dreamed of standing before a butcher shop where
he had been sent by his mother, and where he saw his
father sharpening long knives. Or he saw his mother,
dressed as Brünnhilde, carrying a sword, while he cowered
on a marble stairway. After many dreams of this kind,
the original situations finally burst into view. They involved
what were interpreted as direct threats to cut off a
hand if the child didn’t cease handling himself.
That A was never able to abolish his sexuality is sufficiently
evident in his night dreams and daydreams. In
spite of his efforts to “fight” these manifestations of his
“antisocial impulses,” they continued to appear. Among
the direct and important consequences which they produced
was a sense of sin, not only a sense of sexual sin,
but a growing conviction of hypocrisy. His “battle”
against “evil” impulses was only partially successful, and
this produced a profound feeling of insecurity.
This self-punishing strain of insecurity might be alleviated,
he found, by publicly reaffirming the creed of repression,
and by distracting attention to other matters. A’s
rapid movements, dogmatic assertions, and diversified activities
were means of escape from this gnawing sense of
incapacity to cope with his own desires and to master himself.
Uncertain of his power to control himself, he was
very busy about controlling others, and engaged in endless
committee sessions, personal conferences, and public meetings
for the purpose. He always managed to submerge
himself in a buzzing life of ceaseless activity; he could
never stand privacy and solitude, since it drove him to a
sense of futility; and he couldn’t undertake prolonged and
laborious study, since his feeling of insecurity demanded
daily evidence of his importance in the world.
A’s sexual drives continued to manifest themselves, and
to challenge his resistances. He was continually alarmed
by the lurking fear that he might be impotent. Although
he proposed marriage to two girls when he was a theology
student, it is significant that he chose girls from his immediate
entourage, and effected an almost instantaneous recovery
from his disappointments. This warrants the inference
that he was considerably relieved to postpone the
test of his potency, and this inference is strengthened by
the long years during which he cheerfully acquiesced in the
postponement of his marriage to the woman who finally became
his wife. He lived with people who valued sexual
potency, particularly in its conventional and biological
demonstration in marriage and children, and his unmarried
state was the object of good-natured comment. His
pastoral duties required him to “make calls” on the sisters
of the church, and in spite of the cheer which he was sometimes
able to bring to the bedridden, there was the faint
whisper of a doubt that this was really a man’s job. And
though preaching was a socially respectable occupation,
there was something of the ridiculous in the fact that one
who had experienced very little of life should pass for a
privileged censor of all mankind.
He had long practice in the art of the impostor. From
the plight of his older brother, A learned that he would
lose the affection of his father if he was discovered to have
indulged in certain practices like masturbation. He resolved
never to do anything to cause his father to withdraw
his affection, and when he was not entirely successful in
living up to this ideal, he pretended to virtues which he did
not possess. Never once was he found out, and his life was
the life of a “model” boy and man. This reputation he
owed in part to his abstinences, but likewise to his concealments.
He learned to cultivate the mask of rectitude,
and succeeded in carrying off the rôle so successfully that
he was never found out during adolescence or adulthood.
Cut off by his impotence fears from loving others fully
and completely, A loved himself the more. He had unbounded
confidence in the brilliance of his mind, and this
intellectual arrogance was nourished by the easy ascendance
which he won over the poorly educated people among
whom he worked. He was careful to keep in environments
where his mind would not be put to the test of keen competition.
A didn’t compete with the clergymen who had the
largest posts in his denomination, he struck out for himself
in no hazardous business or professional enterprise, he
took up and finished no piece of investigation; instead he
cut a big figure among the workers, among whom he was
the best-educated and the best-known leader. His chances
of being elected to Congress when he was nominated were
never good, and he had everything to gain and nothing to
lose by making a campaign. After the days of his scholarly
ascendance in high school and college, A fell out of competition
in academic pursuits.
He valued his capacity to produce words. Ferenczi remarked
in conversation with me that the revolutionary agitators
who had come to his attention had been noticeably
deficient in the intensity of their emotional attachment to
objects. They were notably indifferent to the accumulation
of property, and they were lacking in possessive jealousy
in their sexual life. This deficiency in warmth of affective
experience was sensed by the revolutionaries themselves,
who felt that they were in some way estranged from others.
Their orgiastic indulgence in language is to be interpreted
as an effort to heighten the affective intensity of their own
lives. Either because the emotional life is physiologically
defective or because the libido is too narcissistically fixated,
this general description holds true of some obsessive
and many psychotic persons. It was no doubt a factor
in the history of A.
Before following out the full implications of this struggle
of A’s to repress his sexuality, we will take up another
topic of major and not unrelated importance. I refer to A’s
ambivalence toward his father. A was not conscious of the
full force of his hatred and his love for his father, but his
personality history is full of evidence of the formative
influence of these bipolar attitudes. In the course of his
competition with his older brother, A accepted abstinence
from genital indulgence as the price of holding paternal
preference. Now psychoanalytic findings are unanimous in
showing that genital indulgence is not given up without a
continuous struggle, and that recurring waves of sexuality
break against the barrier of the introjected prohibition, and
reanimate hostile impulses against the sanctioning authority.
It is of the utmost importance for A’s development that
he fought to bar from consciousness any hostile thought
directed against his father, and that he succeeded in repressing
his father-hatred very deeply. He was able to
identify himself with the father, and to copy many of the
paternal standards and attributes. The strength of these
identifications is indicated by the tenacity with which A
held to certain paternal patterns. Although his much-touted
uncle had been a famous writer and professor, A
remained a preacher, even when tempted by a flattering
offer to leave his first humble parish for the faculty of a
great university. He cherished the paternal prejudice
against money-making and money-makers. His boyhood
home was where some wealthy people spent their summers,
and A’s father would speak contemptuously of “the fashionables”
who loitered ostentatiously past the house. This
was an additional determiner of A’s subsequent devotion to
the welfare of the poor, which manifested itself in financial
sacrifice and socialist agitation. A was very susceptible
to old men, and idealized not only his early teachers,
but a venerable pacifist who approved of his wartime conduct.
The negative side of A’s attitude toward authority came
out in the choice of the abstract (remote) objects upon
which to vent his hatred. The hostility which was denied
conscious recognition and direct indulgence against the
actual father was displaced against substitute symbols,
such as the dogma which required the acceptance of the
Scriptures by faith, of the capitalistic system, and of the
militarists.
When A was introduced to a stranger, he was genial,
talkative, and anxious to impress. When he was aware of
opposition in his environment, he overreacted at once, hurling
a vast repertory of jibes and flouts and sneers at the
offender. This gives a clue to an important element in his
makeup which will come out very distinctly in subsequent
cases, namely, a strong latent homosexual trend. When the
individual is not able to achieve full heterosexual adjustment,
the sexual libido tends to work itself out in more
primitive ways, and one of the phases of emotional development
is the homosexual epoch. Earlier, however, than
the adolescent homosexual period is the phase connected
with the suppression of auto-erotic activities. The child
characteristically uses its nutritional object (nurse-mother)
for the sake of stimulating his own erogenous zones as
much as possible. This “incestuous” drive is curbed, and
the child is denied the pleasure of promiscuously fingering
others, and of manually stimulating his own genitalia.
Though the nurse or mother, who is the target of the desires
of the child, also administers the prohibitions, the
sanction which lurks most prominently in the background
is the strength of the father. Reduced to its ultimate expression,
this sanction is the threat of depriving the child
of his much-valued organs unless he observes the “hands
off” prohibition. The “normal” development is for the
hostile protest at authoritarian interference to subside, and
for the child to copy the idealized father. The repression
of hostilities and the identification with the father do not
take place instantly. Identification is not achieved without
a phase in which the child plays a femininely passive
rôle toward the father, and this is the passively homosexual
reaction which may for one reason or another be
unusually strong. A’s fantasies of his father’s beautiful skin
are common screen fantasies for more primitive drives.
A’s tendency to overreact to the stranger who is merely
polite, and to interpret the stranger’s interest as a “personal”
one, is characteristic of the one in whom this passive
“winning” rôle is of some importance. He tries to create
an overpersonal relationship in those somewhat formal
situations where ordinary conversational requirements are
such as to force conventional compliments.
The overreactive hostility toward those who merely differ
from him is partially motivated by the desire to punish
those who have rejected the affection which he all too quickly
volunteers. This wound to his narcissism demands that
wounds shall be inflicted on the offending objects. Now it
is commonly observed that repressed drives are likely to
secure partial gratification in the very activities which are
in part a protection against them. Sneers and jibes would
at first seem to free him from those who arouse and reject
him, but this is not the whole result. A exceeded the bounds
of convention and became recklessly provocative. His wild
assaults and defiances tended to provoke the social environment
into attacking him, and thus to gratify two powerful
unconscious drives. He wanted to be forced into a passive,
feminine, victimized rôle, and to inflict upon himself the
punishment which he deserved for excessive hatred of
others. Thus A felt quite happy, escaping moods of depression,
as long as he was indulging his hostility against
conspicuous conventional authorities in society, and as long
as he was suffering from society’s retaliatory measures.
His romantic idea of starving to death as a gesture of
sanity in a war-mad world is indicative of his pleasure in
the “martyr rôle.”
He could not endure “inharmonious” people, and built
up a “soft” and overindulgent group around him. He had
a small group of admirers who turned to him for advice
and who looked up to his superior wisdom and moral
courage. Nothing pained him more than the slightest jar in
personal relations. This disparity between his demands for
gentleness in the primary group, and his genius for creating
a disturbance in a secondary group, suggests the tension
produced within his personality by the struggle with
the feminine component. He was careful to keep away
from close-working subordination to a powerful personality.
He stayed in environments where his authority was
unchallenged. In the church he was both a financial pillar
and the pastor, and among the socialists he was sustained
by the halo of moral and cultural prestige.
It is noteworthy that though A was venomous when publicly
opposed, he was capable of a wooing and persuasive
strain which he could effectively use in his proselyting
work. His humor was of the mock-modesty variety, and
relieved the moral earnestness of his discourses. A showed
much tenacity and skill in following people whom he once
loved and respected, and in attempting to convert them to
a community of views with him. He displayed a strong
impulse to enter into and to cultivate personal interchanges
by correspondence.
That A found the task of asserting himself in the world
rather arduous is suggested by the desire for dependence
upon women. He entered into a whole series of “platonic”
friendships (“platonic” in the popular and not in the correct
use of the word) with women, and he accepted economic
support from his wife for several years. He was
very “sensitive,” and required a great deal of coddling in
the home.
There are indications of the way in which his very early
experiences influenced his trait formation. The infant
takes pleasure in activities centering about the mouth, and
this at first involves pleasurable sucking and later on, as
the teeth begin to push through, this involves pleasurable
biting. In our culture this leads to a withdrawal of the
nipple, precipitating one of the major crises of growth.
Weaning is the first substantial loss which is inflicted upon
the individual after birth, and the way in which it is met
establishes reaction patterns which may serve as important
prototypes for subsequent behavior. About the time that
the weaning deprivation occurs, the child is exposed to
another set of conditions which demand sacrifice. He is
supposed to control the elimination of his feces by giving
up a part of his body at regular intervals. The growing
child is also supposed to sacrifice another source of irresponsible
pleasure by blocking his impulses to handle his
genitalia. When the taboo on handling the genital organs
for erotic purposes is set up with particular stringency by
the methods adopted to curb early masturbation, some of
the energy of the personality regresses to reanimate previous
auto-erotic dispositions. This involves strengthening
of the anal and oral components of the personality.
On the basis of the oral and anal origin of various traits,
Karl Abraham has worked out a psychoanalytic theory of
character formation.[32] The material which is available on
A is too scanty to reveal the psychological mechanisms of
infancy and early childhood. If a cross-section of his later
character traits be tentatively interpreted in the light of
Abraham’s scheme, it may be said to show a predominance
of traits from the oral phase of development. A striking
characteristic of A has always been his optimism. He has
never become despondent and passed through serious “blue
spells,” whether he lost his job, reached the end of his
financial resources, lost a bride, or suffered social ostracism
from all but a small though admiring circle. Disappointments
and some illness have brought him comparatively
little worry. Abraham traces this trait to the earliest level
of character organization, saying that it indicates a child
who, thanks to the abundance of nursing care, is accustomed
to find the world responding copiously and quickly
to his demands. A always felt an inner assurance that he
would be cared for, and that all would come out for the
best in the end “to those who serve the Lord, and are
called according to his purpose.” He accepted a position
of economic dependence upon his wife, and upon the charity
of radical ladies, without conflict. His nurse was still
there to provide for him. A never showed any interest in
accumulating money, and generously shared all that he
possessed. His small legacy was eaten up by the society
over which he presided, and he was always on the poverty
line.
He not only gave bountifully of such money as he possessed,
but copiously of his ideas. Automatically he took
the lead in conversation, genially pouring forth streams
of ideas. The savagery of his attack on those who disagreed
with him, though an oral trait in part, stems, according to
Abraham, not from the sucking phase of early development,
but from the next succeeding or oral-sadistic phase.
Those individuals who have difficulty in accepting their
heterosexuality are cut off from normal sex life, and seek
to emphasize the acts preparatory to, and not consummatory
of, copulation. An interest in sexual peeping was in
some measure gratified by A’s experiences in listening to
the personal difficulties of those who came to him for counsel.
The high value which he placed on appearing before
the public, while perhaps adequately accounted for on the
basis of his father-identification, probably had the additional
advantage of gratifying his exhibitionistic drive.
Since drink is in legend and life a frequent precursor of
copulation, the reformer exaggerates its importance, and
tries to stop it. Alcohol was early associated with sexual
excesses in the mind of A, and his hostility to it was something
more than a simple reflection of his milieu.[33]
A’s intensity of manner betrayed the magnitude of the
neurotic conflicts within his own personality. This intensity
is not alone due to the insecurity arising from the failure
to exterminate his own conscious awareness of sex, nor to
his sense of sin for erotic impulses, nor to his fears of
impotence, nor to the reaction organized when he was competing
with his brother for the attention of the father. His
sexual inhibitions removed from him one of the most dependable
means of disposing of the tensions which arise
from the miscellaneous frustrations met with in the course
of daily life.[34]
We have traced A’s demand for widespread emotional
response to his difficulties of personal adjustment, especially
in the field of early sexual development. We have
followed through the displacement of the drives, which
were originally organized with reference to the family circle,
on to remote social objects, resulting in the espousal
of ideals of social change. We have seen that A’s particular
technique for arousing emotional response was denunciatory
oratory, and that such a technique expressed
important underlying drives of his personality. Since A
happened to be a socialist, it is natural to compare him
with the socialist thinkers studied by Werner Sombart in
Der proletarische Sozialismus. There is no doubt that A
is numbered among the “artificial” rather than the “natural”
men, since his relation to reality is less direct than
with the “natural” type. But it cannot be said that social
criticism was as deeply motivated in his life as among the
men mentioned by Sombart. He expressed himself not
only in radical agitation but in conservative, moralistic
agitation. His career was not wrecked at any particular
point in his history, and he possessed no mania for destruction,
although showing much resentment against his
family, and indulging in an active fantasy life. He was
fundamentally an agitator, and secondarily a social radical.
CHAPTER VII POLITICAL AGITATORS— Continued
B is an agitator who uses his pen instead of his tongue.
He has achieved eminence in newspaper work, beginning
as a news editor and editorial writer. At twenty, when he
held his first newspaper job, B led a fight against the red-light
district of the city, exposing the pimps, panderers,
and prostitutes in sensational style. He has always responded
quickly to the appeal of the underdog and revealed
injustices wherever he found them, and he won great
popularity among minority racial and national groups
whose claims he championed before the American public.
It is noteworthy that B has never been converted to “isms”
and responds to the call of specific abuses. No one who
knows B has ever questioned his sincerity, for the news
value of his campaigns is often much less than the personal
risks incurred.
B has a high reputation for absolute truthfulness and
reliability, often carrying his scruples to what his fellow-newspapermen
think are unwarranted extremes. On one
occasion, he threw up an excellent job on a very well-known
newspaper on a point of honor. The paper had divulged
the source of a story which he had received in confidence,
and which he communicated to the editor in confidence.
Later he was made the editor of an important newspaper.
For five months he produced brilliant results, when a misunderstanding
arose with the proprietor over another point
of honor. In a despondent moment he resigned, but the
proprietor refused to let him leave, offering a substantial
raise. He let himself be persuaded to go back, but refused
to accept the raise. Before long, new points of honor arose,
and he broke away for good. His passion for justice made
him a favorite with his staff; and his quiet good sense and
studiousness made him a name among older men and intellectuals.
Some of his reforming campaigns were very thinly
veiled displacements of his own private motives. At the
age of fourteen he was seduced by a colored woman, and
he reacted to this experience with fright and disgust. He
left a school which he attended after a series of boyish
escapades which culminated in an argument over missing
laundry. The laundryman was a negro. It was on his first
newspaper job that he led the fight to clean up a red-light
district, featuring the fact that both colored and white
prostitutes were available.
B was one of the numerous family of a Civil War
veteran on the Confederate side. His father carried himself
like a soldier and expected his children to act like
soldiers under all circumstances. He was spare, thin, and
active, and his temper was short. He was boss in the
house, ordering his wife about a great deal, and demanding
implicit obedience from the children.
The mother of B was eleven years younger than her
husband. She had ten children in quick succession, and
she spoiled them, and was much beloved. She did all the
cooking, washing, and ironing for the household, and
slaved to allow the children to obtain an education. Everybody
but her husband thought she worked too hard. She
was herself eager for learning, but had no opportunity to
continue her studies after marriage. Although poor, she
was proud, and never asked alms or assistance of any
kind. Though “obstinate as a mule,” she was timid and
shrinking in ordinary relations. Her routine was only
broken by occasional headaches.
The father was a very suspicious man, and B bore the
brunt of it. B was the sixth child and from an early age
had trouble with his next older brother, who was three
years his senior. On one memorable occasion the elder
brother attacked him with a knife. B was able to take the
knife away from him without being hurt. The affair was
reported to the father by an aunt who was living in the
house, and who always sided with the older boy. She said
that B had been the aggressor, and in spite of his indignant
assertions of innocence, B was soundly whipped. Such
episodes aroused in him a deep protest against injustice,
and an abiding hostility against his father. Years afterward
the truth came out, and the father apologized, but animosities
had grown too formidable to be ceremoniously
brushed aside. B cherished a long list of grievances
against his father. Once his father asked him to print some
letters; he presently found that this was for the purpose of
comparing them with an inscription on the lavatory wall.
Genital activities had their usual connotation of sinfulness.
His father went so far with his prudery that B, who
was once discovered naked in his own room, where he was
slowly dressing, was severely reprimanded. Shortly after
being seduced by the negro woman, his sense of guilt,
combined with his ever present resentment against his
father’s unjust treatment, led him to run away from home.
After staying away from home and working his way
through school for about a year and a half, he returned
home and went to work in the neighborhood, attracted
chiefly by the prospect of being back with his mother.
It is noteworthy that in his career B was constantly finding
pretexts to escape from a situation in which he was
popular and successful. Salary increases, promotions, and
social recognition came to him, but he managed to extricate
himself from every such situation, often on a “point
of honor.” An excellent journalist, he always had a new
door open. Thus he passed from one editorial desk to another,
and even to a private news-service venture which
turned out well in spite of the heavy handicaps on such
an undertaking.
How can such behavior be accounted for? Let us suppose
that friendly treatment on the part of superiors tends
to activate a strong homosexual drive which has been repressed,
but which continues to threaten to find expression.
This unconscious drive urges him to intimacy with persons
in the environment, whereupon his conscience, reacting
blindly against the outlaw impulse, seeks to provoke a
flight from the environment, and thus to escape from the
exciting objects of desire. The outcome is a compromise
formation in which the illicit hope of being attacked and
violated by the environment is gratified by imagining that
the environment has compromised his “honor.” The conscience
is gratified by the retreat from temptation. No
sooner is B in a new environment than the tension begins to
accumulate all over again. By throwing himself with zeal
into a new and strange position, where the environment is
impersonal, success comes, and with success and habituation
to the milieu, there come familiarity and friendship. This
produces the familiar strain by reactivating the unconscious
homosexuality, and the defending conscience finds
another retreat imperative.
What specific justification is there for the hypothesis
just proposed? B finally came into a situation from which
he could scarcely escape by the usual tactics. He scored
one of the great successes of his career by being invited to
accompany a government commission which investigated
conditions abroad, and covered the assignment in brilliant
style. He was shown all manner of courtesy. Working
under high pressure, he plunged into another assignment,
and once more had the journalistic world at his feet. But
the strain of success was too much. This time he sought release,
not by flight to a new job, which was difficult, but by
developing a delusional system. In short, B went into a
psychotic phase, and substituted for the world of reality a
fantasy world of such sinister dimensions that he was justified
in trying to escape from it. Unable to concentrate on
his work, he moved restlessly from one town to another, and
launched forth on long automobile tours with his wife.
The actual content of his delusional productions gives
a clue to his mental conflict. He had ideas of reference,
imagining that people on the street were looking at him
mysteriously. He claimed that he was a party to the Teapot
Dome scandal and that there was a dictaphone in the house.
On the way to be examined at a sanitarium he claimed that
he was being trailed by policemen. Upon admission he
claimed that the orderlies were policemen, that he was
being electrocuted, that his bed was wired to record all
his movements, and that filthy songs were sung to him
(with homosexual content). Discharged from the sanitarium,
he was taken to a family reunion. He claimed to be
treated as a negro, and declined to eat with family or sleep
in the house. B claimed that a forest fire was caused by
him and that books in the library were re-written on his account.
On a motor trip he claimed that insulting remarks
were made to him at every gas station. He turned against
his wife (he had been sexually inactive in marriage), and
finally called her a snake who ought to be killed, and proceeded
to try it.
During the course of his psychosis it emerged that he
recalls a sexual seduction by his older brother, and that
he had been bothered by this fancy all his life. There was
material to show that his father was likewise implicated in
his homosexual fantasies, and that he had “eroticized” the
injustices of his father and the physical attacks of his
brother.[35]
The history of B belongs to a borderline group between
agitators and administrators. His administrative
ability is manifest in the managing editorships which he
held, and in the special service which he organized and for
a time conducted. His rôle as an agitator (in writing) began
when he was twenty, and continued for more than another
score of years. When this record is taken in juxtaposition
to that of A, it shows how differences in displacement
affect the growth of the personality. B was never
able to displace his hatred and affections to remote, impersonal
objects with the degree of success which characterized
A. The campaigns of B against injustice were
more concrete, more limited, and more personal than the
agitations of A. It will be remembered that B’s first crusade
was against black-and-tan houses of prostitution, and
this was in the nature of a revenge and a penance for his
early experience with the colored woman. B was raised in
a relatively inarticulate environment. His father made no
public appearances, no member of the family achieved
more than a rudimentary education, and no conversation
was possible beyond the visible environment. Since B went
to work at sixteen, he saw the world more from a concrete
point of view while A was peering at the universe through
the theoretical lenses of the schools. His history shows
prolonged preoccupation with his own specific grievances
against the original objects—against the father, brother,
and aunt. This was a factor which disposed him to greater
susceptibility to persons in the immediate environment
than A. Although driven to become a rather seclusive child
who read books more often than he played, no one took a
special interest in his intellectual prospects. His maternal
grandfather was said to have been a brilliant teacher, but
not much was made of this model when B was a boy.[36]
Unlike A, B lacked the trick of dramatizing himself
before a crowd. Inspection of his early history in the home
shows that he lacked the practice in imposture which may
be a prerequisite of this ability. B was never able to
carry off a pose to impress his family with his own virtue
and promise. Indeed, he had very early evidence of his
own shortcomings, and his father not only accused him of
sins he did commit, but padded the record with many that
he had not contemplated. B was never able to get away
with much.
The foregoing excerpts from the history of B illustrate
how closely the behavior of the victim of a functional disorder
may connect with the fundamental drives of the personality.
Functional mental disorders are efforts at adjustment
that fail, and the materials employed are those
which the personality has available on the basis of its developmental
history.
In the paranoid case just discussed, “grandiosity”—delusions
of grandeur—was not as prominent as it often is.
Grandiose delusions seem to be linked with very strong impotence
fears. This connection may be shown in gross clinical
caricature in the case of C. This man belongs to the
well-known group of verbose cranks who often surround
themselves with admiring circles of disciples, and do nobody
much harm. C went so far as to run for president of
the United States on a minority ticket.
C came into medical hands quite by accident. He belongs
to a very common type which preserves the personality
sufficiently intact from deterioration to pass for well,
though eccentric. C got into a dispute with a colored expressman
over the charge for moving his goods to a new
apartment, and the expressman called the police, who presently
turned C over to a hospital. C imagined that the
negro was plotting to ruin him by stealing his most valuable
books and manuscripts. He announced that he was going to
be the next president of the United States of America, since
the reign of the present incumbent was to be short, and
damned short at that. On the next inauguration day he
will take charge by divine power, and after that his red-headed
wife will be given full authority. He said that during
the last presidential campaign he had a conference
with the governor of New York concerning the leadership
of American parties. At that time the governor told him
that he was a wonderful man and a logical party leader.
He declared that though as a rule he does not believe in
prophets, one absolutely reliable prophet had testified that
he would be president. This man had a vision in which a
wedge was drawn between the Democrat and Republican
parties, and an unknown man arose who was to rule the
world. This man would have six letters in his name. He
is “Six and Six,” and this exactly fits C. C’s real name is
“Arabulah the Divine Guest.” Using this name, he wrote
a nine-thousand-word treatise on politics and world-peace
which he said was thought to be supernaturally brilliant.
He was sure that he got into the hospital through a damnable
trick of his enemies. “It is prophesied that I am to
be the next president. To defeat this, they put me here.
I’m just a martyr, but I’ll come out on top in the end.” He
would be president in fulfilment of prophecy.
C more than hinted at the scientific secrets at his command.
He had recently consulted Dr. A of the government
about his process for the manufacture of diamonds. More
pressure was all that was needed. He declared that he is
a wonderful amateur chemist, and that he has a process for
manufacturing coal that he learned confidentially from a
shoemaker.
When a young man he was appointed a clerk in one of
the government departments, but was thrown out of a job
when the Democrats were elected in the late eighties. He
then became what he called a promoter of inventions and
an inventor.
A clue to the source of his delusional system is furnished
by his sexual history and fantasies. At the age of
fifty-nine he married a widow with two children. He describes
his wife as of surpassing beauty, and as for himself,
he declared that he possessed three testicles, and that
he is a perfect specimen of a man, a most beautiful Apollo
from the neck down, and asked to pose as a model. He
refused, however, to be photographed, or to disclose anything
further about his sexual history.
Impotence fear as the root of the luxurious tree of
grandiose delusions is sometimes directly demonstrated by
the obvious nature of the invention on which the individual
is engaged. The mysterious perpetual motion machine
turns out to be a crude version of the sexual organs.[37]
Shortly after C left the hospital, he was busy on the
stump, haranguing large audiences as a presidential candidate
on a protest ticket.
C would not be taken seriously by many people of much
culture and discernment, but there are paranoid types who
are plausible enough in their accusations to win the support
of discriminating men. Many of them are “litigious
paranoids,” and, as implied by the term, they are characterized
by the legal and agitational means which they exploit
for the redress of grievances. They succeed in rationalizing
their motives so adroitly that they are very dangerous
troublemakers. Even when psychiatrists diagnose them
as psychotic, they are able to put up a front so successfully
that they are often released from custody by judge or
jury. Were the data available it would be interesting to
calculate how much this active and by no means uncommon
element in society costs in terms of litigation fees and
damaged reputations.
One of the smoothest customers of this description is D.
After leaving high school because of his ambition to earn
money, he presently became a traveling salesman for an
electrical company. He was very successful and soon accumulated
enough to start himself in business, aided somewhat
by the money of the woman whom he married. From
the beginning he was involved in numerous lawsuits with
big corporations. He was finally sent to the penitentiary
for having assumed the name of another company which
was already operating. Since the address of the new company,
as well as the name, was so similar to that of the
older concern, he received mail and checks intended for
the corporation. His own story is that he was persecuted
by a certain big corporation, which tried consistently to
ruin his business, even poisoning the mind of his wife
against him (who soon divorced D). Whenever a suit was
being tried against him, he claims always to have found a
representative of the big corporation in town. These ideas
of persecution extended through the trial, which he asserts
was unfairly conducted, and to the penitentiary, where he
claimed that officials were in league with the corporation
to keep him imprisoned. His conduct was such that he
was finally transferred from the prison to a mental hospital,
where his attitude was that of contemptuous superiority.
He collected evidence against the hospital, listening
to all who complained of any sort of cruelty and incompetence,
and constantly occupied himself with schemes to
release prisoners and expose his persecutors.
D has an impressive, deliberate manner. There are no
marks of the maniac about him to fit into the popular idea
of a “crazy man.” In conversation with strangers he puts
his own case, and the case of others, with seeming moderation,
emphasizing the obvious difficulties in the way of collecting
conclusive evidence, and showing scrupulousness
about affidavits and other documentary material. He has
succeeded in establishing connections with prominent people
in many walks of life, and is devoting himself to the
cause of the underdog, with special reference to those unfortunates
who are thrown into insane asylums and kept
there by enemies who league themselves with doctors and
superintendents.
He is associated with groups of people who band together
in little agitational organizations with such unexceptionable
names as Vigilantes of the Constitution, Foundation
for Legal and Human Rights, American Equity Association.
Their indictment of modern jurisprudence is
pithily formulated in the slogan, “One Law for the Rich—Another
Law for the Poor.” The object of one of these
associations is:
To secure to all persons the rights, privileges, and immunities
which are theirs under the Constitution and laws of the United
States, and to which they are justly entitled as members of the
human family.... Those aided are: worthy cases unable to
hire legal counsel; victims of corrupt practices; friendless and
unfortunates restrained in Institutions, who require assistance;
ex-service men who have not been able to have legitimate claims
considered, etc., etc.
One of the cases which is often referred to in the papers
published by this group is that of William J. O’Brien. The
headline of one article reads as follows: “Poor Private
Wm. J. O’Brien, Sane Veteran of the Apache Indian Campaign,
Railroaded to the Madhouse. Denied Justice—Denied
His Day in Court—No Trial—No Lunacy Proceedings—Illegally
Held 34 Years....” In the body of the
article this statement occurs: “Mr. O’Brien indulged in
some disorderly conduct in the office of the War Department.
He was immediately arrested, charged with assault
which he did not commit, and brought into the Supreme
Court.” I examined the record of the O’Brien case and
found that “some disorderly conduct” consisted in visiting
the War Department, shooting two clerks, and trying to
shoot some more before his gun jammed.
The inference should not, of course, be hastily drawn
that all the claims made by agitators, even of the psychotic
stamp, are pure fabrications. That is to be determined in
the individual instance. Thus the slogan about “One Law
for the Rich—Another Law for the Poor” has very reputable
support in the findings of such surveys of criminal
justice as the one at Cleveland, in which Dean Pound of
Harvard had a responsible share. But in the case of the
litigious paranoids the underlying private motivation is so
imperious that wholesale distortions of truth are inevitable.
Sometimes reckless accusations bring cruel results, as
when another psychotic, E, claimed that a certain Captain
K was shot in the back while circling over a flying field.
This fabrication got to the family of the soldier, who had
been informed that the Captain had been killed in an aeroplane
accident, and caused much unnecessary suffering.
The history of F affords some contrasts to what has gone
before. F took up agitation in middle life. It will be remembered
that A directed much of his agitational zeal
against culture objects which were sanctioned by his family
and the “substantial” elements in the nation. F was the
reverse of a nonconformist. He was no pacifist, but a
soldier-patriot. The enemies of his country were his enemies,
and he denounced them up and down the land. The
authority of revealed religion was not a debatable question;
the enemies of Christianity were his enemies and he
went on the platform to expose them.
Several of his patriotic and religious lectures became
famous among the smaller communities of the land. He
told the story of a renegade who impersonated Christ for
the purpose of collecting funds to start an insurrection
against the American government in one of our dependencies.
He gave a thrilling account of how he sought out and
apprehended this monster. A Y.M.C.A. worker, in a testimonial
letter, declared, “Every man sat spellbound as the
speaker bared the facts in the most sacrilegious undertaking
of modern times to thwart the plans of the American
government.”
F was a moving spirit in the opposition to the Covenant
of the League of Nations because the name of God was not
mentioned in it. His argument on the point is said to have
impressed President Harding. One of F’s public pronouncements
on the subject read as follows:
There might be no trespass in an “Association of Nations for
Conference” coming together if they did nothing but confer, and
did no acting or legislating whatever, if they beforehand and by
common consent did the following before the whole world:
1st, Acknowledge Almighty God before the world, with a
promise to serve Him!
2nd, Acknowledge allegiance to God’s Peace Plan—the Kingdom
of the Prince of Peace—for world peace, which the Bible
provides for!
3rd, Ignore all man-made plans for peace, such as World
Federations, Hague Tribunals, World Leagues, World Courts and
all forms of Human world-governments, which the Bible provides
against!
4th, Refrain absolutely from everything that has the slightest
tinge of world-alliance, world-control, or world-domination influence
or world concert of civil action, the human instrumentalities
that Holy Writ severely prohibits.
5th, Especially for the United States. Refrain absolutely from
everything that contravenes our U. S. Constitution and the Declaration
of Independence! (And every nation should alike protect
their Constitution!)
When thru centuries of trial the world failed to keep the
Covenant written at Sinai by the Hand of Almighty God Himself
and He promised that He would give the world “A New Covenant”
for peace, which He did, then how can the world, except
anything whatsoever from The League of Nation’s Covenant written
at Paris by the mortal hands of just mere men like Wilson,
Lloyd George, Clemenceau & Co.?
After serving in the army as a young man, F joined the
secret service, and spent several years in pursuit of the
enemies of law and order. His record was excellent, and
when the World War came he was put in charge of secret
military police. He became overzealous in the performance
of his duties, spending an altogether disproportionate
amount of time investigating two Mennonite ministers who
were alleged to have letters in their possession written in
German criticizing the Liberty Loan. He claimed to have
found ground glass in the bread served to men in camp.
When the laboratory did not confirm his findings, he said
that he mixed ground glass with flour and submitted a
sample to the laboratory, which reported no ground glass,
thus confirming his suspicions that the laboratory staff
was composed of aliens—a German, an Austrian, and a
Turk. He began to make direct accusations that some of
the camp officers were in league with the enemy. One of
them he accused of using a German private in his office for
translation work, and intrusting him with a key to the iron
safe where the United States secret codes were kept. Presently
F was referred to a psychiatrist for examination, to
whom he complained that he was the victim of a persecution
by a little clique of officers. He managed to publish an
interview in the press asserting that ground glass in the
food had made fifty men ill at a certain training camp, and
this led to much unnecessary anxiety among the folks at
home.
F’s anxiety to “do his bit” in the suspicion-ladened atmosphere
which surrounded America’s entry into the war
led his suspicious nature to overdo the matter. When some
of his efforts were blocked by fellow officers, he began to
develop persecutory ideas. But he was soon able to dispense
with them by reinforcing his identification with the
interests of the nation and God, and displacing his suspicions
upon more generalized foes. When his secret-service
work was blocked, he was able to make a transition to
agitation, where he balanced the lost gratification of cherishing
secret knowledge with the pleasure of exhibiting it
in public. The record does not contain enough early childhood
material to justify one in venturing to select the determiner
of his capacity to make such an adjustment. The history
simply furnishes a striking example of how a flight
into agitation may perform the function of keeping the personality
in some sort of passable relation to reality, when it
has met a serious setback. It gives another instance to the
sum of those which show the difficulties which may be created
in society by those whose personality is influenced by
strong paranoidal trends.
The histories so far abstracted have had to do with male
agitators of various kinds. Miss G, when thirty-five years
of age, came to the physician complaining that she was
constantly bothered by blushing, stage fright, uncertainty,
palpitations of the heart, and weeping spells. She is known
to be forceful, ambitious, and aggressive. Her contentiousness
is notorious. She is active in the support of all kinds
of measures, particularly for the emancipation of women
from the domination of men. She rose to her present distinction
from a very humble position as a handworker, and
she champions the radical cause.
An early reminiscence was recovered during analysis
which had been completely buried before. Sometime between
the ages of five and three she had been asked by a
nurse to touch her nurse’s genitals, and threatened with
dire things if she told. When she was in bed with her
mother, she had to fight against a powerful compulsion to
touch her mother’s genitalia. This early assumption of
the male rôle was strengthened by her father-identification.
In the analysis she reported that she and her father possessed
many common traits, such as stubbornness. As
sometimes happens with children showing traits of the opposite
sex, their brothers or sisters reveal cross-traits. Thus
her younger brother cooked and sewed. Her father took
her side in family altercations with the mother (the father
was an artist). The mother was religious, and on the death
of her mother the patient was religious for six months from
a sense of possible guilt for having precipitated her death.
Everybody said that she ought to have been a boy since
she showed so much physical dash and hardihood. Between
six and ten she often stole money from her parents,
and was caught reading other people’s letters.
As a child she suffered seriously from vague worries.
At the age of seventeen she was unable to read her own
compositions before the class. She talked rather badly in
groups and before strangers, but was very effective in face-to-face
conversations. In public she spoke best when attacked.
She had a constant fear of being subordinated to
a man, and was constantly on the alert to assert herself.
She had a horror of marriage, which she thought of as
gross subordination to the crude physical desires of men.
One budding love affair broke up when the man went insane
and died.
For a long time she longed to have a child, but only
one child. She wished that there were some other means of
impregnation than by using a man, but finally decided to
bend to the inevitable. Several years before analysis she
looked around to select a man to be the father of her
child. It was a year after she became acquainted with
the man before she could bring herself to coitus, and she
felt befouled. After the birth of the child she became
utterly indifferent to the man, and broke off their relationship.
She was, of course, sexually frigid.
What is the meaning of this demand for a child, and for
but a single child? It was essentially a subconscious demand
for the penis to finish her assumption of the male
rôle. The psychoanalytical study of the growth of the female
personality stresses the importance which this motive
assumes.[38] Gregory Zilboorg has analyzed certain post-pregnancy
psychoses from this point of view, and in so
doing has thoroughly surveyed the theoretical field.[39]
Castration dreams appeared in the guise of losing muffs
and keys. Homosexual dreams took the usual shape of a
nude homosexual figure. Horrified by dreams of sexual
intercourse with her father, she began the analytical process.
Her narcissism expressed itself in both simple and
disguised form. She dreamed of being the mayor and of
humiliating men in all manner of ways. She dreamed of
influencing the whole world (telepathic dreams). Incidentally,
she credits dreams with some prophetic significance.
Once she dreamed of a clay field over which she
was passing which changed to plowed land, signifying
work, and, sure enough, she found a job the next day.
Another time she was crossing a brook and saw an ugly
body in the stream, and developed laryngitis the next day.
The narcissistic component was strong. She felt the
universal rule of the analytical situation to say everything
that crosses the mind to be a personal command from the
doctor. She bitterly resented this subordination to a man,
and finally broke off the analysis. She showed a record of
having been quite rebellious against those in authority
over her—shop foremen and party leaders.
Miss G had an enormous masculine complex. She chose
masculine goals, and ruled out the female rôle as far as
she could. Her narcissism brought her from obscurity to
distinction, though at the cost of several neurotic difficulties
in which her repressed drives found crippling expression.
She swings between vanity and inferiority feelings. She
blushes when praised, she blushes in public because of
the dependence of her sex on men, and she is timid in the
presence of academic people. She always feels ill at ease
with strangers, and lives in isolation from society.
In theory and in practice Miss G is for free love, and
for the complete equality of the sexes. She sought out
politics as a career as a means of expressing the male rôle
of dominance, a drive which was powerfully organized in
her early childhood experiences.[40]
What has been said about the agitator may be brought
together at this point in a provisional summary. Our general
theory of the political man stressed three terms, the
private motives, their displacement on to public objects,
and their rationalization in terms of public interests. The
agitator values mass-responses. Broadly speaking, this requires
an extension of the theory to make it possible to
divide politicians among themselves according to the means
which they value in expressing the drives of their personalities.
Now what is there about the agitator’s developmental
history which predisposes him to work out his affects
toward social objects by seeking to arouse the public
directly? Why, to state it another way, is he the slave of
the sentiments of the community at large? Why is he not
able to work quietly without regard to the shifts of mood
which distinguish the fickle masses? Why is he not able to
cultivate interests in the manipulation of objective materials,
in the achievement of aesthetic patterns, or in the technical
development of abstractions? Why is he not principally
concerned with the emotional responses of a single
person, or a few persons in his intimate circle? Why is he
not willing to wait for belated recognition by the many or
by the specialized and competent few?
Agitators as a class are strongly narcissistic types. Narcissism
is encouraged by obstacles in the early love relationships,
or by overindulgence and admiration in the
family circle. Libido which is blocked in moving outward
toward objects settles back upon the self. Sexual objects
like the self are preferred, and a strong homosexual component
is thus characteristic. Among the agitators this
yearning for emotional response of the homosexual kind
is displaced upon generalized objects, and high value is
placed on arousing emotional responses from the community
at large. The tremendous urge for expression in
written or spoken language is a roundabout method of
gratifying these underlying emotional drives. Agitators
show many traits which are characteristic of primitive
narcissism in the exaggerated value which they put on the
efficacy of formulas and gestures in producing results in
the world of objective reality. The family history shows
much repression of the direct manifestation of hatred.
There is often a record of a “model boy” during the
early years, or of a shy and sensitive child who swallowed
his resentments. Repressed sadism is partly vented upon
objects remote from the immediately given environment,
and favors the cultivation of general social interests. The
youth has usually learned to control by suppression and by
repression the full amplitude of his affects, and this is a
discipline in deceit. The narcissistic reactions prevent the
developing individual from entering into full and warm
emotional relationships during his puberty period, and
sexual adjustments show varying degrees of frigidity or
impotence, and other forms of maladjustment.[41] Speaking
in terms of early growth phases, the agitators as a group
show marked predominance of oral traits.
Distinctions within the agitating class itself may be
drawn along several lines. The oratorical agitator, in contradistinction
to the publicist, seems to show a long history
of successful impostorship in dealing with his environment.
Mr. A, it will be recalled, was able to pass for a model,
and became skilled in the arts of putting up a virtuous
front. Agitators differ appreciably in the specificity or the
generality of the social objects upon which they succeed
in displacing their affects. Those who have been consciously
attached to their parents, and who have been successful
impostors, are disposed to choose remote and general objects.
Those who have been conscious of suppressing serious
grievances against the early intimate circle, and who
have been unable to carry off the impostor’s rôle, are inclined
to pick more immediate and personal substitutes.
The rational structure tends toward theoretical completeness
in the former case. Displacement choices depend on
the models available when the early identifications are
made. When the homosexual attitude is particularly important,
the assaultive, provocative relation to the environment
is likely to display itself; when the impotence fear
is active, grandiose reaction patterns appear more prominently.
CHAPTER VIII POLITICAL ADMINISTRATORS
Some administrators are full of ideas and others are
seldom attracted by novelty. Some do their best work
under a rather indulgent chief; others fall to pieces unless
there is strong pressure from above. There are administrators
who derive their influence over subordinates from
the authority of their positions rather than from the authority
of their personalities. There are some who may be
depended upon for the conscientious performance of detailed
tasks, while others neglect details and think in terms
of general policy.
Viewed developmentally, it appears that one group of
administrators is remarkably akin to the agitators, differing
only in the fact that they are bound to particular individuals
more closely, and thus displace their affects upon
less generalized objects. This gives a certain independence
to the administrator from the compulsion to “get a rise
out of” large numbers of the population. It ties him more
securely, however, to the members of his own environment,
whose relations he seeks to co-ordinate. The administrator
is a co-ordinator of effort in continuing activity.
The group which is allied to the agitators includes those
who show imagination and promoting drive. The history
of H belongs in this class, and has the incidental interest
of showing how H behaved in war time.
While it is accurate to say that H is diplomatic and seemingly
open and frank in dealing with his superiors, it
should be added that in situations which involve the fate
of his own projects, he is noticeably overtense, and likely
to evaluate himself much higher than others. He becomes
slightly accusatory if his demands are rejected. The elderly
executive with whom H did his best work sometimes
complained that a conference with H was as fatiguing as a
whole day’s work. The older man felt that H might be
entirely broken up if his projects were rudely rejected, and
he also believed the young man to be too valuable to damage.
H recognizes that he has often found himself shirking
when his superiors let him alone, and wonders why this
attitude, which is contrary to his own interests, should take
hold of him. H displays a tendency to behave arrogantly
toward subordinates, and when he was in the army it was
obvious that he could maintain discipline only through the
formal authority vested in him.
H is an only child. His father was a big, overpowering
person, who was a strict disciplinarian. The parents were
very prudish in sexual matters, and one of his embarrassing
memories is the confusion and vexation of his mother
when he asked her about babies. Left to his own resources,
and stimulated by a variety of incidents to explore sexual
problems on his own initiative, the boy became involved in
a set of episodes and reveries which he tried to keep from
the family, and thus met every family situation with some
anxiety lest his sins should find him out. H grew into a
hyperactive and seemingly light-hearted youngster, who
obeyed his parents implicitly and met strangers with ingratiating
charm. H was constantly occupied with the task
of adopting a manner toward authority which would conceal
his secret preoccupations.
About the age of four, H surprised his parents in a
sexual embrace, and vividly recalled his own mixture of
burning curiosity and embarrassment. Some of his early
dream fragments indicate that he repressed a powerful
hostility toward his father, who he thought was hurting
his mother, and likewise repressed hatred of his mother,
who he felt was disloyal to him.
His experiences continued through a long chain of incidents.
There was mutual exposure of sexual parts between
him and a playmate of his own age. A deeply repressed
episode was a seduction in which he played the
principal part. He was meanwhile completely successful
in playing the rôle of model boy.
When H was ten years of age, however, there transpired
an incident which for a time branded him in the neighborhood
as a nasty little renegade, and which had many subsequent
repercussions. He touched the exposed sexual parts
of a neighbor girl, who was somewhat his junior. The sister
and brother of the girl were interested spectators. The
children told the cooks, and the news finally got around to
the mother of the girl. She took it calmly enough, but
thought she ought to tell the boy’s mother. H’s mother
passed the story to his father, which was the worst thing
that could happen, from H’s point of view. His father
administered a sharp dressing-down, and forbade him to
play outside the yard for a fortnight. H’s father was very
angry, and lectured him about his sins every night for a
while. Presently the father went over to see the neighbor,
and seems to have taken the line that the girl was as much
to blame as his son if not more so. This tactless behavior
completely alienated the neighbor.
Now this neighbor happened to edit an important newspaper,
and ever afterward this newspaper lost no opportunity
to assail the efficiency of the department in the city
government headed by H’s father. These attacks continued
over many years, and H’s father occasionally threw
it up to him that he had been responsible for the original
quarrel.
As it was, the boy was ostracized in the neighborhood
for a year or more, and was not invited to go to parties,
although he could play with the children. But H was self-conscious,
and sought companionship farther away. The
brother of the girl thought that he ought to turn against
H, and there were some fights.
At fourteen H began to go to high school. He kept away
from the swimming pool during the first year or two because
he was much embarrassed by the lack of hair around
his genitals. This supposed retardation, about which he
worried a great deal, lasted but a short time, when a new
set of worries came up. He now believed that his penis was
abnormally large, and that his testicles were too low-hanging
and perhaps deformed. In college he was nicknamed
“Cocky,” on account of his jauntiness, but he secretly suspected
that this was an allusion to his penis.
A chum taught him how to masturbate, and he continued
to do so for about six months, when his emissions became
so frequent that his mother told his father. For once, H’s
father handled the situation with good sense, and after a
kindly interview in which the father explained that it was
not a good idea to indulge excessively, H quit. But even
this matter was not terminated, for the disturbing reverie
remained that perhaps his excessive masturbation had permanently
impaired his manhood.
H had a lively curiosity about his mother’s body of
which he was intensely ashamed. He recalls loitering in
his mother’s room while she made ready to change her
clothes, hoping that she would forget to send him out. He
found himself speculating about the shape of her body,
and was several times on the verge of spying through the
keyhole. But his impulse was inhibited when he remembered
the story told by his father in which a “peeper” was
spoken of with the greatest contempt. H dreamed of sexual
intercourse with his mother on several occasions,
nearly always during periods of unusual strain. These
dreams were deeply buried and came out into the clear
with great difficulty.
His sexual curiosity extended to animals, and he stimulated
the sexual parts of his dog. This further associated
sex with the bestial and unclean, and convinced him of his
own guilt for so much as wondering about it.
H’s first sexual intercourse cost him much worry. It
occurred during his second year in high school. He had
been sent with the family automobile to drive home a
guest, and noticed a girl of about his own age who was
gay and flirtatious. On the way home he picked up the
girl with two boys whom he knew slightly. All of them
had sexual intercourse with the girl. He was terribly worried
that he might reach home too late. His strict father
had laid down the rule that if he got home at any hour of
the night, he was to wake up the family and give an account
of himself. In his haste he neglected to inspect the
car and his father found some hairpins in the tonneau.
H denied that he knew anything about them. The incident,
however, was not closed. He saw an item in the newspaper
about several men who were arrested for rape, and wondered
whether he had committed a horrible crime himself
with his companions. Before long the girl became
pregnant and was brought before the juvenile court. She
named another gang of boys, and this gang accused H and
his two companions of being to blame. He was horrified
at the prospect of going into court and dragging his family
to disgrace. H was afraid that his partners in wrongdoing
would confess, but he denied everything to his father, and
his father’s political influence kept him from being haled
into court. But for at least a year the black cloud of possible
exposure hung on the horizon of his mind.
All during his high-school days he had occasional sex
intercourse, but every episode was marred by some disagreeable
features. While there were such experiences
with girls of low social standing, he had many friendships
with girls of good social position whom he idealized as
above sexuality. He attended a private school which was
patronized almost exclusively by children from very
wealthy families, and H, who was handsome, well dressed,
quick, and agreeable, found his friends among them. He
was often in their homes and admired the signs of wealth
and culture. He became sensitive of the cultural limitations
of his own parents, and was afraid to entertain his
school friends at home, but fortunately from his point
of view his father was willing to furnish enough money to
make it possible to hold up his end of the social bargain at
exclusive clubs and restaurants.
In college H continued to draw a sharp line between
those who could be petted, but who were too rich and
refined to be approached for intercourse, and those who
could be petted, and who were poor enough to be asked
for intercourse. He continued to associate with a smart
and wealthy set, and finally concentrated his attention on
the daughter of a rich business man whom he wanted to
marry. His left-handed affairs continued at irregular intervals,
and he felt remorseful when he had the perversions
performed on him.
Enough has been reported to convey an impression of
H’s inner state. His unsatisfied sexual curiosity had been
whetted by his prudish parents. His father defended his
own ascendancy in the home by ordering the boy about a
great deal, and H responded to authority by a system of
reactions which became characteristic of him. He was
tactful, deferential, and acquiescent, qualified by inner
resentment and rare gestures of defiance. The father was
not a friend but a barrier to be circumvented, and the
father’s hegemony was protected by the sense of guilty
inferiority which he had created in his son. Family differences,
such as arose when the father objected to housekeeping
details, or when the boy wanted more freedom
to use the car, always showed the same balance of forces—mother
and son versus the father. The mother did not
defend herself by robust contradiction but by weak complaints.
There were only two instances in which the boy
flared up enough to resist his father openly.
If H had been more successful in winning applause outside
the family, it is quite possible that his position would
have been made much easier inside it. His social charm
brought him into the most influential circles, and this gratified
his parents, but his father was a man of action who
felt that while wealthy friends were an asset, his son ought
to show more positive achievements. Though he never
nagged H, the father’s sternness, suspiciousness and absence
of praise made a deep impression on the boy, and
gave him a sense of insecurity and inadequacy. Although
H scored no great successes, he went along without academic
catastrophe until college. He was suspended at the
end of his Freshman year for poor work, but came back
after six months, during which he pretended to his father
that he was still in school. The suspension was partly due
to the advice given to the dean by his fraternity brothers,
who had found him very hard to manage, and wanted to
“bring him to his senses.” H was having a fling, since
he was away from home for the first time, and away from
the intimidating father. Presently he steadied down
enough to get along.
Reminiscences of his guilty sexual experiments, deeply
charged with guilt-feeling, were continually bobbing up to
interfere with his progress. Once he was assigned to debate
in high-school public-speaking class. His opponent proved
to be the brother of the girl with whom he had the notorious
incident several years before. The brother was a
prominent school leader who had no doubt forgotten the
affair, but it continued to weigh on H. He always had
felt uncomfortable in the other boy’s presence, and on this
occasion, being poorly prepared, the situation became so
unbearable that he fainted.
He began to study agriculture at college, but soon found
that he had made a mistake. His family owned a ranch
which he often visited during vacations, and very much
enjoyed. Farming was an avocation of his father, and H
had the idea that ranching was a genteel occupation without
much work, and with much ordering of other people
about. He vaguely thought of himself as a country gentleman
of cultivated leisure. The war saved H from agriculture.
He took up aviation, without losing “credits,” partly
because the snobbish mother of his favorite girl was bowled
over by the uniform, and partly because he thought it
would be better to go into the war, if he had to go, as an
officer than as a private. His father’s influence secured
a deferred classification for him in the draft, and H,
though feeling quite small about it, said to himself that it
was better for people to die who were without his own
advantages and achievements.
His career as an officer in the camp brought out the
traits to which reference has previously been made. His
engaging deference toward his superiors won them all,
but he had trouble with the men. His own insecurity led
to an arrogant pose on his part that offended every man
in the company. He also discovered that the moment
discipline was relaxed he became very careless in performing
his own duties.
The same constellation of traits reappeared in his administrative
career, modified by the fact that he learned
to assume a less provocative attitude toward his subordinates.
He made a very good record, and proposed a number
of changes that were adopted for the improvement
of the service.
Looking back over H’s history, the striking thing is
his prolonged worry about his adjustment to specific persons.
H was never able to make the hurdle into abstract
interests. Even his administrative ideas were closely tied
to the immediate context of the service. H’s life was very
much dominated by his relationship to definite people,
and this meant a prolonged carry-over of early attitudes
to these individuals. Unlike B, who could rightly feel
that his father and brother and aunt were treating him
unjustly, H was all too aware that he “deserved” more
than he got. His success as an impostor was rudely interrupted
in some early episodes.
Another “marginal” history shows what happens to some
men with agitating aspirations who are not able to disentangle
themselves from a place inside an organization
and to give themselves up wholly to agitational work. Mr.
I is a type occasionally met with inside administrative
staffs who makes a serious problem for himself and others.
He radiates plans that he neglects to execute, and he is
supercilious and defiant toward superiors. He lacks the
drive, however, to move over into agitational work entirely
by identifying himself with a sufficiently dramatic cause.
Sometimes this is due, as in I’s own case, to powerful early
identifications with particular projects, and with administrative
work as such. When such a person can be pried
loose from certain of these early fixations, he often proves
capable of fulfilling the expectations which he is able to
arouse.
The father of I was a man whose extraordinary talents
won him great distinction, but who never quite managed to
come through as brilliantly as people had a right to expect
from one so richly endowed. I’s father could talk five or
six languages and read many more. He was educated in
England, France, and Italy, and after serving as a professor
of modern languages, his interest in educational problems
led him to become the head of a famous preparatory
school, and later of a public school. He spent most of
his time reading, and during the last decade of his life
drank heavily, but without impairing the quality of his
work. Someone who knew him pronounced the man “a
self-centered intellectual who died without a friend.” The
mother of I was an adopted daughter of a member of the
British aristocracy, and was brought up in distinguished
social and intellectual circles. The mother was exceptionally
active in all sorts of humanitarian enterprises but
lavished much time and love on the boy, who was “dreadfully
spoiled,” and accepted everybody’s judgment that
he was a budding genius.
True to anticipations, the boy shot through school like
a meteor, ranking first in his subjects, and taking every
available honor with ease. In college he branched out into
social and political life on a large scale, and joined about
twenty organizations, managing to have himself put on
every important committee.
Like his father, the son took up public-school work.
Becoming interested in psychology, he did some graduate
work, and quickly published a book that received very
favorable comment among those best qualified to judge
it. The idea of educational reform fired his imagination,
and he lectured far and wide, engaging in agitations to
secure legislation which would authorize a number of experimental
schools.
The part of his history which is especially interesting
to the student of administration is this: He was continually
at outs with his superiors and colleagues. His first
teaching position began with a feud, and lasted but a little
while. He was invited to resign his next post. He was
asked to resign the next position. He was asked to resign
the next position. These entries appear monotonously
through his record.
Everybody conceded the brilliance and fertility of his
mind, and did homage to the originality of his plans. He
began work but failed to carry it far, seeming to think that
work planned was work done. His methods were always
aggressive. Seized of an administrative idea, he went to
his superiors. When they criticized the scheme, or rejected
his suggestion, he often took the bit in his teeth and tried
to run the ship in his own way.
More than once financial irregularities have been discovered
in connection with his work. He has given out
checks when no funds were available, and run unduly
large expense accounts. Whenever he has been in financial
jams, he has turned to other people for aid as a matter
of course, seeming to feel that he has a claim on the
world for support.
He has always been childishly dependent on his wife
for praise. He resented his wife’s motherhood, but has
been overindulgent with the two children, who, his wife
says, have no respect for him. He likes to be the center
of attention, and is a clever showman, and a great deal of
a bluffer. He is usually not high tempered but affectionate.
He is inclined to be accusatory toward his wife—“a vixen”—but
his wife appears to be a keen person, who was
enough impressed by his precocious brilliance to marry
and to pamper him, but who in later years has delivered
herself of pointed comments on his character.
It seems that he has gone through several periods of
alternating exhilaration and despondency. The exhilarations
came when he had a position and when life became
a little monotonous or a little hard. At least one of these
swings was sufficiently pronounced to lead to a period of
retirement in a sanitarium. During this time he was asked
what kind of work he liked best, and replied, “Reforming
the world—my first choice; second, exploiting the world.”
The strength of his narcissism is self-evident, and the
feminine marks in his character are numerous. He expects
to be nurtured and supported by the world as a matter
of right. He demands constant “mothering” from his wife,
and coddles the children. His father-hatred, which was
thoroughly repressed in the family, comes out in his difficulty
with father-surrogates, and in his determination to
change the educational system at points where the father
took it for granted or overtly defended it. The selection
of the pedagogical rôle is itself indicative of the strength
of his father-identification. What seems to have happened
in his development is a fixation of interests in a relatively
narrow sphere in which the affects are so powerful and at
the same time so contradictory that difficulties are assured.
He finds it impossible to shake off his managerial aspirations
sufficiently to devote all his time to the propagation
of ideas. Although his affects are displaced upon abstract
problems, they are not displaced upon objects sufficiently
removed from his father, and the displacement does not
succeed in making it possible for him to achieve an impersonal
attitude toward his superiors and colleagues in educational
administration. The exaggerated praise heaped
upon him as a boy had much to do with the narcissism.
His incapacity to follow through is no doubt related to
his early conflicts over genital activity. The chief point
of significant contrast with A is that the narcissistic component
interfered more seriously with H’s development,
since it led him to insist upon playing an administrative
rôle. A’s environment was less prostrate before him, and
he was able to avoid assuming administrative obligations
where he would be cramped and subordinated.
The history of J, which has been reported by Alexander,[42]
shows what lies behind a powerful administrator’s thirst
for responsibility, and reveals how changes in the working
relations inside an organization may disorganize the individual.
J was a driving executive whose superiors deferred to
his judgment and accepted his plans. His abounding energy
sought an outlet through the assumption of heavier
and heavier responsibilities inside the organization. Finally,
a change in the chief executive brought J under the
immediate control of a man who handled him with cool
assurance, holding him firmly but considerately to his
own formal sphere of action. Confronted for the first
time in his life by a more powerful personality who knew
how to regulate him, J took the wife of another man for
his mistress, and in spite of the remonstrances of those
who knew him, he held tenaciously to both the mistress
and the wife.
An analysis showed that J was characterized from early
childhood by a notable split in his personality. Side by
side with his aggressive, masculine drive there existed a
strongly repressed, though powerful, feminine tendency.
His personality is to be rendered intelligible only as a
compromise formation between those two incompatible motives.
The repression of the passive component produced
a regressive fixation upon the wife, who was compelled
to play a markedly maternal rôle, and to humor his every
whim. He resented it if his every wish was not defined
and fulfilled before he had to go to the trouble of putting
it into words. J has delicate aesthetic sensibilities, and is
a cultivated amateur in the arts.
In sharpest imaginable contrast to his behavior at home
was his insatiable thirst for authority and responsibility
in his professional life. One of his dreams acutely symbolized
him as a giant automobile of untold horse-power,
whose body was a light French coach of the rococo period.
As Alexander comments, J’s life-problem was to indulge
his passive demands without doing violence to his masculine
ideal. But this was not accomplished without strain.
He could earn periods of indulgence in aesthetics by exaggerated
aggressiveness in his work, but as his feminine
tendencies were gratified, his masculine ideal was endangered,
and he would be driven back to high-pressure management.
The psychological significance of his work was
symbolized in the following dream: He was penetrating
a thick sheet of cardboard with a needle, and continually
asking for new sheets to bore through. He succeeded in
going through several thicknesses. The cardboard represented
his occupational problems, and the needle his penis.
His professional activity was largely a sublimation of his
aggressive, active sexuality.
The equilibrium between his aggressiveness in work and
his passivity in marital life was upset by the new chief
executive, who skilfully hemmed in his activity. Alexander
remarks that it is impossible for a man who has
struggled all his life against very strong unconscious homosexuality
to serve under a strong man. The dominating
personality arouses the latent attitude, and the subordinate
must resort to special means of maintaining his repression.
In the case of B, which we have previously considered,
the means of restoring some sort of equilibrium was escape
(by resigning), but when that became very difficult,
he fled into a world of fantasy (a psychosis). J met the
crisis by breaking through the sublimation of his heterosexuality,
and taking a mistress as an outlet for his
thwarted drives. Further than that, he vindicated his masculinity
in a very dramatic way. He not only took a mistress,
but he took the wife of another.
From now on, he was dependent on both women to preserve
the equilibrium of his personality. Previously the
equilibrium had been maintained between wife and work;
now it depended on wife, mistress, and work, for the aggressive,
masculine component required the mistress to
make up for the limitations imposed upon his working
sphere.
Alexander reports that in the course of a long analysis
this remarkable split in the personality was traced back
to early childhood. “At the age of four he was already
the same person.” At the age of four he continued to
drink milk out of a bottle, stubbornly resisting every effort
to break him of the practice. But—and it was with an emphatic
“but” that J produced the reminiscence—at the
same time the boy was especially adventurous and independent,
riding all by himself out on the highway. Here
was the same antithesis that later expressed itself in his
peculiar relation to wife and work. The child won the
right to indulge his infantile, oral tendencies in one particular
by exaggerated boldness in other respects. This
solution was the prototype for his later life.
The rôle of the bottle was later taken by his wife, whom he
often treated like an inanimate object whose only function was to
minister to his needs, while his work, and later his mistress, were
the successors to the bicycle, by means of which he was able to
prove his independence and his masculinity to himself and the
world.
The castration fear, which was aroused by the means
adopted to break up his infantile masturbation, favored
the oral fixation, and came into conflict with his strong
masculine genital drive, laying the basis for this notable
character split.
The records so far discussed have had to do with inventive
or driving administrators. A type often met with
in the public service is the conscientious, overscrupulous
official, whose touchiness, fondness for detail, delight in
routine, and passion for accuracy at once preserve the
integrity of the service and alienate the affections of anybody
who has to do business with the government. K was
such a man. For some years he was in the forestry service,
where part of his duties was to mark the trees that
might be cut by private lumbermen. The lumbermen naturally
argued that the straight, sound trees should be cut
and the damaged ones left for seed. K took a variety of
other factors into account, and spent days measuring and
estimating position, growth rates, and shade area, exasperating
the lumbermen with his everlasting and often
superfluous scrupulousness. He keenly felt his responsibilities
as a public servant, and disliked the very appearance
of succumbing to private pressure. At one time K
resigned the service in disgust because of “uncivil” treatment
by a superior, but his “touchiness” was much more
deeply rooted in his nature than he had any idea.
The record of K is not only the story of a pedantic
official but of an ardent patriot. One of the highest forms
of patriotism is supposed to be volunteering for posts of
conspicuous danger in war. K pulled all the wires within
reach to get a place on the front line, and only the point-blank
refusal of his superiors to allow him to squander
his technical ability prevented him from achieving his
desire. From a close examination of his intimate history
we learn how one variety of superpatriot comes to be.
K was the youngest of four children. His next brother
was eight years his senior, his sister was five years older
than this brother, and his oldest brother was eighteen years
ahead of him.
He never remembered a time when his mother and
father, who were divorced when he was eight, were on
good terms with each other. They seldom spoke, except
to quarrel. This family background was reflected in the
mental life of the growing child. K was notoriously nervous
and timid. From a very early day he began to be
preoccupied with why he was different from everybody else
in the world. His sense of isolation and strangeness led
him to believe that perhaps he was the only real person
in the world and that everybody else was an illusion. He
would sometimes come up wonderingly to touch his mother,
and then himself, to see if she, too, were real. He speculated
on how he could get away from the human shadows
around him, and became convinced that he could fly. Several
times he laboriously climbed up on the seat of a
kitchen chair, spread his arms like a bird, and leaped into
space. Every time he crashed to the floor, his frightened
mother rescued him, but he always felt surprised and
rather aggrieved that he should fall, and secretly believed
that he could fly after all. This type of reaction characteristically
appears where emotional conflicts in the home
create an acute problem of emotional orientation for the
child.
As a small boy he was sent by his mother to follow
his father when he left the house, and to report where
he went. K developed a strong sense of guilt for this, and
after the divorce was afraid that his father would return
and take revenge on him in some unknown and horrible
way. His father did occasionally reappear, and once invited
the boy to spend the night with him, but K was too
frightened to accept.
The family often lived in the country, and the self-consciousness
of K in the presence of strangers was heightened
by frequent removals into new and often isolated places.
One of the towns near which he lived when about nine
was on a frontier. Gun-play was frequent, and K remembers
having seen the corpses of men who had been shot
down in street brawls. There were ominous-looking fellows
around town, and the boy gave them a wide berth.
The death of his mother when he was twelve robbed K
of his main emotional support in a dangerous world. She
died after two years of suffering from an infected limb.
She would also spit into bits of papers and burn them in
the stove. K wondered why she did this, and later developed
a reverie the importance of which will soon appear.
The older members of the family were left with K on
their hands, and they decided to club together and put all
thought of marrying out of their heads until he was able
to stand alone. The boy did not then realize the sacrifices
they made for him, but he later discovered that his older
brother put off marrying the girl of his choice until she
broke off the engagement and married someone else. It
was not until about the time that he graduated from high
school and the home was broken up that he became aware
of what he owed them, and ever after he was plagued by
the thought of his unworthiness, and his incapacity to repay
his brothers and sister for their care. Up to that time
he had experienced no particular sense of gratitude, and
although his older brother once or twice referred to his
dependent position, his private feelings were mainly of
resentment against the restrictions imposed upon him.
And these restrictions were not inconsiderable. The
family ran a greenhouse, and the drudgery involved in
such an occupation was incessant. There were slips to
transplant, beds to weed, and loads to pull and carry.
There were long hours of boredom over routine occupations.
K was expected to dash home from school at the
earliest possible moment, and to lend a hand with the endless
chores about the place.
Occasionally he succeeded in evading his duties. He
stopped to play on the way home from deliveries, and he
stayed at school on some pretext or other to join the drill
squad. But he was always haunted by fear and guilt. His
older brother was a strict disciplinarian, and beat him
several times. His sister occasionally let him have some
spending money, but as a rule he was tightly cramped
financially. When his gang organized into a drill squad,
and chose their uniforms, he was humiliated when the
necessary dollars were not forthcoming from home.
K was worried by what appeared to be a lack of physical
stamina and endurance. This idea (which had no
basis in fact) in part grew out of his efforts to do what
his brothers did. They occasionally broad-jumped or
pulled weights, and of course K made a poor showing
beside them. But for the unconscious hostility against them,
such unequal results would not have disturbed him. His
morbid worries about his strength led him to submit to
a great deal of bullying by town toughs.
His adolescent years were marred by perpetual anxieties
about his social adequacy. He had been the victim of an
explosion which left his face marked with powder stains,
and this repugnant tattooing, which disappeared very gradually,
embarrassed him for years.
K’s older brothers and sister sometimes took him with
them to parties because there was nobody to leave him
with, and an annoying sense of being in the way added
to his growing sense of social inadequacy. During high-school
days he fell in love with the daughter of the most
influential man in the locality, but as her social standards
became more exacting, his lack of money, leisure, and
prestige made it impossible for him to travel with her set.
One of the most humiliating episodes in his life was the
one which broke up their relations. K had arranged to
meet her at a dancing class. Another girl called up to see
if he would take her, but he said he wasn’t going. His
oldest brother had listened in on the telephone extension,
and was astonished to see K appear all dressed up and on
the way out. He launched forth on a tirade, declaring
that K gallivanted around throwing money away and shirking
his job, though he was absolutely dependent on others
for his daily bread. K was cut to the quick, and went
back to his room churning with too many emotions to call
up and offer explanations to the girl.
K had taken it for granted ever since he was a small
boy that he would go to college. He traced back his determination
to an incident when he was driving across the
plains one magnificent starry night. He sat in the bottom
of the rig, rapt in contemplation of the sparkling sky,
while his mother chatted with her neighbor. Suddenly he
asked how he could find out about the stars, and she replied
that people could study all about them in college.
He then and there resolved to go to college, and never
had a moment’s doubt about it, although the members of
his immediate family went no farther than the common
school.
In spite of his inferiority feelings, K was not cut off
from some measure of recognition in high school. His dependable
and sympathetic qualities impressed themselves
upon those who came into close daily contact with him,
and he was made an officer of his high-school class. He
was respectful toward his teachers and good in his studies.
College was an entirely different affair. His personal
worries multiplied during the transition period. Lacking
funds, he sought a scholarship. The only one tenable from
his district to the state university was in ceramic engineering,
and after looking up “ceramic” in the dictionary,
he applied and was selected for admission. The work
proved to have no particular interest for him, and his social
life was even less satisfying. He was met at the college
town by the members of a church group who lived together
in a dormitory (some friend had written them), and he,
though never devout, stopped with them during the first
term. This marked him as a non-fraternity man. He
waited tables in a fraternity house, and as bad luck would
have it, a former teacher wrote highly recommending him
to the consideration of this particular fraternity. When
a committee broke the news to him, he was utterly confused
and made such a lamentable impression that it was not
possible to extend him the bid. One of his odd jobs was
beating carpets at a sorority house, and this turned out
to be the sorority that had pledged the girl with whom he
had been (and still felt) in love.
For relaxation K was forced into the domain of the
kitchen maids. A servant girl struck up a friendship with
him, and he had sexual relations with her. He had tried
intercourse once during high-school days, and had a premature
emission, a practice which often bothered him
later, providing a permanent source of humiliation.
Transferring to another college, he began his work in
forestry, in which he had acquired some interest during
hikes with a friendly high-school teacher. Handicapped
by lack of money and worried by a mounting sense of
social inadequacy, his life was no more successful than
before. In high-school days he envied a talkative lad who
astonished the company by glibly recounting anecdotes
about Napoleon. One of his relatives whom he had known
as a boy left an ideal of social charm which never was
attained.
K’s inner uncertainties finally reached a point which
led him to resolve that he ought to discover once for all
whether forestry would prove to be a proper vocation. He
left college and joined the government service. This was
to be the great test of his ability to master himself.
So keen was his preoccupation with self-mastery that he
resented every effort to influence him, and acted with unnecessary
strictness in dealing with private lumbermen.
He was often deprived of human relationships during his
days in the field, and gradually his mind became more
and more enmeshed in morbid reflections about himself.
His mind simply refused to concentrate on the technical
volumes which he had brought with him to improve the
solitude. Reveries which had been slowly germinating on
the periphery of his attention now began to foliate. K had
always wondered why his mother burned those little bits
of paper. It dawned on him one day that she might really
have died of tuberculosis, and that he must therefore be
predisposed toward that disease. Early in his high-school
days, he had begun deep-breathing exercises, though he
had never freely admitted to himself or anybody else what
lay behind it. He always gave the usual account of his
mother’s death to insurance examiners, smothering his
doubts in affirmation.
This was his state of mind when America entered the
war. He found himself saying that since he was going to
die anyhow from a loathsome disease, he might as
well die at once and get it over with. Enlisting without
delay, he sought to reach an exposed position as rapidly
as he could. But the government had different ideas, and
assigned him to a branch of the service where his technical
skill would prove useful. In his disappointment, all the
old feelings of inadequacy returned. Interviewed by an
officer he floundered and stumbled, neglecting to report
essential facts about his training and experience. The accidental
intervention of an acquaintance straightened out
the matter, and secured the authority to which his record
entitled him. At first he was very much embarrassed in the
company of lumberjacks, but his behavior never showed
his confusion. His actual record was, as usual, excellent,
and his conscientious efficiency won the indorsement of
everybody who knew him.
K married a rather dominating school-teacher whom he
had known for some time. When things went badly, as
they often did, he was partially impotent, and also showed
the phenomenon which has been christened “Sunday neurosis.”
Every Sunday afternoon when he was at home he
would find himself assailed by deep depression, and would
weep quietly to himself.[43] In spite of these neurotic
troubles, K was able to make an important place for himself
inside a bureaucracy, when he came back from the
army.
From one point of view, K’s character may be summed
up by saying that his overscrupulous performance of duty
was an elaborate effort to demonstrate his potency, and
that his longing for danger came at a time when he was
willing to surrender the struggle. K’s morbid moods and
persistent feelings of inadequacy are self-imposed penalties
for his hostilities against the environment. He possessed
very powerful aggressive drives which were partly
expressed in the adoption of a self-ideal which was far
more ambitious than anything deemed feasible by the family.
His narcissism was such that he was prevented from
viewing himself as an object, and from modifying his demands
upon the world for recognition, and upon himself
for production, until these demands bore a closer relationship
to his own skills and opportunities. The basis for his
obsessive scrupulousness was laid during early childhood,
when he was torn between father and mother-loyalties, and
acted out within his own nature the clashes that occurred
between them. His strong mother-identification is shown
by his belief that he suffered from her diseases, and would
die from tuberculosis as she had died. He preferred death
to a reduction in his demands upon himself and the world.
Such a reaction has in it the primitive demand of the child
to treat the world as controllable at will by the omnipotent
fantasy. His genital difficulties testify to the intensity of
the castration conflict, and show the passive-oral regression.
K deeply resented having to adjust to the world at
all. His capacity for hard work was achieved against high
resistance, and in part had the value of a penance. Thus
when workless days came around, he was always ill at
ease, and sometimes showed the spells of weeping on Sunday
afternoons. To work was to prove his potency, and
to supply a ritual substitute for and defense against his
antisocial impulses. He was unable to emancipate himself
very far from the reactions of the people in his immediate
environment.
As a class the administrators differ from the agitators
by the displacement of their affects upon less remote and
abstract objects. In the case of one important group this
failure to achieve abstract objects is due to excessive preoccupation
with specific individuals in the family circle,
and to the correlative difficulty of defining the rôle of the
self. Putting agitator A at one end of the scale, we may
place administrator K or H near the other. Agitator B was
less able to displace than A, as shown by the more personal
character of the reforms which interested him. K
or H were so concerned about definite people, and about
their own failures in relation to many of them, that emancipation
was unattainable.
As a hypothetical construction from these “marginal”
cases, we may suggest that another group of administrators
is recruited from among those who have passed smoothly
through their developmental crises. They have not overrepressed
powerful hostilities, but either sublimated these
drives, or expressed them boldly in the intimate circle.
They display an impersonal interest in the task of organization
itself, and assert themselves with firmness, though
not with overemphasis, in professional and in intimate
life. Their lack of interest in abstractions is due to the
fact that they have never needed them as a means of
dealing with their emotional problems. They can take
or leave general ideas without using them to arouse widespread
affective responses from the public. Tied neither
to abstractions nor to particular people, they are able to
deal with both in a context of human relations, impersonally
conceived. Their affects flow freely; they are not
affectless, but affectively adjusted. Very original and
overdriving administrators seem to show a fundamental
pattern which coincides with that of the agitators; the differences
in specific development are principally due to
the cultural patterns available for identification at critical
phases of growth.
CHAPTER IX POLITICAL CONVICTIONS
Political prejudices, preferences, and creeds are often
formulated in highly rational form, but they are grown in
highly irrational ways. When they are seen against the
developmental history of the person, they take on meanings
which are quite different from the phrases in which
they are put.
To begin, almost at random, with L. He believes that
the United States ought to join the League of Nations and
that our government ought to lead the world toward conciliation
and peace. He is a Republican in party preference,
and possesses well-rationalized judgments on a number
of public questions. It is for none of these reasons that
his history is of special value to the political scientist.
What his intimate history does disclose is an exact parallelism
between his political opinions and those of his father
and mother, and, besides that, a conscious anxiety on his
part to conform to the parental pattern of belief and occupation.
He has a strange premonition that if he goes
his own way something terrible will happen. Thus L is
not only a simple conformer, but a compulsive conformer.
He is the youngest of four children. The next older
member was a brother who was killed when L was eight
and the brother was seventeen. Since L was so much
younger than the other children, he was at first petted and
spoiled. He slept around with all the members of the
family, but mostly with his mother. A cousin of his own
age with whom he visited provided the immediate point
of departure for much exaggerated sexual fantasy. The
cousin initiated him into various sexual practices when L
was seven. He began very early to masturbate, and the
habit stayed with him as a problem until he was through
college. A certain masochistic element appeared when he
got erections at an early age upon being spanked by a girl
playmate. He was sexually stimulated when attending to
the natural wants of small children.
L developed his guilty fantasies about his sinful impulses
until he began to fear that grave retribution would
be visited upon him or his family on account of his secret
crimes. It was at this time that his brother, who was his
favorite in the family next to the mother, was killed while
out on a boyish escapade. L was profoundly stirred by
this. His forebodings of disaster seemed to have direct
confirmation, and he soon developed whole congeries of
compulsive rituals.
When L went to the bathtub, he felt that something terrible
would happen to his family, and especially to his
mother, unless he plunged his head under water and held
it there just as long as he had the breath. He became
afraid of taking a bath because of this compulsive drive
to duck his head under the water. Often in the bathroom
he had the same feeling that disaster could be prevented
only if he succeeded in drinking all the water that gushed
out of a faucet. At night he would be seized by the sudden
conviction that he must bury his face in the pillow and
keep it there just as long as he possibly could without
suffocating. Once he swallowed a pin after long inner debate
over the efficacy of this measure. Several times he
hung over the edge of the roof on top of the house until
he barely had strength enough to swing back to safety on
top of the porch. He felt that he could permit no one
to pass him on the street. Later he thought he must outstare
people, and calculated that if he kept staring until seven
out of ten people dropped their eyes, that all would be
well.
His mother was the central figure in L’s anxieties. He
evolved quite independently a theory which had been anticipated
many centuries before by some primitive people
and philosophers. He believed that his mother had a spirit
which left her body the moment any member of the family
left her alone, and that this spirit was forced to undergo
all sorts of trials and tests. The spirit would always come
back to his mother’s body before any member of the family
spoke to her. In some magical fashion his own acts relieved
the burden which was laid upon his mother’s spirit.
Even in adulthood, he found an occasional fantasy which
was reminiscent of the preoccupations of those years. Not
long ago he was floating on the water in a swimming pool
and found himself thinking that his mother could never
hold her head under water as long as he could hold his
foot under water.
With all his timidity, removal to a strange environment
was a severe trial. Just before high-school days his
family moved to a new community, and he never quite
overcame his sense of strangeness. He had always been a
coward, shrinking from physical combat. One of his first
memories is of sitting on a curb with an older brother,
who suddenly proposed that he should fight the little
brother of another boy. L began to fight, but was overcome
by fear and ran away. Later he was the center of a
small clique of children in his block, all of whom were
very much his junior. One of his group bragged about
L’s physical prowess to the leader of another group, but
when the challenge was issued L backed down. He was
worried by his own timidity, but seemed unable to do anything
about it.
He made a handful of friends in the new environment,
but was on intimate terms with no one. With one boy he
was able to talk somewhat freely about sexual fantasies,
and L once proposed a sexual experiment to a neighbor
girl. When he was repulsed, his guilt was enormously
increased.
About this time L began to think seriously of entering
the ministry, so that he might always think “pure” thoughts
and do “pure” things. When he went to college he at first
roomed with boys from his high school, but they talked
so openly about sex that he felt the atmosphere was deplorable
and demoralizing. Before the month expired, he
sought a new room and went into a solitary retreat. During
the first year of his college life he was acutely religious
and besought church services regularly. He sought
guidance from the sermons upon personal and political
questions.
Having developed the idea that he must live up to the
family ideal at any price, L felt that he could never depart
from the opinions and customs of his parents. In
politics he was a stout Republican, and later, when in a
religious mood, he heard his preacher espouse the League.
He felt that he ought to support the League, but was
plunged into a serious conflict, because he thought his parents
were against it. Greatly to his relief he discovered
that his father and mother had also been won over to the
League by a preacher, and that his lapse from orthodox
Republicanism would not bring dishonor on the family.
His father-hatred fantasies were very oppressive. They
took the form of believing that if only his father were
dead, his mother would have a much easier time of it. L’s
father was suffering from a steadily advancing paralysis.
At nine he dreamed that his father was in the bathtub and
that around him were fat, red snakes that were bound to
devour him. L who was standing by in the dream, awoke
in a fright. He often dreamed that his father was away
and that his mother was happy with him.
L still shows many signs of his early neurosis in some
of his ceremonial acts, and in the timid conservatism of
his character. The private meaning of his political convictions
is clear enough, for they are self-imposed obligations
to lift his load of guilt for the murderous and incestuous
fantasies which he long struggled to repress. The
opinions of the family were sanctioned as a kind of religion.
It is interesting to see how at first he invented a
large array of ceremonial practices to substitute for his
own illicit impulses, and later worked off his guilt feelings
through the religious patterns which were provided by
society, and which were revalidated on the basis of his
private meanings. The acceptance of the political convictions
of the family was on a par with the acceptance
of theological dogma.
Among the nonconformists to the family pattern we
may choose M, whose history was taken by Stekel. M was
a prominent socialist who agitated for an economic brotherhood
of man, and whose most important private motive
in this particular was a bitter hatred of his own brother.
Most of this hatred was displaced from his brother on to
capitalistic autocracy, and overreacted against by a social
ideal of fraternal equality. His hatred of his own brother
was not entirely disposed of by this displacement, and it
was necessary to keep at a distance from him, and from
many of his traits. Thus M despised music because his
brother liked it, followed a style of dress at the opposite
pole from his brother, and nearly walked out on the physician
when he discovered that the physician had treated
his own brother.
M spent the years agitating at home and abroad, spending
a year and a half in prison. Thus he succeeded in
gratifying his masochistic desire to be punished for his
hatred by provoking society to avenge itself on him. The
motivation in this personality is notably similar to that
which has been more elaborately sketched in the history
of A.
Another nonconformist appears in the history of an anarchist
who was once a patient of Stekel. N carried his
social doctrine beyond the sharing of property, insisting
that wives should be in common. He took the initiative
by urging his wife to cohabit with the male members of
his anarchistic society, while he demanded access to the
wives of others. His own wife finally fell in love with
another man, and asked N for a divorce. But before arrangements
could be made, she became pregnant by her
new partner, who was poor, and asked N to acknowledge
the new child as his own, since this child would fall heir
to some money from its supposed grandfather, the father
of N. He consented to this, as he had to the divorce, but
his self-esteem was hurt by his wife’s desertion. He had
always felt elated when his wife came back to him after
each of her erotic adventures, and now he was all broken
up. Stekel believes that N’s espousal of communal principles
in theory and practice was powerfully motivated by
an irrational desire to humiliate his father by playing a
generous rôle with his sexual partner, and substituting
the morality of generosity for his father’s possessive monopoly
of the mother. When his wife-mother deserted him,
N’s brilliant career was ruined, and he resorted to opium,
and finally secured a revenge on his father by blocking
his ambitions for a successful son.
A father-hatred (due to unrequited love) of remarkable
intensity was the basis of another career which Stekel
examined. O was the young leader of an anarchist band
whose anarchism went beyond precept to dramatic practice.
O had his companions conduct some holdups to
get money to start an anarchist paper. O was an illegitimate
child who was brought up and spoiled by an overindulgent
mother. When he realized that he had a father
who was still living, but whose identity was never divulged,
his anger boiled up against his mother upon whose affections
he no longer had monopolistic claim, and against his
unknown father, who refused him love and distinction.
For he had no doubt that his father was a rich and important
personage. O displaced much of his animosity on
to remote, abstract symbols of authority, like kings and
capitalists, and devoted himself to destroying them. Much
of his affection was likewise displaced upon abstract ideals
of a fatherless fraternal society, living together without
coercion. His sadistic impulses were by no means entirely
sublimated upon remote goals and harmonious means,
for he led his companions on common robberies. O threw
a thick mantle of rationalization over his murderous impulses
and his criminal acts, seeking to justify coercion
in the name of a coercionless ideal which could only be
laboriously achieved in the world.
It is the history of such cases, in which the emotions
are peculiarly intense, which leads one to conclude that
political assassins have hated their fathers with unusual
bitterness. E. J. Kempf remarks in his psychopathology,
after reviewing the historical evidence in the cases of
Guiteau, the assassin of President Garfield, and of Booth,
the assassin of President Lincoln, as follows:
The writer does not hold that every case of severe affective
repression in youth, due to the father’s hatred or a father equivalent’s,
will lead finally to a parricidal or treasonable compulsion.
It is only held that such affective repressions produce a revolutionary
character which, if given an appropriate repressive setting
during maturity, will then converge upon the parricidal act.
Without the rather specific type of affective repression in his
youth, he would be invulnerable to parricidal suggestions later
on.[44]
Illegitimate children, especially when the identity of their
father is undisclosed, carry with them the perpetual query,
“Who is my father?” Indeed, the fantasy of belonging
to other parents than those physically in the family is
sufficiently widespread as a disguised hostile reverie
against the actual parents to enable everyone to appreciate
in some measure the mental state of the illegitimate child.
“My father may be rich and powerful.” “My father may
be an aristocrat of distinguished lineage, and he is denying
me all my just privileges.” Such fantasies are taken
up and spun out in the reveries of the victim. There is a
presumption that those who suffer from this kind of social
inferiority are especially numerous among those who commit
acts of political violence, as Lombroso held.
P accepted violence, but of a different kind. P is a
patriot who proved his patriotism by volunteering in the
late war during the course of which he was distinguished
for bravery in action. His deepest longing is for war to
come again. He is in favor of an aggressive foreign policy
since it increases the chances of war, and war he would
welcome again as he welcomed it before.
P has a younger brother and an older sister. His mother
died when he was six and his relations have been strained
with his stepmother, who entered the family shortly afterward.
His father was a very successful professional man.
P began to fall behind in his schoolwork when he was
about seven years old. This brought him into disrepute
at home, for his previous promise led everyone to expect
much from him, and the change seemed to prove that he
was “lazy.” The family has nagged him ever after, hoping
to stimulate him to work harder. Just why he failed to
continue to cope successfully with the demands of school
becomes fairly clear when his reminiscences of the period
are recovered. He had loved his second-grade teacher and
had been her special favorite, and both his marks and his
enthusiasm were high. The third-grade teacher impressed
him as stern and cruel, and he soon began to despise the
sight of her. The boy’s work began to crumble, for his
mind was full of hostile fancies about his new teacher,
and of yearning fancies for the teacher whom he had just
lost.
His emotional life was further disturbed about this
time by the loss of his nurse. P’s stepmother discharged
her as soon as she came. Now the nurse was the lad’s main
love, for his own mother had been ill for some years before
her death. The nurse’s presence gave the child that stable
reassurance which is so necessary if the mind of the child
is to be kept free from morbid fears. In P’s case, there
were strong reasons why this reassurance was necessary.
An insane man lived across the street and terrified the
passers-by by screaming at everyone who passed. Shortly
after his mother’s death P went under ether for a minor
operation and was terrified that he would die. The fear
of suffocation reappeared in dreams and nightmares, and
he was very timid about learning to swim.
The stepmother was a disturbing element as a strange
and unknown quantity in the environment, and a competitor
for the affection of the father. When she discharged
the nurse, P thought of her as a malignant influence. His
troubles at school were exaggerated by his home changes,
and his mind became preoccupied with fantasies directed
against his stepmother, or some substitute.
P’s father was ambitious for the boy. P remembers him
as quick to reprove and slow to praise. He dreamed of
his father’s death, and of seeing his father in an accident.
But his manifest attitude was one of respectful affection.
No matter what happened in the home, he excused his
father by reflecting that the stepmother was to blame.
However, on the deeper level, it appeared that he held his
father accountable for the death of his mother and the
disappearance of his nurse.
At school P was popular because of his good physique
and his docile nature. But his studies came hard. Having
failed on college-entrance tests, P bolted and joined the
army. The war came along just in time to give him a
dignified retreat from an unbearable personal situation.
He hoped that his father would think about him with pride.
He was bitterly self-accusatory because of his failure to
“make good,” and felt a strong unconscious need of punishment.
Under these conditions he entered army life with
enthusiasm, and made a fine record for personal courage.
Once the war was over, his troubles began again. He
succeeded in entering college, but college felt like a nursery.
He felt that his army experience sophisticated him
above schoolboy tasks and chatter. All his old worries returned,
complicated by his longing for a new war. He
had a long series of difficulties in his occupational life.
Seen against this background, his militarism is perfectly
intelligible. War gave him a chance to destroy,
wildly and extensively, and also a chance to work off his
guilt feelings by exposing himself to death. His repressed
hatreds were partly turned against himself. An interesting
feature of his ideology is that his longing for personal
participation in war is combined with indignation against
the exploitation of backward peoples by the imperialist
powers. He identifies with the “underdog.”
Q, a contrast to P, is a pacifist and a socialist. His intimate
history shows that relatively simple association of
ideas upon which this depends. From an early age Q
showed a morbid fear of blood. Later on, when he heard
that western capitalism meant war and bloodshed, he experienced
a profound emotional revulsion against “capitalism,”
“imperialism,” and their associated concepts, and
called himself a “socialist,” “pacifist,” and “internationalist.”
The blood-phobia itself was a powerful factor in developing
his character. By slow degrees, he was able to push
the screened memories back until he recovered a simple
incident which was heavily ladened with affect, and whose
recollection disposed of the blood-phobia, even though it
was not completely analyzed. Q’s father was accustomed
to shave in the kitchen on Saturday afternoon, and Q as
a small child took a great interest in the proceedings.
Occasionally the father cut a pimple on his face with the
big razor he was using, and flinched as the blood spurted
out. He immediately swabbed the cut, and presumably
forgot it. But Q did not forget so quickly. He found himself
much engaged in speculating about it, drawing the
inference that all the reddish projections on the body are
full of blood, that, indeed, the body is a reservoir of
blood; and that the reddish formations are in danger of
being punctured, so the blood will spurt out and run off.
Q had previously seen his father naked in the bathtub,
and he thought that his father had rubbed soap over his
nipples with the palm of his hand and not with the fingers,
from which he concluded that the nipples must be especially
tender, and whenever he washed himself, Q carefully
avoided his own nipples and massaged them most delicately
with the palm of his hand.
His brother had the habit of biting his finger nails until
the blood came, and the family reproached him for it,
prophesying that all sorts of infections might set in. Q
began to expect that something disastrous would happen,
and he was not altogether averse to having it happen because
of his jealousy of the brother. But it came with a
great shock when his brother did actually develop an infection,
thus confirming his own suspicions about the necessity
for stopping outflows of blood.
About this time Q was playing with his older sister, and
in the course of a scuffle his hand slid down his sister’s
body and over her breast. Q distinctly felt a nipple catch
for a moment beneath his fingers, and he was instantly
terrified for fear that his sister would bleed to death. The
breasts, he thought, must be partly filled reservoirs of
blood, since they were soft and yielding.
During his fourth year Q’s grandmother died, and he
was horrified to think of what would happen to one he
loved. He had seen a photograph of a reclining nude with
a beatific smile and the caption “Death” beneath. From
this he surmised that people were undressed when they
died, and lowered naked into the ground. But he had seen
worms in the ground, and the worms would attack the
body. Since the nipples were prominent and therefore
easy to reach, the nipples would be eaten through first.
He shuddered to think of the worms gnawing away at his
grandmother’s nipples, and sometimes woke up in a fright,
having dreamed that the worms were biting off his own
nipples.
Once Q came running into his aunt’s house and discovered
a small infant cousin nursing at the breast. His aunt
hastily readjusted her dress. Because of the care with
which the breasts were guarded from exposure by his
mother, sister, and aunt, he leaped to the conclusion that
they had something to do with the secret relations of men
and women.
He had all sorts of trouble trying to figure out how
these relations were conducted, but when he was about
eight he originated a theory that temporarily solved the
problem. Q figured that a man and woman must lie on
the bed with their faces close together. The male would
then squeeze the breasts, alternately pressing and releasing
them, as if they were balloons. Then they turned over and
rubbed their anuses together. Not long after, he completed
his theory of procreation by imagining that children must
be born through a hole in the stomach from which the
blood gushed copiously. The cutting must be very painful
and bloody.
Haunted by the fearful prospect of a world which might
at any time knock a hole in his body and deprive him of
blood, Q was a bundle of excessive timidities. He was
afraid of his grandmother’s cat, he ran to his mother if
he saw a dog, and he was afraid that a horse would bite
off his hand if he fed it. He hated to watch a ball game
for fear a foul tip would hit him, and he avoided bugs,
worms, and lizards like the plague. Q never put up a fight
outside the house, and cried when the other boys of the
neighborhood bullied him. Sometimes he was taunted as
a Jew but he never fought back, much to the disgust of
his father. His forebodings spread to thunder, lightning,
fire, redness, and numerous articles of food.
In marked contrast to his cringing demeanor abroad was
his attitude toward the older brother, ten years his senior.
Time after time he would pick a quarrel and pummel the
older youth, until the brother tired of the situation and
gave him a sharp blow. Thereupon he went to someone
for comfort. Q’s father felt that the older boy might be
a little rough, but that the little fellow had something
coming to him. The mother was uniformly comforting,
although she reproved both boys for not behaving as brothers
should.
The boys were profoundly hostile to each other, although
usually cordial. The older brother made himself conspicuous
for his tenderness during a serious illness of Q, running
errands with alacrity, and watching constantly by the
bedside. When it became clear that Q would live, the
older boy’s devotion stopped abruptly, indicating the unconscious
basis of the exaggerated reaction. He was overreacting
against a death wish against his brother as an
intruder between him and the mother.
Q envied the achievements of his older brother, and
often compared himself unfavorably with him. The older
boy not only stood at the head of his classes, but earned
his way by playing the violin. Although Q stayed at the
head of his classes, he was by no means as self-supporting
as his brother. The brother-hatred appeared in such
dreams as:
Dream 1.—My brother is getting married. He is in a dress
suit. A long line of young men in dress suits are coming up to
congratulate him. As the first one reaches out his hand, he falls
backward and all the others fall over one another like tenpins.
Dream 2.—My brother and I are walking down the street near
home. I hear a scream. An Italian is chasing a woman with a
baby who seeks refuge in a store. The Italian knocks her down.
Then my brother goes into the store and tries to deal with the
Italian, but is knocked down. I enter and knock down the Italian.
The brother-jealousy is of secondary significance in Q’s
history. The crux of the blood-phobia was a critical experience
whose traumatic effects were due to the strength
of the affects which were mobilized and repressed. Q slept
with his father, and the blood-letting incident aroused his
slumbering desire for the death of his father and his own
active fear of suffering mutilation (castration). Blood derived
its significance because it involved a reinstatement of
the most acute phase of the conflict. To escape from it, Q
fainted unless he succeeded in getting out of the sight of
blood at once. It is noteworthy that Q did not at once
faint when the razor cut the pimple; it was not until the
elaboration of the fantasy had continued, and the affects
had become greatly concentrated, that the blood came to
signalize an instant and overwhelming emergency from
which a kind of suicide (fainting) was the only escape.
The following terse dream expresses something of the
underlying situation:
Dream 3.—I am looking down a city street which is covered
with snow and lighted by street lights. The President of the
United States is walking along the street and suddenly slips and
falls. My attention is then called to a place farther down the
street where two tumblers are leaping over a rope stretched across
the street. They are leaping backward and forward with a curious
mechanical motion.
The rhythmic leaping is a pictorial symbol for the
pulsations of genital excitement. The President is an authority
substitute for the father. When the father is out of
the way, genital activity will become safe. Since the father
prescribes sexual abstinence (abstinence from handling the
genitals), this expresses a desire to give greater freedom
to the repressed impulses of the subject’s character. The
repressed positive identification with the brother shows itself
in opposing two tumblers instead of one to the father.
Dream 4.—A goose or ducklike creature is being chased back
and forth across the road by two dogs. The creature has a red
bill and head, a blue back and wing feathers, and a white breast.
The white, fuzzy dogs chase the animal back and forth but do not
reach it because of their overanxiety. After two round-trips the
animal, which moved with a curiously mechanical motion, runs
toward a man who has come to the door and jumps between his
legs. The man is middle-aged and his hair is white. He is in white
pajamas. He says, “My leg is the leg of weakness; my health is
hell....” I am in a winter coat standing outside the house of
a friend of my sister’s in whom I remember having had a mild
interest, but which led to nothing since she was older than I, and
not very attractive. I had just delivered a valentine. The scene
is illuminated by a street light, and is especially clear because
snow is on the ground. The man in the picture is unknown.
The odd creature with the red bill and head symbolizes
the penis. The two dogs (brothers) try to capture it, but
the father protects it. However, the hope of achieving
masculinity is not wholly dashed because the old man is
growing weaker.
For some time the productions of Q showed that sexuality
was powerfully linked with death, and that the death
was to be his own rather than that of his father, or simultaneously
with the death of his father. As the castration
anxiety lifted, the blood fear abated, and dreams, word-associations,
posture, and other significant reactions altered
toward greater ease and assertiveness.
We have seen that well-rationalized theories and preferences
are not alien fungi on the personality, but an important
expression of the essential trends of the personality.
Thus theories are at least as indicative of the individual
who espouses them as of the ostensible subjects
of speculation. Pessimism, for example, is common in old
age, when the sexual powers decline and the individual
projects upon the world the sinfulness which he feels for
wanting to indulge beyond his powers, and defy his inadequacy.
The mechanism of this sort of thing stands out
most clearly in extreme cases, such as R. R believed that
the world was going from bad to worse and that wars and
rumors of wars were devastating the earth. He spent so
many hours over a plan to secure the peace of the world
forevermore that he developed a confusion state. He would
go out in a park, find a secluded spot and weep over the
troubles of the world as Jesus wept over Jerusalem. One
day in passing a market he saw some chickens in a coop
without any water. The cruelty of this was more than he
could bear, so he went home and went to bed. His ideas
were that he had been chosen to work out the salvation of
the world, and that he had been endowed with unusual,
indeed supernatural, understanding of men’s motives, and
special power to heal insanity.
R elaborated a private form of religion. He said that
he was worshiping the sun as God, as a symbol of Christ
and truth (actually, of masculine virility). When it became
necessary for him to commune with his spirit, he was
in the habit of facing the sun and repeating a litany of
his invention, which ran:
To the sun, the heart of the world! It warmeth the earth with
its loveliness. Glory to God! It riseth in the east, lighting the
dark corners of ignorance and wickedness. Glory to God! It
chaseth the darkness before it like the host of Syria before the
children of Israel. Glory to God! It chaseth the darkness before
it like the host of Syria before the children of Israel. Glory to
God! etc., etc.
He began to chant, and then assumed an exalted, heroic
pose, with his arms and head thrown back. Presently he
felt that a big storm was coming that would ruin the world.
The world is like a giant serpent, a serpent asleep.
R’s story is not sufficiently detailed to show much about
the development of those reaction patterns which disposed
him to meet old age in such a way. He was the only child
of a poverty-stricken family who played by himself and
got on well with his books. Some local lawyers took an
interest in him and helped him through school. He read
law and was admitted to the bar. After making a precarious
living for a number of years, he was elected to various
local offices, and then to Congress. He was reputed to be an
impractical dreamer, and enjoyed making rather fanciful
speeches. His legislative career as recorded in the Congressional
Record was undistinguished, containing the usual
quota of pension bills and “extensions of remarks” during
tariff debates. He was opposed to the annexation of
the Philippines, and hostile to imperialism; in this he went
along with his party, and likewise indulged a personal conviction.
He practiced law desultorily, after having been defeated
for the legislature, and devoted himself to study
and writing. His one published volume is a vague disquisition
on human affairs, which accurately reflects the indeterminate,
rhetorical, and meliorative quality of his
thinking. He married a woman of his own age when he
was a young man. There were no children.
When the paranoid rather than the manic-depressive
strain runs through the character, nebulous and all-embracing
pessimism about the world is sharpened to specific
accusations. Everyone who is prominent in public life is a
potential object of such attacks. One might hazard the conjecture
that the importance of an individual in the community’s
estimation may be measured by the number of
“crank” letters to him and about him. One such crank, S,
wrote a trunkful of letters accusing public men of graft,
of being dominated by “Big Biz,” and offering suggestions
to government officials. He complained of being persecuted
and victimized by prominent people, especially by
Harry F. Sinclair, the oil man. This was attributed by him
to the fact that he had written a letter to the Chief Justice
of the Supreme Court calling His Honor’s attention to the
Teapot Dome scandal which was being ventilated in the
press, and naming Mr. Sinclair as the responsible party.
Since then Mr. Sinclair had prevented him from getting
a job, and paid his own sister to throw him out on the
street. During his divorce proceedings he wrote to the
American Bar Association to protest against the “shyster
lawyers” who were representing his wife, and claims that
Mr. Taft and Mr. Root answered him in the papers the
following day. When Mr. John W. Davis was a presidential
candidate he wrote to him, describing the various attacks
to which he, S, had been subjected. Mr. Davis neglected
to reply and did nothing about it, so S prevented his
election, and feels that Mr. Coolidge owes him something
for being elected. “I wrote to Hearst and I believe that
turned the trick.” In this letter he divulged the fact that
Mr. Davis was connected with Wall Street, and this hint
was enough to arouse Mr. Hearst. In reply to the routine
question, “What is going on in the world?” he answered,
“More deviltry than there ever was before.”
Unfortunately the history is too meager to explain S’s
development, except by analogy with others who have displayed
the same behavior. Certainly his life-story would,
if accessible, reveal the effects of a disorganizing family
environment. We do know that his father was drunk much
of the time, and that the children had an unhappy lot. At
five S went to live with his grandparents who wanted to take
him away from his drunken father. At about fifteen he
came back for a while. Shortly afterward he saved his
sister from being strangled to death by their father, who
in a drunken tantrum had her by the neck against the wall.
S became a good mechanic, but disintegrated in later life.
Another “crank” devised an ingenious theory to explain
President Wilson’s conduct. T says that he discovered
that Mr. Wilson was not a citizen of the United States. He
first made this revelation on his draft questionnaire, and
when this became generally known, Mr. Wilson went to
France to escape the anger of the enraged citizenry of the
United States; later Mr. Wilson fell ill of a guilty conscience
at new revelations that he made. Mr. Wilson was
part of the Masonic conspiracy which had been hatched
against him when he was very young. T’s stepfather, who
was a Shriner, probably furnishes the material for this
delusion. As for T himself, he believed that he descended
directly from Mary, Queen of Scots, and that he had foreknowledge
of the approaching end of the world. The members
of the millennium are “a creed and not a denomination,”
and only twenty million people will be saved, over
whom T will rule.
From the excerpts included, it appears that the significance
of political opinions is not to be grasped apart from
the private motives which they symbolize. The degree of
insight into objective relationships is one thing; the extent
to which “private meanings” are accreted to the “public”
or “manifest” meanings is another. When we see the private
meaning of public acts, the problem of interpreting
the full significance of political behavior presses itself
upon our attention. Are there any implications for the general
theory of the political process which follow from the
intensive scrutiny of individual subjective (and objective)
histories? This is the question to which we next turn.
CHAPTER X THE POLITICS OF PREVENTION
Political movements derive their vitality from the displacement
of private affects upon public objects. The
intensive scrutiny of the individual by psychopathological
methods discloses the prime importance of hitherto-neglected
motives in the determination of political traits
and beliefs. The adult who is studied at any given cross-section
of his career is the product of a long and gradual
development in the course of which many of his motivations
fail to modify according to the demands of unfolding
reality. The adult is left with an impulse life which
is but partially integrated to adulthood. Primitive psychological
structures continue in more or less disguised form
to control his thought and effort.
The state is a symbol of authority, and as such is the
legatee of attitudes which have been organized in the
life of the individual within the intimate interpersonal
sphere of the home and friendship group. At one phase
of childhood development the wisdom and might of the
physical symbol of authority, typically the father, is enormously
exaggerated by the child. Eder traces the significance
of this for the state in the following words:
What occurs as we come more in touch with the external
world, when the principle of reality develops, is the finding of
surrogates for this ideal father. We discover that the parent is
not all-wise, all-powerful, all-good, but we still need to find persons
or abstractions upon which we can distribute these and similar
attributes. By a process of fission these feelings are displaced
on to and may be distributed among a number of surrogates. The
surrogates may be persons, animals, things or abstract ideas; the
headmaster, the dog, the rabbit, the Empire, the Aryan race, or
any particular “ism.”
He comments that it is upon this self-ideal that is formed
the possibility of leadership, of leaders, and of the supreme
leader, who is the one capable of doing all that
the child once thought the physical father could do. The
unconscious motivation is reflected in the sober formula
of Blackstone, “The sovereign is not only incapable of
doing wrong, but even of thinking wrong: he can never
mean to do an improper thing; in him is no folly or weakness.”[45]
There is very deep meaning in the phrase of Paley’s
that “a family contains the rudiments of an empire.”
The family experience organizes very powerful drives in
successive levels of integration, and these primitive attitudes
are often called into play as the unobserved partners
of rational reactions. To choose another extract from
Eder:
The behaviour of the elected or representative politician betrays
many characteristics derived from the family. For example,
during the time I filled a political job in Palestine I noticed in
myself (and in my colleagues) the satisfaction it gave me to
have secret information, knowledge which must on no account
be imparted to others. Of course good reasons were always to
be found: the people would misuse the information or it would
depress them unduly and so on—pretty exactly the parent’s attitude
about imparting information, especially of a sexual nature,
to the children....
At the back of secret diplomacy, and indeed the whole relationship
of the official to the non-official, there rests this father-child
affect. This also serves to explain the passion aroused in
former days by any proposed extension of the franchise.
In the sphere of political dogma, unconscious conflicts
play the same rôle which Theodor Reik discussed
when he drew a parallel between religious dogma and
obsessive ideas.[46] Dogma is a defensive reaction against
doubt in the mind of the theorist, but of doubt of which
he is unaware. The unconscious hatred of authority discloses
itself in the endless capacity of the theorist to
imagine new reasons for disbelief, and in his capacity
to labor over trivialities, and to reduce his whole intellectual
scheme to a logical absurdity. Sometimes this appears
in a cryptic formula to which some sort of mysterious
potency is ascribed, but which is hopelessly contradictory
in so far as it possesses any manifest meaning.
The celebrated doctrine of the unity of the trinity is an
instance of such culminating nonsense. Words lose their
rational reference points and become packed with unconscious
symbolism of the ambivalent variety. The description
of sovereignty found in Blackstone refers to nothing
palpable, and functions principally as an incantation.
Much solemn juridical speculation, since so much of it
is elaborated by obsessive thinkers, ends thus. Deep doubts
about the self are displaced on to doubts about the world
outside, and these doubts are sought to be allayed by
ostentatious preoccupation with truth.
Defiance of authority is defiance of the introjected conscience,
and involves a measure of self-punishment. We
have seen how a powerful need for self-punishment is the
stuff out of which martyrs and sensational failures are
made; but of more general importance is the rôle of the
sense of guilt in supporting the status quo. Deviation from
accepted patterns becomes equivalent to sin, and the conscience
visits discomforts upon those who dare to innovate.
Radical ideas become “sacrilegious” and “disloyal” in
the view of the primitive conscience, for they tend to
represent more than a limited defiance of authority. They
put the whole structure of the personality under strain.
The childish conscience is easily intimidated into preserving
order on slight provocation; it knows little of the
capacity to consider the piecemeal reconstruction of values.
“Radicalism” is felt as a challenge to the whole system
of resistances which are binding down the illicit impulses
of the personality, rather than as an opportunity for
detached consideration of the relation of the self to the
rest of reality. There is little boldness in political thinking
which is not accompanied by an overdose of defiance,
for even those who succeed in breaking through the intimidations
of their infantile consciences must often succumb
in some measure and “pay out.” Much of the
struggle, the fearful Sturm und Drang of the emancipated
thinker, is his unconscious tribute to the exactions of the
tribunal which he erected within himself at an early age,
and which continues to treat innovation as ipso facto
dangerous. The non-obsessive thinker is one who can
coolly contemplate revisions in the relations of man to
reality unperturbed by his antiquated conscience. Often
readjustments of human affairs which are proposed are
driven to absurdity because the original mind is compelled
to transform his mere departure from the conventional
into a defiance of conventionality. When one perceives
the operation of this powerful self-punishment
drive, and the secondary efforts to free one’s self from
feelings of guilt for defying the authorized order, it is
possible to remain understandingly tolerant of the eccentricities
of creative minds. To put the point a bit sharply,
it is safe to say that the adult mind is only partly adult;
the conscience may be four years old. The conscience,
the introjected nursemaid, reacts undiscriminatingly to
change, and construes it as rebellion.
The organization of motives which occurs in adolescence
possesses direct significance for the interpretation
of political interests.
The physical and mental storm of puberty and adolescence
often culminates in the displacement of loves upon
all humanity or a selected part of it, and in acts of
devotion to the whole. It is here that the fundamental
processes of loyalty are most clearly evident as they relate
to public life. S. Bernfeld has written extensively on
the psychology of the German youth movement. He comments
on the very different lengths of puberty, and distinguishes
between the physical and the psychological
processes. When the psychological processes outlive the
physical ones, certain characteristic reaction types arise.
Dr. Bernfeld believes that the discrepant type prevails
most characteristically in the youth movement, and he
enumerates its characteristics. The interests of this group
are turned toward “ideal” objects like politics, humanity,
and art. The relation to these objects is productive, since
the youth tries to produce a new form of politics or art.
There is always a great deal of self-confidence present, or
many symptoms of a repression that has failed. This is
expressed in the high opinion of one’s self and the low
opinion one holds of his companions. An outstanding
individual, the friend or master, is loved and revered.
Often this love for a friend is extended to the whole group.
The sexual components of the personality do not concentrate
on finding objects, but in creating a new narcissistic
situation. Bernfeld distinguishes this secondary narcissism
from infantile narcissism on the ground that it is accompanied
by deep depression reminiscent of melancholia.
The reason lies in the formation of an ideal self that attracts
a great part of the libido and enters into contrast with
the real ego, a process which is particularly characteristic
of the complex or discrepant type which he found in the
youth movement.[47]
Political life seems to sublimate many homosexual
trends. Politicians characteristically work together in
little cliques and clubs, and many of them show marked
difficulties in reaching a stable heterosexual adjustment.
In military life, when men are thrown together under intimate
conditions, the sublimations often break down and
the homosexual drives find direct expression. A German
general has gone so far as to declare that one reason
why Germany lost the war was that the command was
shot through with jealousies growing out of homosexual
rivalry. Dr. K. G. Heimsoth has prepared a manuscript
describing the rôle of homosexuality in the volunteer
forces which continued to operate against the Poles and
the communists after the war. In the case of certain
leaders, at least, the reputation for overt homosexuality
was no handicap; indeed, the reverse seemed to be true.
Franz Alexander has suggested that one reason why homosexuality
is viewed with contempt in modern life is the
vague sense that complex cultural achievement depends
on an inhibited sexuality, and that direct gratification
tends to dissolve society into self-satisfied pairs and
cliques. The observations of Heimsoth throw some doubt
on the wisdom of this “vague sense.”[48] The prominence
of alcoholism and promiscuity among like-sex groups has
often been observed, and both indulgences appear to be
closely connected with homosexual impulses.[49]
Political crises are complicated by the concurrent reactivation
of specific primitive impulses. War is the classical
situation in which the elementary psychological
structures are no longer held in subordination to complex
reactions. The acts of cruelty and lust which are inseparably
connected with war have disclosed vividly to all
who care to see the narrow margin which separates the
social from the asocial nature of man. The excesses of
heroism and abnegation are alike primitive in their manifestations,
and show that all the primitive psychological
structures are not antisocial, but asocial, and may often
function on behalf of human solidarity.[50]
Why does society become demoralized in the process
of revolution? Why should a change in the political procedures
of the community unleash such excesses in behavior?
Reflection might lead one to suppose that since
important decisions are in process of being made, calm
deliberation would characterize society. Evidently a reactivating
process is at work here; there is a regressive
tendency to reawaken primitive sadism and lust. The conspicuous
disproportionality between the problem and the
behavior necessitates an explanation in such terms. Federn
published a sketch of the psychology of revolution in
his pamphlet Die vaterlose Gesellschaft in 1919. When
the ruler falls, the unconscious triumphantly interprets
this as a release from all constraint, and the individuals
in the community who possess the least solidified personality
structures are compulsively driven to acts of
theft and violence. An interview which Federn gave to
Edgar Ansel Mowrer in 1927 on the occasion of the Vienna
riots reviews in somewhat popular form some of his
conceptions.
Vienna, Austria, July 20.—“Distrust of father was the chief
cause of the Vienna riot,” said Paul Federn, onetime president
of the Psychoanalytical Society. From a psychoanalytical standpoint
all authority is the father, and this formerly for Austria was
incorporated in the imposing figure of Emperor Franz Josef. But
during the war the father deceived and maltreated his children,
and only the material preoccupations of life and the joyous outburst
when at the close of the war the old authority broke asunder
prevented Austria from having a revolution then.
The state again built up the old ruling caste and began to
hope for restoration, and therefore an abyss opened between
Vienna, which under socialist leadership is trying to replace the
traditional father principle by a new brotherhood, and the Austrian
federal state, which had returned to a modified father idea.
Trust in father is the child’s deepest instinct. Vienna first respected
the Austrian republic, but gradually this belief was undermined
by the continual misery, by newspapers preaching
fanaticism and by legal decisions which virtually destroyed the
people’s belief in the new father’s justice.
Accordingly there occurred a spontaneous manifestation which
unconsciously drove the disillusioned and furious children to destroy
precisely those things on which the paternal authority seems
to rest—namely, records and legal documents.
Why the peaceful Viennese should suddenly be transformed
temporarily into mad beasts is also clear to the psychoanalysts.
Had the police offered no resistance the crowd would soon have
dispersed and no harm would have been done. But once the police
fired blood flowed and the mob reacted savagely, responding
to the ancient fear of castration by the father which is present
in all of us unconsciously in the face of the punishing authority.
Therefore, fear grew along with the violence, each increase
leading to new violence and greater fear, as appeasement
can only follow a complete outbreak and as the inhabitants were
widely scattered in their houses it took three days before the last
hatred could fully get out.
One further point can only be explained by psychoanalysis.
The social democratic leaders are at heart revolutionary, but
they did not wish this demonstration. They realized that revolution
in little Austria today would be suicidal, and, therefore, at
a given moment called out the republican guard with orders to
interfere and prevent violence. The guard arrived much too late.
Why did not the leaders send out the guard at 6 a.m. when
they knew the demonstration was beginning? They say they “forgot.”
This is a flagrant example of unconscious forgetfulness.
The socialists forgot to take the only step which could have prevented
something which they consciously disapproved, but unconsciously
desired.
The Vienna riots were in the deepest sense a family row.[51]
Eder speculates about the unconscious factors in the
well-known tendency of certain political alternatives to
succeed one another in crude pendulum fashion.
I think it was Mr. Zangwill who once said that it is a principle
of the British Constitution that the King can do no wrong
and his ministers no right. That is to say, the ambivalency originally
experienced toward the father is now split; the sentiment
of disloyalty, etc., is displaced on to the King’s ministers, or on
to some of them, or on to the opposition.... Modern society
has discovered the principle of election, and the vote to give expression
to the hostile feelings toward their rulers. Psychoanalytically
an election may be regarded as the sublimation of regicide
(primary parricide) with the object of placing oneself on the
throne; the vote is like a repeating decimal; the father is killed
but never dies. The ministers are our substitutes for ourselves.
Hence the political maxim of the swing of the pendulum.
Alexander and Staub have undertaken to explain the
unconscious basis of the crisis which is produced in the
community when criminals are permitted to go with no
punishment or with light punishment. The study of personality
genesis shows that the sublimation of primitive
impulses is possible on the basis of a kind of primitive
“social contract.” The individual foregoes direct indulgences
(which have the disadvantage of bringing him into
conflict with authority), and substitutes more complex
patterns of behavior on the tacit understanding that love
and safety will thereby be insured. When another individual
breaks over and gratifies his illicit impulses
directly on a primitive level, the equilibrium of every
personality is threatened. The conscious self perceives
that it is possible to “get by,” and this threatens the whole
structure of sublimation. The superego tries to maintain
order by directing energy against the ego, perhaps subjecting
it to “pricks of conscience,” for so much as entertaining
the possibility of illicit gratification, and seeks to
turn the ego toward activities which reduce temptation.
This may involve the reconstruction of the environment
by seeking to eliminate the “non-ideal” elements in it,
and may be exemplified in the panicky demand for the
annihilation of the outsider (who is a criminal) for the
sake of keeping the chains on the insider (who is a criminal).
Every criminal is a threat to the whole social order
since he reinstates with more or less success an acute
conflict within the lives of all members of society. The
success of the superego depends upon imposing certain
ways of interpreting reality upon the self. When reality
grossly refuses to conform to the “ideal,” the energies of
the self are divided, and an acute crisis supervenes. The
superego undertakes to reinforce its side of the contradictory
ego trends by punishing the ego, and by forcing
the projection of this situation upon the outer world.
Certain aspects of the outer world become “bad” because
they are connected in private experience with the
pangs inflicted by the taskmaster within, the conscience.
A strong conscience may enforce this “distortion” of
reality upon the self to such a degree that the self acts
on quite fantastic assumptions about reality. These are
most acutely manifested in such phenomena as confusion
states, hallucinations, and delusions, all of which are
forms of deformed reality. When reality becomes “ominous,”
violent efforts to change may appear futile, and
safety is sought in physical flight, or in physical passivity
and autistic preoccupation. Since our conceptions of
reality are based upon little “first-hand” experience of
the world about us, the superego usually has a rather
easy time of it.
Political movements, then, derive their vitality from
the displacement of private affects upon public objects,
and political crises are complicated by the concurrent
reactivation of specific primitive motives. Just how does
it happen that the private and primitive drives find their
way to political symbols? What are the circumstances
which favor the selection of political targets of displacement?
Political life is carried on with symbols of the whole.
Politics has to do with collective processes and public
acts, and so intricate are these processes that with the
best of intentions, it is extremely difficult to establish an
unambiguous relationship between the symbols of the
whole and the processes which they are presumed to
designate. To the common run of mankind the reference
points of political symbols are remote from daily experience,
though they are rendered familiar through constant
reiteration. This ambiguity of reference, combined with
universality of use, renders the words which signify parties,
classes, nations, institutions, policies, and modes of
political participation readily available for the displacement
of private affects. The manifest, rational differences
of opinion become complicated by the play of private
motives until the symbol is nothing but a focus for the
cumulation of irrelevancies. Since the dialectic of politics
is conducted in terms of the whole, the private motives
are readily rationalized in terms of collective advantage.
Politics, moreover, is the sphere of conflict, and brings
out all the vanity and venom, the narcissism and aggression,
of the contending parties. It is becoming something
of a commonplace that politics is the arena of the irrational.
But a more accurate description would be that
politics is the process by which the irrational bases of
society are brought out into the open. So long as the
moral order functions with spontaneous smoothness, there
is no questioning the justification of prevailing values.
But when the moral order has been devalued and called
into question, a sincere and general effort may be made
to find a reflectively defensible solution of the resulting
conflict. Politics seems to be irrational because it is the
only phase of collective life in which society tries to be
rational. Its very existence shows that the moral order,
with all its irrational and non-rational sanctions, is no
longer accepted without a challenge. A political difference
is the outcome of a moral crisis, and it terminates
in a new moral consensus. Politics is the transition between
one unchallenged consensus and the next. It begins
in conflict and eventuates in a solution. But the solution
is not the “rationally best” solution, but the emotionally
satisfactory one. The rational and dialectical phases of
politics are subsidiary to the process of redefining an emotional
consensus.
Although the dynamic of politics is to be sought in
the tension level of the individuals in society, it is to be
taken for granted that all individual tensions are not removed
by political symbolization and exertion. When Y
hits a foreman in the jaw whom he imagines has insulted
him, Y is relieving his tensions. But if the act is construed
by him as a personal affair with the foreman, the
act is not political. Political acts are joint acts; they depend
upon emotional bonds.
Now people who act together get emotionally bound
together. This process of becoming emotionally bound is
dependent on no conscious process. Freud said that he
was made clearly aware of the emotional factor in human
relations by observing that those who work together extend
their contact to dining and relaxing together. Those
with whom we work are endowed with rich meanings on
the basis of our past experience with human beings. Since
all of our motives are going concerns within the personality,
our libido is more or less concentrated upon those
with whom we come in touch. This reinforces the perception
of similarities, and supplies the dynamic for the
identification process. Even the negative identification is
a tribute to the extent to which the affective resources
of the personality become mobilized in human contact.
People who are emotionally bound together are not
yet involved in a political movement. Politics begins when
they achieve a symbolic definition of themselves in relation
to demands upon the world. The pre-political phase
of the labor movement as sketched by Nexo in his Pelle
the Conqueror is an able characterization of what the facts
may be. The workers had plenty of grievances against
their employers, but individuals took it out in sporadic
acts of violence, and in frequent debauchery. It was not
until a new “set” of mind was achieved with the appearance
of socialist symbols, and their adoption, that the
tension found an outlet in political form. When J hits
a foreman on the jaw because the foreman swore at him,
J is not acting for the working classes; but after J becomes
a socialist, his acts are symbolically significant of the expanded
personality which he possesses. Acts cease to be
merely private acts; they have become related to remote
social objects. The conception of the self has new points
of reference, and points of reference which interlock
with those of others.
It is of the utmost importance to political science to
examine in detail, not only the factors which contribute
to the raising and lowering of the tension level, but the
processes of symbolization. In regard to the former aspect
of the problem, data will have to be taken from
specialists of many kinds, but in regard to the latter
problem, the student can come into ready contact with the
raw material. The stock in trade of realistic politics is
the analysis of the history of “pressure groups,” ranging
from such associations as the Fabian Society through
political parties to conspirative organizations. What are
the conditions under which the idea is itself invented, and
what are the conditions of its propagation? That is to
say: What are the laws of symbolization in political activity?
I wish to call attention to certain possibilities. Several
social movements will be found which represent a desire
on the part of an intimate circle to perpetuate their relationship
at the expense of society. It is worth remembering
that Loyola and the other young men who founded
the Jesuits were in long friendly relationship before they
hit upon their famous project. Not only that: they were
anxious to remain in some sort of personal relation
through life, and they invented many expedients before
they hit on the final one. What we had here was a friendly
group which desired to preserve their personal connections
before they knew how they could actually do it.
It is less true to say that institutions are the lengthened
shadow of a great man than that they are the residue of
a friendly few.
Other social movements will be found to have adopted
their project from a lone thinker with whom they have
no direct connection. The process here is that one member
of the group, with whom the others are identified, is impressed
by the scheme, and interprets and defends it to
the others. He gets a hearing because of his emotional
claim on the others, and he may whip the doubters and
waverers into line by wheedling or by threatening to
withdraw affection.
The formation of a radiating nucleus for an idea is
especially common among adolescents, and among those
who function best in single-sex groups. Thrasher has
described gangs which had a mission in his book on The
Gang, and the literature of youth study is full of instances
of two’s, three’s and quartettes which have sworn undying
fealty to one another, and to a project of social reform.
When the idea is embraced later in life it not infrequently
appears among those who have shown pronounced evidence
of emotional maladjustment. Much social and political
life is a symptom of the delayed adolescence of
its propagators, which is, of course, no necessary criticism
of its content.
The psychology of personal, oratorical, and printed
persuasion by means of which support is won for particular
symbols has yet to be written. William I. Thomas long
ago commented on the quasi-sexual approach of the revivalist
to the audience. Some orators are of an intimate,
sympathetic, pleading type, and resemble the attempts
made by some males to overcome the shyness of the female.
Other orators fit into the feared yet revered father-pattern;
others are clowns who amuse by releasing much
repressed material; others address the socially adjusted
and disciplined level of the personality. Thus the relationship
between the speaker and the audience has its
powerful emotional aspects, which are not yet adequately
explored. There are some who excel in face-to-face relations,
but who make a poor showing out on the platform.
The processes of symbolization can be studied with particular
ease when widespread and disturbing changes occur
in the life-situation of many members of society.
Famine, pestilence, unemployment, high living costs, and
a catalogue of other disturbances may simultaneously
produce adjustment problems for many people. One of
the first results is to release affects from their previous
objects, and to create a state of susceptibility to proposals.
All sorts of symbols are ready, or readily invented, to
refix the mobile affects. “Take it to the Lord in prayer,”
“Vote socialist,” “Down with the Jews,” “Restore pep
with pepsin,” “Try your luck on the horses”—all sorts
of alternatives become available. The prescriptions are
tied up with diagnoses, and the diagnoses in turn imply
prescriptions. “A sinful world,” “Wall Street,” “a collapse
in the foreign market”—all sorts of diagnoses float
about, steadily defining and redefining the situation for the
individuals affected. Political symbols must compete with
symbols from every sphere of life, and an interesting
inquiry could be made into the relative polarizing power
of political and other forms of social symbolism. Certainly
the modern world expects to fire the health commissioner
rather than burn a witch when the plague breaks
out.
The competition among symbols to serve as foci of concentration
for the aroused emotions of the community
leads to the survival of a small number of master-symbols.
The mobilization of the community for action demands
economy in the terms in which objectives are put. The
agitation for the control of the liquor traffic passed through
many phases in America until finally legal prohibition
became the chief dividing-line. To prohibit or not to prohibit
grew into the overmastering dichotomy of public
thought.
Symbolization thus necessitates dichotomization. The
program of social action must be couched in “yes” and
“no” form if decision is to be possible. The problem of
he who would manipulate the concentration of affect about
a particular symbol is to reinforce its competitive power
by leading as many elements as possible in society to
read their private meanings into it. This reinforcement
and facilitation of the symbol involves the use of men of
prestige in its advocacy, the assimilation of special economic
and other group aims, and the invention of appeals
to unconscious drives. Propaganda on behalf of a symbol
can become a powerful factor in social development because
of the flexibility in the displacement of emotion
from one set of symbols to another. There is always a
rather considerable reservoir of unrest and discontent in
society, and there is nothing absolutely fixed and predestined
about the particular symbol which will have attracting
power.
The analysis of motives which are unconscious for most
people, though widespread, gives the propagandist a
clue to certain nearly universal forms of appeal. The
moving pictures which have been produced by the communist
government in Russia are often remarkable examples
of the use of symbols which not only have their
conscious affective dimension, but which mobilize deep
unconscious impulses. In one film, for instance, it is the
mother who suffers under tsarism and fans the flames of
revolt. Analysis has disclosed the general, and presumably
universal, meaning of the attachment to the land.
The boy-child’s wish for union with the mother, for all-embracing
care and protection, undergoes some measure
of sublimation in social life. Eder remarks that it finds
expression in attachment to the earth, the land, the mother-country,
home. The Heimweh of the Swiss, the pious
Jew’s desire for burial in Palestine, and a host of similar
manifestations are instances of this emotional tie whose
significance for state loyalty is large.
At first sight it might appear questionable that political
science can ever profit from the disclosure of motives
which are supposed to operate in the unconscious of every
human being. If these motives are equally operative, how
can they throw any light on differences in political behavior?
And are we not able to point to conditions of a
more localized and definite nature which suitably explain
why the Republican party loses out when the farmer loses
his crops? Or why there is revolution in 1918 and not in
1925?
The mere fact that motives are more or less universal
does not mean that they are always activated with the same
intensity. They may block one another, until some exciting
condition disturbs the adjustment and releases stores
of energy. Indeed, the exploration of unconscious motivation
lays the basis for the understanding of the well-known
disproportionality between responses and immediate stimuli,
a disproportionality which has been the subject of
much puzzled and satiric comment. Farmers do vote
against the Republicans when the crops fail through adverse
weather conditions, although reflection would tend to
minimize the possibility that the party in power exercises
much authority over the weather. Oversights in personal
relations which seem very slight do actually give rise to
huge affective reactions. The clue to the magnitude of
this notorious disproportionality is to be found in the
nature of the deeper (earlier) psychological structures
of the individual. By the intensive analysis of representative
people, it is possible to obtain clues to the nature of
these “unseen forces,” and to devise ways and means of
dealing with them for the accomplishment of social purposes.
Modern democratic society is accustomed to the settlement
of differences in discussion and in voting. This is
a special form of politics, for differences may also
be settled with a minimum of discussion and a maximum
of coercion. In its modern manifestation, democracy and
representative government have enthroned “government
by discussion,” that is, “government by public opinion.”
President Lowell some time ago pointed out that public
opinion could only be said to exist where constitutional
principles were agreed upon. Differences must be treated
as defined within an area of agreement. Democratic and
representative institutions presuppose the existence of the
public which is made up of all those who follow affairs
and expect to determine policy in discussion and by measures
short of coercion. The public has a common focus of
attention, a consensus on constitutional principles, and a
zone of tolerance for conflicting demands respecting social
policy.
When debate is admissible, some standards of right are
tacitly admitted to be uncertain. The zone of the debatable
is not fixed and immutable, but flexible and shifting. Questions
rise and debate proceeds; and presently the resulting
solution is no longer discussible. It has become sanctified
by all the sentiments which buttress the moral order,
and any challenge is met by the unanimous and spontaneous
action of the community in its defense. In the
presence of a challenge, the public may be dissolved into
a crowd, by which is meant a group whose members are
emotionally aroused and intolerant of dissent.
What light does the study of the genesis of personality
throw on the factors which determine which symbols are
debatable? What is the mechanism of the process by
which the moral patterns are broken up, discussed, and
eventually reincorporated in more or less modified form
into the moral consensus of the community?
The growth of emotional bonds among individuals of
diverse cultural and personal traits is the most powerful
solvent of the moral order. A valuable treatise could be
constructed on the theme, “Friendship versus Morality.”
It is well-known that governments are continually handicapped
in the impersonal application of a rule by the play
of personal loyalties. Robert E. Park has stressed the
importance of curiosity in the field of interracial relations.
In no small measure this is very primitive curiosity about
the sexual structure and behavior of odd-looking folks.
When personal ties are built up, exceptions are made in
favor of the friend; what, indeed, is the constitution among
friends?
The mechanism is clear by which issues once settled are
presently non-debatable. Growing individuals incorporate
the end result into their own personalities through the
process of identification and introjection. Once a part of
the superego of the rising generation, the moral consensus
is complete. Where no dissent is tolerated and dialectic
is impossible, we are dealing with a superego phenomenon.
Certain symbols are sacrosanct, and aspersions upon them
produce the crowd mind and not the public.[52]
Even this brief sketch of political symbolization has
shown ample grounds for concluding that political demands
probably bear but a limited relevance to social
needs. The political symbol becomes ladened with the
residue of successive positive and negative identifications,
and with the emotional charge of displaced private motives.
This accumulation of irrelevancy usually signifies
that tension exists in the lives of many people, and it may
possess a diagnostic value to the objective investigator.
The individual who is sorely divided against himself may
seek peace by unifying himself against an outsider. This
is the well-known “peacefulness of being at war.” But
the permanent removal of the tensions of the personality
may depend upon the reconstruction of the individual’s
view of the world, and not upon belligerent crusades to
change the world.
The democratic state depends upon the technique of
discussion to relieve the strains of adjustment to a changing
world. If the analysis of the individual discloses the
probable irrelevance of what the person demands to what
he needs (i.e., to that which will produce a permanent
relief of strain), serious doubt is cast upon the efficacy
of the technique of discussion as a means of handling
social problems.
The premise of democracy is that each man is the best
judge of his own interest, and that all whose interests are
affected should be consulted in the determination of policy.
Thus the procedure of a democratic society is to clear
the way to the presentation of various demands by interested
parties, leaving the coast clear for bargain and
compromise, or for creative invention and integration.
The findings of personality research show that the individual
is a poor judge of his own interest. The individual
who chooses a political policy as a symbol of his
wants is usually trying to relieve his own disorders by
irrelevant palliatives. An examination of the total state
of the person will frequently show that his theory of his
own interests is far removed from the course of procedure
which will give him a happy and well-adjusted life. Human
behavior toward remote social objects, familiarity
with which is beyond the personal experience of but a few,
is especially likely to be a symptomatic rather than a
healthy and reflective adjustment.
In a sense politics proceeds by the creation of fictitious
values. The person who is solicited to testify to his own
interest is stimulated by the problem put to him to commit
himself. The terms in which he couches his own interest
vary according to a multitude of factors, but whatever the
conditioning influences may be, the resulting theory of his
interest becomes invested with his own narcissism. The
political symbol is presumably an instrumental makeshift
toward the advancement of the other values of the personality;
but it very quickly ceases to be an instrumental
value, and becomes a terminal value, no longer the servant
but the coequal, or indeed the master. Thus the human
animal distinguishes himself by his infinite capacity for
making ends of his means.
It should not be hastily assumed that because a particular
set of controversies passes out of the public mind
that the implied problems were solved in any fundamental
sense. Quite often the solution is a magical solution
which changes nothing in the conditions affecting the tension
level of the community, and which merely permits
the community to distract its attention to another set of
equally irrelevant symbols. The number of statutes which
pass the legislature, or the number of decrees which are
handed down by the executive, but which change nothing
in the permanent practices of society, is a rough index
of the rôle of magic in politics.
In some measure, of course, discontent is relieved in
the very process of agitating, discussing, and legislating
about social changes which in the end are not substantially
affected. Political symbolization has its catharsis function,
and consumes the energies which are released by
the maladaptations of individuals to one another.
But discussion often leads to modifications in social
practice which complicate social problems. About all that
can be said for various punitive measures resorted to
by the community is that they have presently broken
down and ceased to continue the damage which they began
to inflict on society.
Generalizing broadly, political methods have historically
been of three kinds: the method of violence, of exhortation,
and of discussion. All these methods have the
common characteristic that they are to be applied in the
settlement of conflicting demands, and not in the obviation
of conflict. In so far as they rest upon a philosophy,
they identify the problem of politics with the problem of
coping with differences which are sharply drawn.
The identification of the field of politics with the field
of battle, whether the theater be the frontier or the forum,
has produced an unfortunate warp in the minds of those
who manage affairs, or those who simply think about the
management of affairs. The contribution of politics has
been thought to be in the elaboration of the methods by
which conflicts are resolved. This has produced a vast
diversion of energy toward the study of the formal
etiquette of government. In some vague way, the problem
of politics is the advancement of the good life, but this
is at once assumed to depend upon the modification of the
mechanisms of government. Democratic theorists in particular
have hastily assumed that social harmony depends
upon discussion, and that discussion depends upon the
formal consultation of all those affected by social policies.
The time has come to abandon the assumption that the
problem of politics is the problem of promoting discussion
among all the interests concerned in a given problem.
Discussion frequently complicates social difficulties, for
the discussion by far-flung interests arouses a psychology
of conflict which produces obstructive, fictitious, and irrelevant
values. The problem of politics is less to solve
conflicts than to prevent them; less to serve as a safety
valve for social protest than to apply social energy to the
abolition of recurrent sources of strain in society.
This redefinition of the problem of politics may be
called the idea of preventive politics. The politics of
prevention draws attention squarely to the central problem
of reducing the level of strain and maladaptation in society.
In some measure it will proceed by encouraging
discussion among all those who are affected by social
policy, but this will be no iron-clad rule. In some measure
it will proceed by improving the machinery of settling
disputes, but this will be subordinated to a comprehensive
program, and no longer treated as an especially
desirable mode of handling the situation.
The recognition that people are poor judges of their
own interest is often supposed to lead to the conclusion
that a dictator is essential. But no student of individual
psychology can fail to share the conviction of Kempf
that “Society is not safe.... when it is forced to
follow the dictations of one individual, of one autonomic
apparatus, no matter how splendidly and altruistically it
may be conditioned.” Our thinking has too long been misled
by the threadbare terminology of democracy versus
dictatorship, of democracy versus aristocracy. Our problem
is to be ruled by the truth about the conditions of harmonious
human relations, and the discovery of the truth is
an object of specialized research; it is no monopoly of people
as people, or of the ruler as ruler. As our devices
of accurate ascertainment are invented and spread, they
are explained and applied by many individuals inside the
social order. Knowledge of this kind is a slow and laborious
accumulation.
The politics of prevention does not depend upon a
series of changes in the organization of government. It
depends upon a reorientation in the minds of those who
think about society around the central problems: What
are the principal factors which modify the tension level of
the community? What is the specific relevance of a proposed
line of action to the temporary and permanent
modification of the tension level?
The politics of prevention will insist upon a rigorous
audit of the human consequences of prevailing political
practices. How does politics affect politicians? One way
to consider the human value of social action is to see
what that form of social action does to the actors. When
a judge has been on the bench thirty years, what manner
of man has he become? When an agitator has been
agitating for thirty years, what has happened to him?
How do different kinds of political administrators compare
with doctors, musicians, and scientists? Such a set
of inquiries would presuppose that we were able to
ascertain the traits with which the various individuals
began to practice their rôle in society. Were we able to
show what certain lines of human endeavor did to the same
reactive type, we would lay the foundation for a profound
change in society’s esteem for various occupations.
Any audit of the human significance of politics would
have to press far beyond the narrow circle of professional
politicians. Crises like wars, revolutions, and elections
enter the lives of people in far-reaching ways. The effect
of crises on mental attitude is an important and uncertain
field. Thus it is reported that during the rebellion of
1745–46 in Scotland there was little hysteria (in the technical
pathological sense). The same was true of the French
Revolution and of the Irish Rebellion. Rush reported
in his book On the Influence of the American Revolution
on the Human Body that many hysterical women were
“restored to perfect health by the events of the time.”
Havelock Ellis, who cites these instances, comments that
“in such cases the emotional tension is given an opportunity
for explosion in new and impersonal channels, and
the chain of morbid personal emotions is broken.”[53]
The physical consequences of political symbolism may
be made the topic of investigation from this point of view:
When the affect can not acquire what it needs, uncomfortable
tensions or anxiety (fear) are felt, and the use of the symbol or
fetish, relieving this anxiety, has a marked physiological value in
that it prevents the adrenal, thyroid, circulatory, hepatic and
pulmonic compensatory strivings from becoming excessive.[54]
Political programs will continually demand reconsideration
in the light of the factors which current research discloses
as bearing upon the tension level. Franz Alexander
recently drew attention to the strains produced in modern
civilization by the growing sphere of purposive action.
He summed up the facts in the process of civilized development
in the following way: “Human expressions of instinct
are subject to a continual tendency to rationalization, that
is, they develop more and more from playful, uncoordinated,
purely pleasure efforts into purposive actions.”
The “discomfort of civilization” of which Freud recently
wrote in the Unbehagen der Kultur is characteristic of the
rationalized cultures with which we are acquainted. Life
is poor in libidinal gratifications of the primitive kind
which the peasant, who is in close touch with elementary
things, is in a position to enjoy.[55] Modern life furnishes
irrational outlets in the moving picture and in sensational
crime news. But it may be that other means of relieving
the strain of modern living can be invented which will have
fewer drawbacks.
Preventive politics will search for the definite assessment,
then, of cultural patterns in terms of their human
consequences. Some of these human results will be deplored
as “pathological,” while others will be welcomed
as “healthy.” One complicating factor is that valuable
contributions to culture are often made by men who are
in other respects pathological. Many pathological persons
are constrained by their personal difficulties to displace
more or less successfully upon remote problems, and to
achieve valuable contributions to knowledge and social
policy.[56] Of course the notion of the pathological is itself
full of ambiguities. The individual who is subject to
epileptic seizures may be considered in one culture not
a subnormal and diseased person, but a supernormal person.
Indeed, it may be said that society depends upon
a certain amount of pathology, in the sense that society
does not encourage the free criticism of social life, but
establishes taboos upon reflective thinking about its own
presuppositions. If the individual is pathological to the
extent that he is unable to contemplate any fact with
equanimity, and to elaborate impulse through the processes
of thought, it is obvious that society does much to
nurture disease. This leads to the apparent paradox that
successful social adjustment consists in contracting the
current diseases. If “health” merely means a statistical
report upon the “average,” the scrutiny of the individual
ceases to carry much meaning for the modification of social
patterns. But if “health” means something more than
“average,” the intensive study of individuals gives us a
vantage ground for the revaluation of the human consequences
of cultural patterns, and the criticism of these
patterns.[57]
If the politics of prevention spreads in society, a different
type of education will become necessary for those
who administer society or think about it. This education
will start from the proposition that it takes longer to train
a good social scientist than it takes to train a good physical
scientist.[58] The social administrator and social scientist
must be brought into direct contact with his material
in its most varied manifestations. He must mix with rich
and poor, with savage and civilized, with sick and well,
with old and young. His contacts must be primary and not
exclusively secondary. He must have an opportunity for
prolonged self-scrutiny by the best-developed methods of
personality study, and he must laboriously achieve a capacity
to deal objectively with himself and with all others
in human society.
This complicated experience is necessary since our scale
of values is less the outcome of our dialectical than of our
other experiences in life. Values change more by the unconscious
redefinition of meaning than by rational analysis.
Every contact and every procedure which discloses
new facts has its repercussions upon the matrix of partially
verbalized experience, which is the seeding ground of conscious
ideas.
One peculiarity of the problem of the social scientist
is that he must establish personal contact with his material.
The physical scientist who works in a laboratory spends
more time adjusting his machinery than in making his observations,
and the social scientist who works in the field
must spend more time establishing contacts than in noting
and reporting observations. What the instrumentation
technique is to the physicist, the cultivation of favorable
human points of vantage is for most social scientists. This
means that the student of society, as well as the manager
of social relations, must acquire the technique of social
intercourse in unusual degree, unless he is to suffer from
serious handicaps, and his training must be directed with
this in mind.
The experience of the administrator-investigator must
include some definite familiarity with all the elements
which bear importantly upon the traits and interests of
the individual. This means that he must have the most
relevant material brought to his attention from the fields
of psychology, psychopathology, physiology, medicine,
and social science. Since our institutions of higher learning
are poorly organized at the present time to handle this
program, thorough curricular reconstructions will be indispensable.[59]
What has been said in this chapter may be passed in
brief review. Political movements derive their vitality
from the displacement of private affects upon public objects.
Political crises are complicated by the concurrent
reactivation of specific primitive motives which were organized
in the early experience of the individuals concerned.
Political symbols are particularly adapted to serve
as targets for displaced affect because of their ambiguity
of reference, in relation to individual experience, and because
of their general circulation. Although the dynamic
of politics is the tension level of individuals, all tension
does not produce political acts. Nor do all emotional bonds
lead to political action. Political acts depend upon the
symbolization of the discontent of the individual in terms
of a more inclusive self which champions a set of demands
for social action.
Political demands are of limited relevance to the
changes which will produce permanent reductions in the
tension level of society. The political methods of coercion,
exhortation, and discussion assume that the rôle of politics
is to solve conflicts when they have happened. The
ideal of a politics of prevention is to obviate conflict by
the definite reduction of the tension level of society by
effective methods, of which discussion will be but one.
The preventive point of view insists upon a continuing
audit of the human consequences of social acts, and especially
of political acts. The achievement of the ideal of
preventive politics depends less upon changes in social
organization than upon improving the methods and the
education of social administrators and social scientists.
The preventive politics of the future will be intimately
allied to general medicine, psychopathology, physiological
psychology, and related disciplines. Its practitioners will
gradually win respect in society among puzzled people
who feel their responsibilities and who respect objective
findings. A comprehensive functional conception of political
life will state problems of investigation, and keep receptive
the minds of those who reflect at length upon the
state.
CHAPTER XI [60] THE PROLONGED INTERVIEW AND ITS OBJECTIFICATION
The empirical material assembled in this book has appeared
in the course of prolonged interviews with individuals
under unusually intimate conditions. This method
of the prolonged interview has now had a history of some
thirty years in the form devised by Freud, but so far there
are very few efforts to objectify the events which transpire
there. Otto Rank has written a series of studies of the
“interview situation” which is the most important effort
so far made to characterize the distinctive features of the
method. But the empirical material which is so far reported
does not rest upon the verbatim recording of what
happens, except in a few specimen instances of highly
pathological cases, and attempts are only now being made
to record some of the principal physiological changes in
the subject.
It will be remembered that Freud learned to predict the
future course of reminiscence by watching word slips,
random movements, and many other acts which were formerly
dismissed as chance occurrences. He also found
that he could abbreviate the laborious efforts of the patient
to recall the traumatic (the original) episode by
proposing various interpretations. It is at this point that
the cautious physician and psychologist have picked serious
quarrels with psychoanalytical findings. They allege
that the patient produces the kind of material which the
analyst suggests is to be brought forth, and that the whole
process is one of putting a rabbit in the hat which you
triumphantly extricate later on. They have seized upon
the schisms in the analytical fold, and declare that you
eventually dream about anima figures if you are analyzed
by Jung, that you relive birth traumas if you are analyzed
by Rank, and that you welter in a galaxy of anal, oral,
and urethral symbols if you are deeply analyzed by Freud.
You talk about inferiority feeling if you work with Adler,
and about castrative anxiety if you work with Freud.
One might suppose that after thirty years of labor there
would be in existence a body of documents which could be
consulted by a group of competent specialists who were
trying to reconcile their differences and doubts about
what actually goes on in the analytical interview.[61] At the
present time the interview situation is poorly reflected in
the notes taken by the analyst at the expiration of each
period (if and when he takes them). Nobody knows what
processes distort the reporting practices of different listeners,
and nobody knows the value of the published
scraps. Since one of the avowed purposes of therapeutic
analyses is to bring the person to stand on his own feet
and to stop leaning on others, or upon symptom indulgences,
personal relations are usually broken off at the
end of the interview. This obviously impedes the possibility
of following up the subsequent history of the personality,
and of ascertaining the stability of the supposed
therapeutic results. The case-history documents available
in good institutions have the advantage of representing
the combined product of several people who are in touch
with the subject, and who may be supposed to operate
as a check upon one another. But these documents are
usually short, and betray the psychopathological slant of
the ones chiefly responsible. And these documents are
typically incomplete in reporting the whole personality
of the subject on account of the clinician’s interest in the
more circumscribed disease phenomena displayed.
When John Brown reports an episode in which he was
told that his nose would be cut off if he didn’t quit handling
himself, how do we know what importance to assign
to the alleged reminiscence? Are we to accept this as a
historical statement? Are we to construe it as a fabrication
which, however, shows what he wanted to have happen,
or supposed would happen, if he disobeyed orders?
Are we to interpret it as a sign of his fear of the interviewer,
couched in the language of the past, because this
mode of exercising the imagination has been trained into
him? Are we to interpret this as a sign of his hatred of
the interviewer, on the theory that a self-punishing fantasy
is a defense of the conscience against a murderous impulse
of the unadjusted portion of the self? Are we to accept it
as an effort to win the approval of the interviewer by reporting
the kinds of things which he has learned to suppose
the interviewer wants to hear, a supposition which is
based upon a private study of psychoanalytical literature?
Are we to accept it as an “original trauma” and to expect
an immediate or eventual decrease in the neurotic anxiety
which the individual shows? Are we to look upon it as a
screen reminiscence for a genuinely traumatic episode in
which the threat was made, not against his nose, but
against his penis? Or is it a screen for a prohibited impulse
which was once activated, and which seized upon a
past episode and gave it the significance of a threat?
These are a few of the specific questions which can be
raised about the proffered material, and the scientific problem
is to devise more convincing demonstrations of the
available theories, or more conclusive refutations, than we
now have. What are some of the criteria of a “traumatic
episode”? If the reminiscence is accompanied by much
affect (excitement), there is a presumption of its authenticity.
And how is affect measured? We depend at the
present time upon the observer’s judgment of the variations
in the voice, and shifts in posture, or the twitches and jerks
of the body. This can be augmented under experimental
conditions by taking a continuous record of variations in
blood pressure, respiration, galvanic reflex, etc.—all of
which offer some indication of excitement.[62] We are thus
able to improve our assessment of the possible significance
of the reports, speculations, and general fantasies of the
subject. It may be that in due course we shall be able to
differentiate on a physical basis between “suppressions”
and “repressions,” and that we shall be able to follow
through the transformations from beginning to end of the
interviewing process.
Our judgment of the “traumatic episode” is also influenced
by the subject’s certainty. If the subject reports that
he believes what he remembers, this has some value in
raising a presumption. This is especially true if the subject
has fought against the idea, but it has spontaneously
continued to appear and plague his associations. But a reported
sense of certainty is flimsy stuff, unless this certainty
survives for some time. We know that individuals
try to escape from anxiety feelings by a flight into explanations,
and that they are ready to volunteer or to accept all
kinds of interpretations of their behavior rather than to
continue to endure anxiety. This is the basis for the credulity
of the neurotic, and explains why everything from
mysterious “glandular unbalances” to “astral perturbations”
are accepted from time to time as completely adequate
explanations of personal troubles. So the subject’s
reported certainty must survive even disparaging suggestions
and prolonged self-scrutiny, and become emancipated
from affect, if it is to be taken very literally.
Another criterion is the consistency of the reported episode
with all the other relevant facts. There must be something
wrong about the report that K was brutally punished
by his father at a time which was some years after
the parent’s death.[63]
The obstacles which lie in the path of a research program
which calls for objective records of as much as possible
of what transpires in the interview situation are not
to be minimized. The bulk of a verbatim report of an
hour’s conversation per day over several months is almost
overwhelming. But historians are accustomed to plow
through whole libraries of pages about Napoleon or
Bismarck, and from the standpoint of a comprehensive
theory of personality development any personality is almost
as good as any other, although high elaboration and
distinguished achievement are advantages.
There are some points in favor of applying this technique
of personality study to people who are normal, at
least in the sense that they are suspected of normality by
themselves and others. There is a moral to be learned from
some of Freud’s early mistakes when he assigned critical
significance to certain childhood experiences which later
investigation showed were very common. The clinical
caricature is invaluable for the high relief in which certain
tendencies of the normal are revealed. Indeed, “normality”
is more difficult to understand than disease, from one
point of view, since it involves a complicated integration
of many tendencies, a flexible capacity to snap from one
mood, preoccupation, and overt activity to another, as the
changing demands of reality require. Normality is complexity
and integration, and it ought to be approached as
directly as possible as a control on the pathological.
The main advantage which the normal subject hopes to
glean from the analytical interview is a judgment of the
importance of this, in comparison with other, psychological
methods. Records being as they are today, only one who
has been through the mill can talk with much assurance
about what happens, and if he has a critical mind, he isn’t
too sure then. The analytical interview is a discipline in
self-scrutiny. The subject learns to exploit a new method
of using the mind, which he tries to cultivate and to correlate
with the logical methods to which he is partly accustomed
in ordinary adult life. The new technique of using
the mind is the free-fantasy technique, whose chief function
is to produce new material for logical consideration.
The interview necessitates the reactivation of the individual’s
struggle with his antisocial impulses. This happens
be the subject sick or well, for every individual possesses
more or less active and powerful antisocial drives. Every
personality displays some pathology in the form of remainders
of the Oedipus phase of growth. The socially
adjusted portion of the personality takes up the battle again
against the unsublimated drives, and a considerable amount
of neurotic anxiety is generated in the process. The problem
is to encourage the subject to face these unadjusted
remnants frankly, to bring them to the full focus of waking
consciousness, and to discharge their bound energy.
This comes to pass in the roundabout way of recapturing
the original episodes in which the neurotic solution was
invented. The work of reminiscence is the preliminary to
liberation and understanding.
The interview substitutes the talking-out for the acting-out
of personality drives. One learns to recover the critical
points in one’s past history by watching the present for
clues to the full meaning of the present situation, and this
includes the inspection of reminiscences. A reminiscence
is always relevant to a present situation, and serves the
double rôle of annotating the present and reporting the
past. The interview experience is long and arduous, and
the subject learns very slowly to deal with himself as an
object in a world of objects, and to free his judgment more
and more from the distorting effects of primitive psychological
structures.
The analytical situation is so arranged as to facilitate
this process of self-inspection. The provocations to act out
rather than think out are reduced by simplifying the sensory
present. The subject lies in a relaxed position, and is
better able to observe those stiffenings of the body,
those variations in respiration, those oscillations of visceral
tension, those impulses to scratch and finger which escape
ordinary attention, but which are indicative of the meanings
put in the current situation. The sensory environment
remains substantially constant, and the interviewer handles
the situation on a rather fixed routine. The subject is temporarily
encysted from the demands of professional and
conventional tasks, but the interviewer is present to prevent
the individual from dissipating his energy in musings
which are quickly forgotten. The interviewer is a prod to
associate freely, and a spur to the critical consideration
of the material supplied by the freely moving fancy. The
necessity for verbalization brings the acts of fantasy into
clearer focus than usual, which is a necessary preliminary
to moments of sustained logical reflection. Since the interviewer
permits the subject to disregard the usual amenities
of society, and to let his fantasies fly for the sake of
finding where they land, regressive responses are permitted
to appear. That is, the individual is not required to adjust
to a conventional world of adult reality, but is permitted to
reactivate earlier forms of dealing with the world. In the
world of adult reality, the multiple tendencies of the individual
are canalized into conventionally acceptable forms,
and the most maladapted drives may display themselves
in unobtrusive variations on the pattern. When conventional
reality is no longer present, and the individual is
encouraged to watch his partly forming responses, rather
than to co-ordinate, condense, ignore, or suppress them,
these tendencies spread forth diffusely in imagination and
reminiscence. When this process continues far enough, the
individual achieves a high degree of insight into the genetic
development of his current preoccupations and traits.
Since the analytical process is a period of strain for the
subject, it may be wondered why it is bearable. Fortunately
for the investigator, there are many advantages to
the participant which sustain and fortify his conscious purpose
to persevere until understanding has been substantially
deepened. The analyst treats every manifestation of
the personality, no matter how trivial, with respectful interest.
This is exaggerated unconsciously by the subject,
who greatly overestimates the personal affection which the
interviewer has for him. Some of the energy of the personality
is always free to begin new object attachments, and
this energy is concentrated upon the interviewer. The subject
is permitted to talk at length about himself, and when
the interviewer listens attentively and patiently, the subject
identifies himself with the listener on the basis of a
common attitude of interest in a beloved object. The interviewer’s
ascendancy in technical knowledge (his authority)
resembles the authority of the adults who were once supposed
to possess unlimited knowledge. The day-by-day
solicitude tends to reinstate the emotions of the early family
situation in which the child could play irresponsibly,
under the watchful, responsible care of the adult. The subject
relaxes the effort to keep bawdy, disloyal, mean, and
revengeful thoughts from welling into this mind. The frank
expression of these thoughts in ordinary social life would
bring down punishment upon his head, or mark him out
as a victim of mental disorder. The subject is enabled to
welter in unsocial or antisocial ravings and imaginings,
and the process of developing these symptoms in the presence
of another person becomes an absorbing part of his
daily, weekly, and monthly existence. The subject intensifies
his warm emotional interest in the one who exempts
him from society’s code of reticence. This is a mark of the
analyst’s tremendous power, and also of the analyst’s
special interest in the subject. The free-fantasy procedure
even exempts the individual from abiding by the ordinary
forms of logic and grammar. He is also able to enjoy
the pleasure of impressing someone else with the brilliance
of his language. From time to time, new insight comes into
old habits and worries, and the zest of intellectual comprehension
is added to the other pleasures.
At first sight the teaching or research interview might
seem to sacrifice the most powerful motive upon which the
interviewing procedure has relied, namely, that of securing
relief from disturbing symptoms. The individual who is
suffering from some crude pathological disturbance, like a
functional gastro-intestinal disorder, psychological impotence,
obsessive ideas and compulsions, comes to the interviewer
as a weak person seeking aid of a stronger. If he
has been shuttled from one internist to another perhaps
receiving derisive looks and contemptuous preachments,
the objective interest with which the psychotherapist treats
his symptoms produces a keen conscious and unconscious
gratification. Even the symptoms are beloved parts of the
self, and like the ugly ducklings, they are sometimes treated
with special affection (Ferenczi). The hope of being relieved
of the annoying symptoms, which is consciously
present in many pathological cases, is supported on the
unconscious level by an old infantile attitude which expects
the interviewer to work miracles. Even some of the antisocial
impulses of the personality may welcome the therapeutic
situation. These antisocial tendencies are themselves
not entirely gratified in the symptoms, for the nature of a
symptom is a compromise between these antisocial tendencies
and the socialized impulses of the self. Nunberg has
pointed out that the unsocialized portions of the personality
may support the misguided hope that the outcome of
therapy will be the boundless and unlimited gratification
of their demands. There is also evidence of the existence
of a compulsion to confess (Reik) to antisocial tendencies,
which are rejected by the socialized self, and thus to gratify
an unconscious need of punishment.
Now the sense of being sick and the desire to get well
are not entirely absent from any normal person. No one is
entirely free from remnants of his adjustive problems, and
no one is entirely satisfied with himself. At the beginning
of the interview, this motive may appear in consciousness
as nothing more substantial than the innocuous belief that
any increase in self-knowledge will enable one to deal
even more satisfactorily with personal problems as they
arise.
Among the other motives which play into the analytical
situation, and enable the subject to go through with it, may
be mentioned a few very primitive ones. Life has meant
the blocking of many impulses by authorities whose power
cannot be successfully defied on the spot. Hatreds can only
express themselves under these conditions with some prospects
of success when they seek to overcome the superior by
trying to take his power into one’s own personality by copying
him. That is to say, the individual seeks to identify
himself with the one who possesses superior knowledge in
the analytical situation, and by becoming like him, to
secure independence, and thus to annihilate him as an intimidating
and obstructive external object. There may be
a desire to secure a weapon by means of which other people
may be eviscerated, and deprived of their power to outstrip
the individual. On the conscious level, these motives
are partly visible in excessive aspirations for self-mastery
and control. This taking-in and biting-off of the analyst’s
power is also rooted in some of the earliest reaction patterns
which the infant displays toward objects. The sheer
pleasure of talking, and giving and withholding information
is also present.
As the subject withdraws attention from the original
symptoms or motives, concentrates on the game of dilating
upon the past, and indulges in prohibited delights, the
analytical situation becomes an orgy of illicit pleasure.
Emotions are released from old channels and find new objects
of crystallization, especially in the person of the
analyst. The interviewer who permits this “transference”
is now in a position to aid the subject in coming to grips
with the underlying unsocialized impulses of the personality.
The behavior of the subject has by this time given a
host of clues to the history of his emotional growth. The
analyst continues to stimulate the individual to scrutinize
his associations, to state honestly the wayward wishes flit
across his mind, or which lurk half-seen in the marginal
recesses of attention. Back and forth, bit by bit, there is
reconstructed the subjective history of a life. To put it
metaphorically, old sores run anew, smoldering embers of
jealousy and lust flame once more, and ancient wounds
yawn again. Reminiscence reguilds the faded tapestries of
the past, and restores to the full glare of consciousness the
cobwebs of the mind which house the spiders of malevolence
and lechery. Primitive meanings, once appropriate
to a situation, and later projected unintentionally into the
adult world, are recovered and criticized in the light of
their appropriateness to society. Regressive reliving, which
is powerfully supported by narcissism and the repetitive
compulsion, is observed and overcome.
It should not be supposed that the secrets of the mind
are exposed for the asking. The method of repression is
a primitive means by which the feeble, nascent self seeks
protection from impulses which, if tolerated, if not shut
out with unreflecting violence, would overrun it (Alexander).
When the self becomes strong and stable, primitive
impulses can be permitted to develop farther in consciousness
without imminent danger that they will pass
over into action by controlling the motor apparatus. Now
the critical, reflecting, deciding self must not be crippled
by an unduly strong conscience. The structure which we
know as the conscience is begun in early childhood, and
is formed by the incorporation into the self of the orders
and commands which are administered by authority. When
the self is weak, as during these formative years, the conscience
relies on crude methods to protect its hard-won
ascendancy over the antisocial drives in the personality.
It visits penalties of anxiety upon the self whenever there
are any signs of leniency toward these impulses. The conscience
keeps its summary, sadistic quality long after,
and neurotics are properly said to suffer from an excess of
conscience. Blind denial of the existence of fundamental
trends in the personality must be supplanted, and the obiter
dicta of the conscience subjected to the criticism of the
more mature and experienced self. An obstacle to this
procedure is furnished by those energies of the personality
which are specialized in resisting the antisocial impulses
which have been repressed and denied direct and undisguised
access to consciousness. Any lowering of resistance
subjects the individual to acute anxiety, as the conflict between
the socialized and the unsocialized drives is reinstated.
All sorts of subterfuges are hit upon to obviate
the necessity for enduring this anxiety and bringing the
hidden into consciousness, where it can lose its charge.
The overcoming of this resistance to taking up the battle
again is a major process in the prolonged analysis.
The recapitulation of the drives which the individual
has experienced throughout his life is the process which
lends unique value to the psychoanalytic interview record.
The literature of psychoanalysis is full of sample fantasies
which are assigned to places in the hypothetical sequence
of personality growth. Over twenty years ago
Freud wrote some preliminary remarks on character types,
especially stressing the rôle of certain excretory pleasures
in the development of some psychological structures.
The sucking, biting and anal retention interests of the
infant and young child have been the subject of theoretical
treatment by several analysts, among whom Abraham is
the most important. Ferenczi has sketched a comprehensive
theory of the rise of genital interests on the part of
the child, and this has been amplified in various directions
by Reich. The differences between male and female development
have been sketched by Sachs, Deutsch, and
Horney.
It is not within the necessary limits of this discussion to
go farther into the nature of the hypotheses which have
been proposed by these various investigators. We will
be able to formulate them more precisely when we have
succeeded in objectifying what happens in the course of the
interview, and this is to be achieved along the lines previously
sketched. Some day we can state hypotheses more
definitely which can be taken and tested by non-analytical
methods. Some of these conceptions can be confirmed or
eliminated by the direct observation of children of all age
groups. It is quite possible, however, paradoxical though
it may sound, that the best way to study some phases of
infancy and childhood will be to study the adult. There
is some reason to believe that the superior expressive
power of the adult, whether in words or in drawing, may
render explicit many states which are beyond the scope
of one who merely looks at movements. If we find that
the subjective reconstructions during the adult analysis
check closely with the results secured by modified analytical
and behavioristic procedures applied directly to older
children, we will have more confidence in the material
which purports to relate to very early experience. We may
also test out as far as possible the “historicity” of the
reminiscences produced at different phases of the analysis.
It should be said in passing that the analysis of children
requires important revisions in the externals of the technique,
as Anna Freud has shown.
I want to stop at this point to comment upon the significance
of the fact there should be such a thing as the
psychoanalytic method of dealing with the genesis of
personality. How does it happen that at the end of the
nineteenth century there appeared in Western European
civilization this remarkably intricate procedure? Why do
we regard it as worth while to spend months or even
years in constant introspection?
Viewed in the large, I suppose this is the most spectacular
sign of the value crisis in our civilization. Here
is an effort to stimulate the individual to the reconstruction
of values, not on the basis of imposed authority, but
through prolonged scrutiny of the self as a process. The
processes of the human personality are subjected to the
same patient, arduous, and minute inspection which has
proved so successful when applied to the objects of the
physical world by the naturalist, astronomer, and microscopic
specialist. The end result of a long and successful
analysis is an individual who is able to interpret his relation
to the world in terms of a few master-symbols. These
symbols take on meaning because they have been acquired
in the course of a long apprenticeship under the exacting
eye of another. These symbols define for the individual
in comprehensive terms his relation to unfolding reality.
They permit in favorable instances added smoothness of
adjustment, and offer a means of relief from disproportionate
feelings of futility, despondency, persecution, and
omniscience.
The appearance of a system of communicable master-symbols
for the definition of one’s relation to the universe
is anything but a novel phenomenon in the culture history
of mankind. At one time a leading question was, “What
is God’s will for me?” The belief was that this could be
made manifest after the reading of Holy Writ, reverent
supplication, and sudden revelation. Our Western civilization
has sapped at the pillars of this structure of thinking.
We are committed to the persistent querying of the
world of change, and the problem is always “How does
it change?” How do the routines of the seeable, smellable,
touchable, audible, tasteable universe actually work? In
what characteristic order do the subjective events of the
mind follow one another? In what order do subjective
and objective events occur? And no matter how many
intermediate links in the sequence have been named there
always remain new intermediate and new all-embracing
frames of reference to be identified and placed in orderly
relationship.
Values are sought to be defined, not on the authority
of another, but in the act of scrutinizing processes. We
place enormous value upon the quest for sequences, and
discover our new values in the act of broadening or deepening
our understanding of change. If you tell a sophisticated
carrier of Western culture that God reveals his
wisdom after the reading of a printed passage, he will
be less impressed by what is put in than by what is left
out of the account. What relation is there between what
is read and what is decided? Can you set up controlled
repetitions for the sake of testing the predictive value of
these generalizations? Are there other words which can
be read but which will result in the same decisions when
the reader has the same pecuniary stake in acting a certain
way? And so on and on.
It is worth noticing that the symbols supplied by analysis
are not “ought” words but “process” words. You are
not told to die for your country; you are told to face all
the values which you can find in the situation. This does
not, however, eliminate the “arbitrary” character of decisions
actually reached. The decision comes with all the
shock of revelation, of inevitability, of unexpectedness;
the individual may only control decisions by rehearsing
the pertinent values until he finds himself in the clutches
of a judgment. This willingness to accept uncertainty, to
scrutinize intermediate terms and pertinent values, is an
outcome of the analytical discipline.
Such a procedure grew up in a civilization whose values
have been in confusion since the medieval cosmology broke
down. President Masaryk, serious thinker and scholarly
writer, began his sociological work with a study of suicide,
which he found to be a rough index of the value strains in
culture. When emotional bonds are forged with exponents
of life-patterns of different design, the mental stage
is set for both creative originality and destructive disintegration.
The individual must assume the load of working
out his own scheme of values, and many are disorganized
in the attempt.
The validation of the prolonged interview as a contributor
to our dependable knowledge about life depends upon
objectifying its processes; the achievement of its implications
for the reconstruction of the hierarchy of individual
values is an impressionistic and often turbulent experience.[64]
CHAPTER XII [65] THE PERSONALITY SYSTEM AND ITS SUBSTITUTIVE REACTIONS
So far in this book human behavior has been interpreted
in terms of various “tendencies” which such behavior
is supposed to manifest. Suppose we call into question
this type of psychological explanation. What, after
all, is a “tendency”? It postulates a relationship between
events, one of which is taken as the terminal situation,
and others of which are treated as relative approximations
to the type situation. Terms like “wishes,” “desires,”
“instincts,” “impulses,” “drives,” and “motives”
are all employed in this sense.
For purposes of analysis, tendency interpretations may
be divided into five main classes, depending on the nature
of the relationship which is postulated between the approximate
and the terminal situation. First, personality
events may be interpreted as approximations toward, or
realizations of, goals (terminals) which are communicated
by the subject. We may believe a man who tells us
that he is running for a train when we see him dashing
along the street toward the railway station.
Second, personality events may be interpreted as degrees
of approximation to subsequent events which are
actually observed. Mr. C’s solicitude for the health and
welfare of the needy ones of the district may be construed
in the light of his subsequent campaign for Congress.
Third, personality events may be treated as degrees of
resumption of terminal situations of a type which have already
been observed. Lying in bed after waking up in
the morning, whenever there are difficulties to cope with,
may be interpreted as a reactivation of an earlier psychological
impulse to lie still and be waited on.
Fourth, personality events may be construed as approximations
to “normal” terminal events which are observed
for the biological or cultural category of the individual.
Thus heterosexuality may be postulated as a tendency
of a human being, although he consummates no heterosexual
adjustments.
Fifth, personality events may be interpreted in terms
of end situations which are “extreme” for the members
of the species or the culture. Thus the acts of man may
be viewed as degrees of approximation to murder, suicide,
and incest.
Each sense in which the tendency conception is used is
valid and useful for certain purposes, and is exposed to
characteristic liabilities to error. Thus if we accept the
man’s statement that he is running to catch a train, we may
be wrong; he may be running to the woods beyond to escape
the constable.
The reactive type of statement is an alternative (I should
prefer to say a supplement) to tendency generalizations.
When we make a reactive statement, we specify quite definitely
the antecedent-consequent relation to which reference
is made. The specific stimulus-response description
of the events which elicit the knee jerk, or call out an
avoidance reaction to yellow cloth, illustrates what is meant
here. Of course the stimulus-response style of thinking is
not nearly as exhaustive, and the tendency style of thinking
is not nearly as ambiguous in actual application, as might
appear at first glance. The stimulus-response statement of
how to elicit the knee jerk which is usually given may be
predictively valid in eight cases out of ten; but there are
“exceptions” which show how wide is the context of factors
which it would be necessary to include in the picture, were
it nearly complete. And when the stimulus-response mode
of thinking is extended from such relatively stable and
touchable situations to those which involve complex central
(subjective) events in the sequence, it becomes in
reality a disguised form of tendency interpretation.
The chief possible virtue of tendency conceptions is in
introducing some sort of order in complex phenomena.
If the observer tries to enumerate all the body movements,
all the electronic gyrations, all the nuances of social adjustment
which are thinkable in a given constellation of
personality events, he is likely to become lost in aimless
classification, and to prove barren in the invention of procedures
which are calculated to elicit particular aspects
of the whole which may be of high predictive value. The
human mind is able to operate with a very small number
of categories with which to introduce order into events,
particularly when these are, for the most part, still defined
qualitatively. Clarity of thought demands economy in the
orienting frames of thought.
How a tendency simplification may lead to fruitful
research for predictively valuable particulars is shown in
the case of Freud, in contrast to Janet. Janet made remarkably
clear classifications of the psychopathological facts
as he saw them, and although his terms and categories were
abundant, his work was comparatively sterile of novel procedures
for the modification of human personalities. Even
his classificatory pursuits were hampered by his little-criticized
assumptions. His notion that dreams were passing
confusions which were traceable to diminished psychological
tension in sleep deprived dream material of all
significance as classifiable data, and he almost completely
ignored it. Freud, who tended to operate with a few bold
tendency simplifications, brought into the range of observation
whole categories of data which have high predictive
value.
When tendency simplifications are used until vast numbers
of instances accumulate of their supposed operation,
“subtendencies” (such as the variations of the manifestations
of the Oedipus constellation) multiply apace until
the problems of rendering one tendency consistent with
the expressions of another one carry scientific speculations
into the logical molds of legalism and dogmatic theology.
If the subtendencies are not modified, and long lists of
special tendencies are added, terminological difficulties
likewise arise in applying the unwieldy list. The long
inventories of supposed instincts are less at fault because
they imply an unwarranted assurance about the innate
propensities of man than because they are “too numerous
to mention,” and introduce confusion rather than orienting
principles in the field of study.
Although the prediction of one set of tangible reactions
from another is the aim of scientific formulation, this by
no means implies, then, that the reactive style of thinking
is the one best calculated to guide the attention of the
thinker to the selection of the most fruitful hypotheses
(“if” predictions). Indeed, especially valuable results
have been secured in the personality field by the pattern
of thinking which views a cross-section of facts as an expression
of a few tendencies.
But a reactive style of thinking which operates with a
few simplifications might prove useful in the study of human
personality at the present time, since both the psychoanalytical
and the “itemistic” psychologies have a plethora
of particulars with which they are familiar, but suffer
from certain crippling viewpoints inherent in their early
starting-points. Psychoanalysis is well accustomed to the
use of a few orienting terms, but since these are stated
in “tendency” form, there is much lack of emphasis upon
rendering the objective marks of their manifestation precise.
The inventory psychologies though accustomed to
precision are accustomed to overlooking the woods for the
trees.
Can the personality be viewed as a system, and can
we think of it in a few terms which can be gradually objectified,
and which indicate the principal varieties of
personality manifestation? If the personality is a true
system, interferences which are introduced at various
points ought often to produce substitutive reactions at
many remote parts of the personality. Personalities may
be compared from one cross-section to another, and from
one personality to another, by exposing them to similar
interferences, and by examining the substitutive reaction
sequences which emerge.
For the purpose of summing up the personality at any
given period, we may consider it to be a constellation of
the following action patterns: object orientations, adjustive
thinking, autistic reveries, somatic reactions.
The object orientations of the individual are describable
as various degrees of assertiveness, provocativeness,
or submissiveness toward sexual and non-specifically sexual
objects in the environment. In extreme instances the
individual may be abusive, insulting, domineering toward
superiors, colleagues, clients, and subordinates in his profession,
and toward his wife or mistress in intimate life;
or he may be cowed in his work and timid in his sexuality;
or he may show extreme variations between his professional
and private levels of behavior. These are the
differentiating reactions upon which it is hoped to throw
some light by the examination of the personality system in
its principal manifestations.
Adjustive thinking has to do with the relationship of the
individual to reality. It issues in socially relevant acts,
which on the creative level mean contributions to science,
art, administration, and philosophy. Autistic thinking is
highly egocentric, but adjustive thinking when it dwells
upon the relationship of the self to its surroundings is
able to treat the self as an object among objects.
Autistic reveries are non-adjustive to reality. They may
be divided into several classes of which morbid-suicidal,
pessimistic, megalomanic, denunciatory, and persecutory
reveries are particularly common. In exaggerated form
they become the most conspicuous feature of the personality,
and various clinical names are used to distinguish
them. Common, and representative, themes are suggested
by these quotations: “I’m a hopeless sinner”; “The world’s
going to the dogs”; “I’m the slickest guy in the world”;
“The President is the Judas of mankind”; “The President
is using death-rays on me.” Autistic thinking flourishes
in greater or less abundance in every personality whose
history is taken for any length of time.
The somatic reactions at any given cross-section of the
personality are striped muscle movements and tensions;
heart and circulatory reactions; gastro-intestinal responses;
skin adjustments; organic sexual behavior; respiratory,
pupillary, and urogenital adaptations; inner glandular action
on the biochemical balance of the blood; heat production
(fever and certain metabolic alterations not included
before); electrical conductivity; and immunological responses.
Under the same environing conditions individuals
show wide variations in physical behavior, and when
these manifestations show certain gross deviations from
norms, though no organic lesion can be shown to be present,
the presumption is that the energy of some mental
process has been converted into somatic form. This notion
of hysteria (and what may be called hysteroid reactions)
was classically formulated by Freud. Every individual
who is closely scrutinized shows, from time to time,
tendencies to urinate excessively (though no adequate physical
explanation is apparent), to refrain from passing
feces, or to suffer pains in the back or neck.
The comparisons which may be made among personalities
on the basis of the nature of the substitutive reactions
which arise when they are subjected to similar conditions
may be illustrated on the gross level by citing some
“experiments” which society has tried. Mr. A is a member
of the city council in one of our large cities. On two
occasions, when he was defeated for re-election, he developed
autistic reveries to such an extent that he was
confined in a sanitarium under the care of a psychiatrist.
Thus Mr. A met a deprivation in the sphere of his orientation
to social objects (political activity) by developing
exaggerated autistic reveries (depressive preoccupations).
The case of A may be thrown up against that of Mr. B.
When Mr. B lost out in his campaign for re-election to the
legislature, he began to worry about his health, and although
the physicians could find no adequate physical
basis for his trouble, he developed a host of gastro-intestinal
disturbances which incapacitated him from regular
professional life. His substitutive reaction was somatic.
Another man, a Mr. C, was defeated and spent most of
his time writing a subsequently well-recognized book on
political theory. His substitutive reaction was in the sphere
of consecutive, theoretical, adjustive thinking. It will be
remembered that one of our driving administrators, J,
had his administrative duties curtailed and immediately
took the wife of another for his mistress showing that his
object orientation in the world of affairs was a substitute
for his object orientation in the sexual field.
From this point of view, we are able to examine the
relative function which political activities and preoccupations
play in the personality integration of the individual.
For one it is an alternative to mental disorder, for another
it is an alternative to physical disease, for another an
alternative to aggressive sexuality.
Now it is of interest and importance to observe that the
study of the life-histories of these men showed that their
mode of meeting the world had become organized rather
early. The man who developed somatic symptoms had
shown a physical upset after losing a contest for the presidency
of his class in college, and also in adolescent and
preadolescent deprivation situations. Alexander traced the
basis for the personality splitting in J to very early childhood.
I want now to indicate how the prolonged interview
throws much light on personality development, and lends
itself to consideration from the point of view outlined here.
If the analyst is “insulted” by the subject in the course of
a day’s interview, the subject may the next day report
somatic trouble, or morbid reveries, or unusual kindliness
toward an annoying person, or a burst of creative work.
The interviewer, taking such facts in juxtaposition to others,
may be able to predict the kind of substitutive reactions
which this person is likely to show in a whole range
of social situations, and to predict retrospectively the
form of reaction which was manifested at different levels
of development. The trained psychoanalyst watches the
subject like a hawk for clues of this kind; the possibility
of removing his “hunches” from the realm of art into the
area of dependable knowledge depends upon the objectification
of his observations, and upon the development of
specifically experimental methods.
A method by which some certainty is to be introduced
in personality records is by testing the coincidence of
observations taken through time by observers who occupy
specified positions in relation to the subject. Very important
applications of this procedure have been made to
child study by several child psychologists, more particularly
by Florence Goodenough and Dorothy Thomas. A
set of categories were set up to describe various acts,
such as “smiling,” “physical contact with other child,” and
“physical contact with object.” The definiteness of each
term was then tested by having two independent observers
make the same number of observations at fixed intervals
during a prescribed period. The results showed which
categories were ambiguous, and which categories were sufficiently
clear to justify their inclusion in behavior studies.
It was discovered, for example, that “smiling” behavior
showed much less definiteness than “physical contact with
another child.” This procedure makes it possible to measure
the error of a measuring procedure and is strictly
comparable to the calibrating process common to the physical
sciences in determining the relative reliability of
measurements made by a particular instrument. The social
scientist is compelled to rely on the use of his eyes,
and the problem is to standardize the use so that objective
results can be secured.[66]
Such methods of devising and testing categories for the
observation of behavior need urgently to be developed for
the study of courtroom, legislative, committee, mass meeting,
and other types of behavior in situations of immediate
political interest. It is possible to record the differential
reactions of participants, and to distinguish that which is
inherent in the rôle performed (chairman), and that which
is the individualized penumbra of the act (individual
gesture).
These objective categories and recording practices can
be extended to the study of behavior wherever dominating
and submissive behavior is found. The gap between
the studies of children and the study of personalities in
complicated adult political situations can be filled in with
the idea of finding reliable criteria of the stability of
political reactions. Some early studies have been made
which suggest that types of dominating behavior are
isolable at very early ages. Charlotte Bühler detected
children who dominated through pressure of activity, despotic
behavior, and “leadership” behavior. Her monograph
reproduces photographic illustrations of what she
means by the terms employed.[67] An outgrowth of her work
is the experimental study by Marjorie Walker at the Minneapolis
Institute of Child Welfare (under direction of
Anderson and Goodenough). An observational study by
Mildred Parten at the same place showed that in uncontrolled
play activities the dominating or submissive rôles
might be strikingly monopolized by individual children.[68]
By methods which are less objective but much better than
simple impressionism, there have been a number of “political
types” observed in later development. Karl Reininger
kept a careful record of the behavior of his pre-puberty
schoolboys, and brought out very clearly the functional
distinction between the “leader” and the “specialist.” The
specialist might temporarily guide the group in some activity
for which he was particularly competent, but the
leader kept him within limits and reassumed the direction
as soon as the special activity was over. Reininger has
many shrewd observations to offer about the bearing of
what he saw on the whole range of social psychological
theory, and his monograph is a beautiful example of how
a circumscribed empirical study can be given meaning
and distinction against a broad theoretical background.[69]
Hildegard Hetzer watched the spontaneous groupings of
children in play groups, and shrewdly distinguished organizers,
specialists, and social leaders from one another.[70]
At a still later level is the study which Viktor Winkler-Hermaden
made of the psychology of youth-movement
leaders. These leaders are recruited from youths who
are not much ahead of their groups in age, and in a well-balanced
and penetrating chapter he contrasted the “ruler,”
“teacher,” and “apostle.”[71]
Special studies of dominating and submissive types in
various situations ought to be made with some reference
to the reaction-type classifications for the age period which
are made by competent students. Since puberty-adolescence
is of so much importance, the categories which are
proposed in the literature ought to be examined by the
special investigator. H. Hoffman gives a modified list of
the puberty types described by Spranger and Croner in
one section of his general book on character formation.[72]
Suggestions on various distortions of development which
lie behind certain forms of dominating and submissive
behavior are to be found in August Aichhorn’s lectures
on Verwahrloste Jugend.[73] This is the most valuable book
to a student of youth which has yet been explicitly devoted
to the subject by an analyst. Aichhorn reports in his
eighth lecture the results of an extremely important experiment
which he made with the most aggressive and uncontrollable
boys under his supervision (he has served
for many years as the head of a home for homeless boys).
The whole group was put together, and the staff members
were instructed never to interfere with them, short of
stopping permanent injury. These “hard-boiled” youths
broke up the furniture, mauled one another, and wore out
several attendants before they gradually tamed down.
After having learned that they could not taunt the environment
into punishing them, and into justifying their own
suspicions of it, they went through a process of character
re-education. The behavior of the group is reported in
graphical form, and representative instances of what occurred
are recited in the text of the lecture. Several specific
genetic hypotheses are set up to explain particular
kinds of behavior on the part of the boys with whom
Aichhorn has had intimate touch.[74]
Will we be able to predict from objective studies made
of preadolescent boys who dominate their play groups
that one set of them will stand a high chance of dominating
play and work groups in adolescence? Can we thus
isolate rather stable developmental sequences for various
trait constellations which are of direct importance to the
student of politics? Can we achieve a composite picture
for a given culture by studying overlapping age groups
for a two-year period? Certainly the way is becoming
clearer to an effective relationship between political science
and the disciplines associated with the study of the
growing individual.
One of the difficulties which lie in the path of successful
collaboration with psychiatrists and child psychologists
is that the political scientists have not themselves made it
entirely clear just what the adult differentials are whose
genetic history they would like to understand. What are
the questions about the specifically political life of the
individual which the political scientist would like to have
included in any master-inventory of possible facts about
the intensively studied individual?
The following classification of political attitudes is intended
to have suggestive value rather than formal completeness.
The first section of this classification refers to
the political preferences and expectations or forebodings
of the individual investigated. Some individuals cherish
a fraternal and some a paternal ideal. The anarchist, socialist,
and democrat talk the language of equality among
a family of brothers; the monarchists preserve a father.[75]
A series of other ideological distinctions are perhaps sufficiently
clear from the terms used.
CLASSIFICATION OF POLITICAL ATTITUDES
SECTION A. POLITICAL VIEWS
I. Preferences
Paternal ideal
Fraternal ideal
Strong central authority
Weak central authority
Revolutionary ideal
Counter-revolutionary or reactionary ideal
Cataclysmic change
Evolutionary change
Indulgent toward coercion, secrecy, ruthlessness
Insistent upon persuasion, openness, scrupulousness
Emancipatory, defensive, expansive ideal for group
World-unity ideal
II. Expectations and forebodings
Small political change can have great results
Small political change can have some results of value
Little of value can be accomplished by politics
Revolutionary changes imminent, eventual, contingent
It is probably in relation to political practices, as distinguished
from political views, that the intensive study
of the individual has the most to offer. I have included a
list of questions in Appendix B which are intended to suggest
the sort of thing which is directly pertinent to the interest
of the political scientist in this regard. How has the
individual acted as a subordinate when confronted by superiors
of various kinds (in the army, in school, in fraternity
organizations, in business, in party clubs, in propaganda
organizations, in administrative hierarchies, and the
like)? How has the individual acted as a superior when
confronted by subordinates of various kinds? Besides considering
the behavior of the person as subordinate or
superior, we may inquire into his attitude toward individuals
who have not been members of his various organizations,
but who have been possible helpers or obstacles.
Thus he may have approached strangers for money, or
sought to win diplomatic support from another organization
against a common menace. His tactics may be classified
according to the means employed and the measure of
success attained. Special attention may likewise be devoted
to the behavior of the individual, not toward particular
persons, but toward publics, which are necessarily
anonymous. Summarizing:
SECTION B. POLITICAL PRACTICES
I. As subordinate
Confronted by superiors who are
A. Strong, brutal
B. Masterful but rather objective
C. Weak
Reaction (conscious)
1. Does not assume a friendly mask (exterior) even though
he sees it would be an advantage (seeks to escape, becomes
stubborn, surly, assaultive, joins anti-authoritation
acts engaged in by associates, continues to contemplate
revenge long after)
2. Does not see or press up own individual advantage because
of attachment or intimidation (deference without
conscious hostility, pronounced affection, intimidated
sacrifice of associates to curry favor, overgratitude)
3. Combines friendly mask with conscious acts of hostility
(plays up qualities admired by chief, whether imitative
of chief or expressive of the chief’s repressions)
4. Irrational elements in adaptation at a minimum
II. As authority
Confronted by subordinates who are
A. Strong, hostile, dangerous rivals
B. Strong and objective
C. Weak
Reaction
1. Does not refrain from taking up a hostile front even when
it is recognized to be inappropriate
2. Takes apparently friendly line while pursuing hostile
purposes
3. Does not take strong-enough measures to secure efficiency
or respect (too indulgent of mirrors of self or of those
who work out frustrations)
4. Objective (inflicts narcissistic wound when advantageous,
reassures when useful, develops abilities of subordinates,
thwarts when dangerous)
III. In dealing with possible helper or obstructor who is outside
organization (most effective tactics chosen and range of
tactics)
Appeals to logical standards
Appeals to sentiment
Non-violent and violent coercion
Inducement (tangible advantage)
IV. In dealing with public
Types of tactics chosen, success
Forms of expression, thought, and interest may be singled
out for special consideration. What is intended here
is sufficiently apparent from the captions:
SECTION C. FORMS OF EXPRESSION, THOUGHT, INTEREST
I. Forms of expression
(Includes all symbolizing forms: political editorials, novels,
poems, paintings, cartoons, plastic media, plays, acting)
Most effective style
Analytical and dialectical
Persecutory (sarcastic, denunciatory)
Enthusiastic
Humorous
Commanding
Range of style wide or limited
II. Mode of thought
Quick or slow to suggest policies or tactics
Almost totally uninventive
Systematically collects data prior to judgment
Impressionistic improvisation
Welcomes suggestion and criticism before decision
Impatient of suggestion and criticism before decision
Anxious to justify decision to those about or to world
Indifferent about justifying decision
Stubbornly holds to decision
Oscillates in decision
Much influenced by facts and arguments (or little)
Much influenced by appeals to sentiments (or little)
Much influenced by personal inducements (or little)
Much influenced by coercion (or little) (note that influence
may be negative as to direction)
Genuine pursuit of general interest in exercise of discretion,
or not
Elated by victory or depressed
Genuine or narrow in sharing credit
Deeply depressed by defeat or satisfied in defeat
Interested in programs and values
Interested in processes and methods
Long-run or short-run objectives
Aims at immediate or eventual political action
Presses through to a decision capable of being tested
Conclusions or decisions vague
Ideal of responsible personal participation
Consistency between opinion and practices
Self-consciousness of own techniques
Conforms or not to family pattern (exaggerated, adoption
of opposite, ...)
III. Political interest
Formulated early and persists through life
Formulated early, lies dormant, reawakened
Aroused early, disillusioned
Aroused late
By this time it is perhaps superfluous to comment that
every fact is defined from the point of view of an observer,
and that the problem is to specify as definitely as possible
the angle of observation of the recorder. Trait lists are
meaningless unless they can be filled in by a fact-collecting
process which surveys the various situations with respect
to which it is of possible relevance. It is very obvious
to the psychopathologist that the man who is “aggressive”
at work may be “timid” in sexuality. All too frequently
personalities are supposed to be “aggressive”
when a certain number of raters have agreed on it, without
stopping to consider whether the raters have a chance
to become acquainted with the behavior of the individual
in many situations. The multiplication of ratings by persons
who are in a poor position to judge the subject (even
by “intimate” friends who do not, however, act as sexual
partners) adds nothing but a spurious specificity to the
data. The interviewer who listens to the intimate life
of the individual through many weeks and months is in
a very strategic position to become acquainted with details
of individual reactions which even intimates have not seen.
A “rating” must be taken with special reference to the
history of the relations of the rater and the rated. It may
be that we shall presently find that the ratings of analysts
in dealing with certain types of people who can
be easily identified do not substantially deviate from those
of “intimates” or even rather casual acquaintances of certain
kinds. Such knowledge will enable research to proceed
with more certain pace toward the time when we
shall know what to look for and how to elicit what we
want with the maximum of economy. The specialist who
interviews a man for an hour may be able, during the
course of what appears to be an ordinary social relation,
to find the tell-tale signs which detailed research has
shown to be invariably, or almost invariably, connected
with particular impulse systems and developmental histories.
As Bjerre so well put it:
As soon as our intercourse with a certain person is no longer
governed by common interests, but by a desire to acquire a
knowledge of his inmost being, we immediately abandon the formal
content of his utterance and begin unconsciously to seek for
whatever indication of his inner life appears in his speech independently
of, or even in spite of, his conscious will.[76]
What is achieved is a correlation of the results of
“casual” contact and “intensive” study, a correlation
which is the common target of a converging attack upon
the understanding of the human personality.
Some day we shall know how to validate the saying of
the old physician which is on the title-page of this book:
“From him who has eyes to see and ears to hear no mortal
can hide his secret; he whose lips are silent chatters with
his fingertips and betrays himself through all his pores.”
CHAPTER XIII THE STATE AS A MANIFOLD OF EVENTS
Implications have continually been drawn in the foregoing
pages about the bearing of the intensive study of
individual personalities upon the meaning of the political
process as a whole. Since the psychopathological approach
to the individual is the most elaborate procedure
yet devised for the study of human personality, it would
appear to raise in the most acute form the thorny problem
of the relation between research on the individual
and research upon society. We are therefore justified in
devoting more extended attention to the theoretical problem
involved than we have yet taken occasion to do.
It may be asserted at the outset that our thinking is
vitiated unless we dispose of the fictitious cleavage which
is sometimes supposed to separate the study of the “individual”
from the study of “society.” There is no cleavage;
there is but a gradual gradation of reference points.
Some events have their locus in but a single individual,
and are unsuitable for comparative investigation. Some
events are widely distributed among individuals, like
breathing, but have no special importance for interpersonal
relations. Our starting-point as social scientists is
the statement of a distinctive event which is widely spread
among human beings who occupy a particular time-space
manifold.
Subjective events occupy definite positions in the flow
of events, and the problem of explanation is the problem
of locating stable relations. Since subjective events are
not open to direct observation, but are inferred from movements,
the observer, O, must infer the existence of subjective
terms in the sequence by imagining what he would
experience under all the similar circumstances which he
can survey and compare to his own experience. Reduced
to its simplest terms, the observer’s procedure is that of
isolating a subjective event which he wishes to investigate,
and of searching for the “externals” which will make the
conditions of its occurrence clearly communicable to others.
These externals are sometimes fairly clear, and can readily
be stated in precise, “touchable” form. The sensation of
“roughness” can be predicted to follow the application of
certain objects to specified parts of the skin. A transition
from a rough to a smooth object may also produce “flinching,”
which can be somewhat definitely described, and
which accompanies and (perhaps) initiates some of the
subjective events.
When any observer undertakes to talk about the state,
he may choose specific subjective experiences, such as a
sense of loyalty to a community, and say that all who have
this experience (and/or certain others) under specified
conditions make up the state. Such specified conditions
may include the act of testifying to it when asked by an
intimate friend, or when warned that the community is
in danger. The concept of the state may be amplified by
searching for the external circumstances which precipitate
the appearance of the subjective events which are
characteristic of stateness.
Such a method of defining the state absolves us from
“superindividual” constructs. The locus of the subjective
events is still individual. The group is not a superindividual
phenomenon but a many-individual phenomenon. The
time-space abstraction of the “group” is just as “real”
or “unreal” as the time-space abstraction called the “individual.”
They are both equally real or unreal, and they
stand and fall together.
The state has duration. It is a time-space frame of
reference for individual events. Particular individuals
may pass on, but if the overwhelming majority of those
who occupy a certain geographical area continue to experience
the subjective events of the type chosen as critical
for the state, the state endures. The state is thus independent
of any one individual, but it ceases to exist when
enough individuals change their minds or die without procreating.
I have not yet defined the particular events which are
to be treated as the marks of the state. In the sea of
subjective events we must choose certain typical ones.
Now definitions of this kind can be developed most advantageously
when we proceed, not by a method of rigorous
exclusion, but of relative emphasis. Suppose we tentatively
begin by saying that the distinguishing experience is
that of communal unity, when it is manifested by the use
of coercion against outside and inside disturbers of the
communal order. Imagine an observer is overlooking a
primitive village. He sees a band of young men whose
behavior he interprets thus: They are wearing painted
stripes, brandishing spears, and having left the village, they
engage in fighting a band of young men from a neighboring
village. Is this evidence of the existence of the state?
The facts are insufficient to justify a decision. Closer observation
may show that these young men all live in one
quarter of the village and that other young men are idling
about. When the “warriors” come back, they are only
cheered by those who live in one section. Those who live
there may prove to be members of one family, some of
whose young men have avenged a private wrong in which
the village as a whole has no part. The system of claims
and expectations which is the essence of the communal order
is not at stake. The communal order must be involved
if the state is involved.
Robert H. Lowie[77] has shown that the term “state” may
properly be used to designate even the most primitive
communities, and that the common distinction between
a prestate and a state period of cultural development is
a distortion of the facts. The simplest peoples known, the
Yurok of northwestern California, the Angami of Assam,
and the Ifugao of northern Luzon, all have a sense of
belonging to a social unit larger than a kin group, and
act in overt defense of this order. The theft of property
of one kin group, when committed by a fellow-villager,
is mulcted by a traditional fine, but the theft, when committed
by a marauding outsider, is punished by death. In
the case of adultery, warring families inside the village
are merely engaged in adjusting the size of the penalty;
it is universally assumed that some penalty is due.
The marginal cases notoriously play havoc with definitions.
The statement made before that the distinguishing
mark of the state is the experience of communal unity,
when it is manifested by the use of coercion against outside
and inside disturbers of a communal order, is too narrow to
cover a small but extremely interesting series of facts.
There may be no use of coercion against outsiders, for
the war pattern may be entirely absent from the community,
although violence against insiders who threaten the
communal system of claims and expectations appears to
be universal.
The view so far proposed rests upon a frank acceptance
of social “parallelism.”[78] Hans Kelsen has subjected
the theories of parallelism of psychological states (common
emotion and the like) to a sharp, and in many ways
devastating, criticism. He says that “common emotion,
common volition and common idea can never mean anything
more than a description of the coincidence in consciousness
of a number of individuals.” But
if one really wished to consider the state as consisting of a community
of consciousness such as this, and as a matter of fact,
such a realistic, empirical psychological meaning is often attributed
to what is called the collective will or the collective interest
of the state, then, in order to avoid inadmissible fictions, one
would have only to be consistent enough really to consider the
state as formed only by the contents of those whose consciousness
had shown the necessary agreement. One would be bound to
realize that community of will, feeling or thought, as a psychological
group manifestation, fluctuates tremendously at different
times and places. In the ocean of psychic happenings, such communities
may rise like waves in the sea and after a brief space be
lost again in an ever-changing ebb and flow.[79]
In this keen dialectic Kelsen has been led astray by
a failure to recognize the time dimension of the events
referred to by such a concept as the state. Subjective
facts are located in time in relation to one another when
viewed from the standpoint of any observer. The concept
of the state involves similar events in relation to one another
within a duration. The concept of the state includes
this idea of a temporal frame, and can best be grasped
as a relational system (a manifold) in which a certain
frequency of subjective events is maintained. Thus the
state is not abolished when some individuals sleep or occupy
themselves with the banalities of existence, unless
the state is defined with reference to a duration of a few
seconds or hours or days. But there is no reason whatever
for choosing such a transitory frame of reference. It
is just as valid to use a year as a minute, or a decade as
a year, for the time dimension. Thus the state can be
treated in what Kelsen speaks of as an “empirical psychological”
sense. It is a durable empirical fact just so
long as a certain frequency of subjective events occurs.
If Kelsen agrees that contents of consciousness are
“empirical,” he is bound to see them in a world of duration,
and he has no authority to prescribe that the state
must refer to subjective events as a “knife-edge instant.”
The state, then, is a time-space manifold of similar subjective
events. Kelsen is incorrect in alleging that the acceptance
of the parallelism of psychological phenomena
as a fundamental fact destroys the state as a permanent
institution.
Mere parallelism of psychological events does not give
us the state, for a distinguishing type of subjective event
must be selected if we are to characterize the state, the
family, and other social groups. Kelsen is entirely correct
in criticizing those theories of the state which invoke
parallelism but neglect to specify the particular “contents
of consciousness,” “since not every and any group
manifestations formed upon the parallelism of psychic
processes is able to constitute that community.”
That subjective event which is the unique mark of the
state is the recognition that one belongs to a community
with a system of paramount claims and expectations. This
recognition of belonging does not necessarily imply an
indorsement of this state of things. The essence of the
state is this recognition, and the individual may indorse
or deplore the fact without abolishing it. One need not be
sentimentally bound to the order; it is enough if the order
is noted.
This unique experience is never found unassociated
with other subjective events. The recognition is usually
amplified by pride in belonging to the state, and by a determination
to enforce the order upon one’s self and others.
One’s recognition of the order is usually accompanied
by an idealization of one’s participation in it, by an idealization
of the order itself, and by a condemnation of deviations
from it. All this is frequently expressed as the
“sense of justice” which is the foundation of certain
theories of law and the state.
The subjective event which marks the state is usually
manifested in various “externals.” Thus the use of coercion
is well-nigh universal. The externals may be broadened
to include behavior which may be treated as a substitute
for coercion. Ordering and obeying relationships
which function in a coercive crisis may continue when
peace comes. There may be an apparent “elaboration
backward” of processes antecedent to coercion in foreign
and domestic affairs, and this may obviate a resort to the
ultima ratio. The regulation of the use of coercion, and
the maintenance of a certain degree of mobilization during
non-crisis periods, devolves upon “leaders,” who may
preside over initiations, goods distribution, and general
ceremonials. The process by which “heads” are selected
may involve electoral colleges, elections, and agitations.
It is worth observing that in the description of political
processes terms are employed which often carry no “subjective”
connotations on their face. But in fact every term
unavoidably carries subjective implications, and if these
be ignored, there is danger that social theory will hypostatize
“patterns” or “traditions” as extra-subjective entities,
endowed with distinctive energies and amenable to
special laws.
Often the subjective “burr” on the pattern is so dim
that the subjective need scarcely ever be made explicit.
Many generalizations can be made by disregarding the
subjective element and focusing attention upon the transformations
through which the associated patterns pass.
Linguistics has achieved notable success by this method.
Phonetic arrangements are named as objects of investigation
and the fact discovered that those sounds which occur
in certain relationships presently alter in regular ways.
It is theoretically possible to make a rough scale of
descriptive conceptions according to the relative fulness
or thinness of the subjective element in the pattern. To
express this symbolically, the complexity of the S to the
E (subjective to external) varies between nearly 100 and
nearly 0. The contemporary prominence of what is called
“social psychology” is due to the effort to draw attention
to the consideration of patterns in which the S factor is
large.
The failure to stress the subjective dimensions of the
events referred to as “processes,” “patterns,” or “customs”
is not only due to the circumstance that the S is
often negligible, but that the objective element may often
appear with other subjective elements. John B may rise
when the national anthem is played, but he may do so
“automatically” with his mind mostly preoccupied with
the sore on his heel. The particular S which is meant
when the full pattern of patriotic ceremonialism is discussed
may thus be supplanted by another S with the same
E. Thus the act becomes an entirely different phenomenon,
and may erroneously be classed with patriotic ceremonialism
in the full sense.
This point has far-reaching consequences for political
science. The accurate comparison of behavior patterns
depends upon comparison of the whole pattern. It must
not be automatically inferred that S exists where E is
found. The nature of the subjective factor can be inferred
from extending the observation in several directions. It
may be lengthened (John B may complain of a sore heel
after the anthem). It may be more intensively scrutinized
within the same period (John B may be seen to shift his
weight from one foot to another, and to frown when one
heel touches the floor).
Descriptive political conceptions are undergoing a continuous
redefinition in the life of society, and unless the
student of political processes is on the alert to test his
descriptive conceptions in the light of changing reality, he
will operate with falsifications and not with simplifications.
“Voting,” to choose an instance, is a concept of the
greatest complexity. It does not alone consist in the dropping
of ballots into urns or boxes or hats, or in the punching
of buttons on a machine. These external elements,
the E’s, in the concept of voting are not the heart of the
matter. What count especially are the subjective terms in
the constellation of which these externals are a part, and
a highly variable part at that. How seriously do people
take the responsibility of collecting information about the
personalities and issues with which they are confronted
and judging these matters in the light of a conception
of the public interest? Voting is an entirely different matter
when individuals are coerced into casting ballots a
certain way and when they are free, leisured, and interested.
To call the casting of ballots under all circumstances
“voting” is to deprive the term of most of its significance.
It is highly probable that the phenomenon which is
loosely called voting in Chicago is today quite different
from what is was fifty years ago; it is radically true that
the phenomenon called voting in London is something
different from voting in Cook County.[80] How are we to
decide what meaning to assign to particular aspects of
the political process as we observe them at different times
and places? The ocean of subjective happenings which
are related to external movements of a kind often associated
with politics is ever changing, and it cannot be described
by inventory methods. Not inventory but sampling
is essential if empirical definiteness is to be attached to
a term.
Speaking very generally, two modes of procedure are
possible. The first is to begin with the externalities which
are a rather fixed feature of a pattern of social behavior
with which the investigator is familiar, and to proceed to
find out how the subjective features of this pattern change.
One may study “balloting” or “modes of punishment”
and the like from this point of view. Throughout Western
European culture there prevails such relative homogeneity
of pattern that research may proceed directly from this
starting-point.
The field ethnologist, who deals with cultures of a drastically
different kind, must often use another avenue of
approach. A set of external movements like “balloting”
may not be sufficiently widespread to permit comparison.
The ethnologist must proceed by stating to himself the
subjective fact whose presence he would like to detect
(such as a desire to participate earnestly in deciding communal
problems), and participate as fully in the daily
life of the people as he can, in the hope that presently
he will divine such a subjective viewpoint and its characteristic
modes of expression. It is true that there are
some movements of man whose significance is practically
universal, but these are too few to enable the utter alien
to dispense with a long period of participation in the day-to-day
life of the people. What happens is that the observer
presently begins to recognize the subjective fact
behind the movements of the body, but this primitive
judgment of his is a diffused judgment, based upon a mass
of subtle particulars which he may long be unable to
isolate in his own thinking and to point out to others; indeed,
this process is never complete, or we should have a
complete understanding of human life.
Obviously both points of departure for research have
their advantages. The American student of social patterns
in Western Europe has thousands of subtle meanings
established in common with Frenchmen, Germans, or British.
This is an enormous time-saving asset. If anyone
undertakes to use the ethnologist’s approach to a familiar
culture, the results are likely to strike the participant in
that culture as perfectly obvious and hardly worth the
effort.[81]
The whole aim of the scientific student of society is
to make the obvious unescapable, if one wishes to put the
truth paradoxically. The task is to bring into the center
of rational attention the movements which are critically
significant in determining our judgment of subjective
events, and to discover the essential antecedents of those
patterns of subjectivity and of movement. For all the
people who are startled to find that they have spoken
prose all their lives, there are many to emulate the rustic
who “know’d it all the time” when scientific facts are
stated about human nature. That which is known implicitly
and based upon diffused, unverbalized experience
must be made explicit if new ways of dealing with the
world are to be invented.
The work of investigation may eventuate in statements
of the subjective constellations which find expression in
particular cultural forms, or in the description of the
subjective constellations which are connected with forms
which are universal for all men. The frame of reference
of the social scientist is the culture; the frame of reference
of the human psychologist is the species.
What is known as the “quantitative method” provides
a valuable discipline for the student of culture because it
directs his attention toward the discovery of events which
are often enough repeated to raise a strong presumption
that a particular sequence does actually exist. These
events must be so defined that similar events can be identified
by other workers. This necessitates an operational
definition of the concept, which is to say, terms must be
used to specify the position of the observer in relation to
the configuration which it is proposed to describe.[82]
The impatience among students of culture with the slow-footed
quantitative approach is partly due to the diffuse,
implicit nature of the experiences upon which is based
the judgment about a subjective event outside one’s self,
and the resulting bias of the student of culture against
exaggerating the significance of items in the pattern. The
statement that “his life-experience has been hued with
melancholy” is a generalization which presupposes a
knowledge of a prodigious number of facts. Or the statement
that “the prestige of public office is greater in Germany
than in any country” depends upon possible observations
as numerous as the sands of the sea. Any proposition
in Bryce’s Modern Democracies or in Masaryk’s
analysis of Russian civilization refers to tremendous
ranges of data. Of course, the experience of any observer
is puny beside the Gargantuan proportions of the facts,
and able inquirers always proceed upon a sampling basis.
They get in touch with men of every income group, every
religious, every racial, and every provincial group; they
study the manifestations of the culture in painting, literature,
mathematics, legislation, administration, and physical
science.
The procedure of a Bryce was quantitative in the sense
that many observations were accumulated before inferences
were fixed, but it was not quantitative in the special
mathematical sense of the word. The student of culture
is often alienated by the quantitative approach, because
the quantitative method necessitates the simplification of
the number of facts taken into account; the impressionistic-quantitative
approach of the student of culture gets
an undivided reaction to the whole and makes simplification
afterward, perhaps revising and indeed oscillating
at frequent intervals.
There is more in common between the student of culture,
and especially of alien culture, and the student of
the individual by prolonged-interview methods than might
appear at first sight. The ethnologist confronting the manifestations
of an alien culture and the psychopathologist
confronting the alien manifestations of the unconscious
secure unique training in their research for meanings in
details which escape the attention of the naïve man. Both
form their idea of the subjective events from a multitude
of signs, which may be spread over months of intimacy,
and both are somewhat inclined to disparage the search
for simple external facts which can be relied upon to
indicate a specific subjective content.
The psychopathologist possesses the most elaborate
known means of exploring the manifold subjective events
which may be associated with external movements. Besides
the conscious subjective experience there is a rich
unconscious life which he is especially proficient in exposing.
Thus our movements are not alone the outcome
of simple conscious processes; they are said to be “overdetermined”
by a variety of factors.
This concept of overdetermination is not unknown to
popular common sense. We know that John B is proud
of being an American, and that he wants to fight for his
country; we comment slyly that John B’s best girl likes
the uniform, and this is one reason why he volunteers.
And more than that. We know that action is not always
the outcome of experiences that point in the same direction.
We may know that John B. is anxious to stay on the
job a month longer and to get a promotion, and that going
into the army at a given moment means sacrifice. Thus
his mind is partly divided against itself. What psychopathological
methods do is to disclose yet wider vistas,
and to expose the operation of factors which cannot be
readily seen. Thus a deep longing for death may be a
contributing factor to heroism.
The psychopathological approach is embarrassing less
in the specific content of its revelations than in the wealth
of meaning which it discovers behind what is at first
glance but a simple pattern. The rôle, of a particular subjective
experience and of a movement cannot be fully
appraised apart from the total context at which it functions,
and this method discloses a wider context than common
sense is aware of.
Now the multiplicity of human motives has always been
a source of embarrassment to people who wanted to manage
men or merely to understand them. The clumsy machinery
of judicial administration has been worked out
along certain lines in the hope of introducing some degree
of uniformity into adjudication by limiting the consideration
of the motives which operate in a particular
case. The judge is thus supposed to limit himself to the
determination of the existence of a particular state of facts,
and to act in a particular way if these facts can be established
according to a prescribed procedure. The movement
toward the standardization of the discretion of public
officers expresses itself in this general pattern of thought:
An act is prohibited by the state.
Certain prescribed “externals” shall establish the fact of the
act having been committed.
The actor shall be dealt with in certain specified ways.
This crusade against the subjective element in the mind
of the public officer is in some measure determined by the
desire of the judge or civil servant to avoid responsibility.[83]
The psychopathological approach precipitates something
very like a panic among those who have tried to box the
manifestations of human life into conventional common-sense
categories. A dozen motives seem to bloom where
but one was found to bud before.
Let us see what this does for political theory. The prolonged
study of individuals enables us to discern the details
of the process by which the political pattern, as we
meet it in adult life, comes to be achieved by individuals.
When X runs for office or passes judgment, his behavior
is overdetermined by motives, conscious and unconscious,
which were organized in successive patterns during infancy,
childhood and youth. The recognition of belonging
to a communal order never functions in isolation, and the
comparison of life-histories shows that this is implanted
in the child on the basis of meanings which he has elaborated
in his struggle, first against inhibitory factors in
the environment, and presently, when he has introjected
the demands of the environment, against his own antisocial
impulses.
The early restrictions which the environment imposes
upon a child are important in that they are met by reactions
on his part which predispose him to meet subsequent
limitations in certain ways. These early restrictions
are imposed upon the child by inflicting pain or by distracting
attention to pleasurable stimuli. Inhibition is thus
established in the organism by force majeur on the part of
the environment, since the infant is simply overpowered
or outgeneraled by the environment.
Thus far in his development the growing individual
has not become socialized in the sense that he has become
self-regulating in relation to objects in the environment.
The infant learns “sphincter morality” (in the phrase of
Ferenczi), but this involves no emotional relationship to
objects. His pleasures remain on his own body (autoplastic),
and the environment is an instrument for removing
bodily tensions in the simplest manner. Gradually the
child begins to look for gratification by lively erogenous
activities upon the body of another. This outward push
of activity is again limited and frequently blocked by
force majeur. In the place of sexual relations to objects
there now appears a new form of relation, and the child
socializes himself by incorporating the practices of those
about him.
It will be remembered that emotional bonds are established
in two ways: by object choice (for sexual acts)
and by identification. Identification, Freud writes, is the
original form of emotional tie with an object. It can become
a substitute for a libidinal object tie, and it may
arise with every new perception of a common quality
shared with some other person who is not an object of the
sexual instinct. This latter is partial identification. The
qualities of the object are copied (introjected). The energy
for the identification is said to be supplied by aim-inhibited
sexual instincts. The name of the state, the ceremonial
acts of deference toward ceremonial symbols—all
this and much more is characteristically a feature of
the child’s growth.
Characteristic, that is to say, frequent, but not invariable.
Children are always brought in relation to a system
of interferences and indulgences (ways of raising children),
and they always perceive an order of some kind.
But in some cases when a nation lives subjected to a state,
the recognition of the state relation may be accompanied
by resentment.
The state pattern itself prevails when many people take
it as more than a mere state of affairs, and the idea is
reinforced by “irrelevant meanings.” Some individuals
impose motivations upon others through the state pattern.
These individuals, whether despots or enthusiasts,
may be termed “radicles,” the active ones who serve as
radiating centers for the preservation and amplification of
the state pattern.
Freud treats the state as an emotional unity.[84] The members
of the state identify themselves with an abstract object
(the idea of the state) and are bound emotionally by
the partial identification which arises in perceiving an
analogous relationship to the object. Kelsen has objected
to this conception of the state as a real subjective unity
by arguing that identification is a process between individuals,
and that each member of a state cannot be
thought of as having entered into personal relationships
with every other member. Even if his narrow construction
of identification were well founded, the state could still
be treated as a real subjective unity on the basis of interlocking
identifications. A has identified with B and B with
C, and one of the features of B which the child A would
typically take over (introject) would be the name and
other symbols of the state.
Indeed, it is the interlocking character of identifications
which reasonably insures the incorporation of the
state symbol into the child’s conception of himself. There
is such a process as negative identification, the rejection
of patterns which are connected with hated persons. The
child is usually exposed to many adults and contemporaries,
and if they all associate themselves with the state,
the child is almost certain to reject only those patterns
which pertain exclusively to the hated individuals. This
is the fundamental reason for the staying power of patterns
once accepted in a group.
It has been customary in the psychoanalytical literature
on social and political processes to describe the state as a
universal father-substitute. We are at length in a position
to discuss the problems raised by such a generalization.
The distinctive contribution of the psychopathological approach
is the plurality of individual meanings which it
discloses. It is an anticlimax to discover that the appearance
of diversity is, after all, spurious, and that those who
insist upon the strenuous simplification of human motives
are justified. The point which I wish to insist upon is that
the data revealed by the psychopathological procedure are
far more significant for political and social science than
this single-track generalization would lead one to suppose.
The special value of the psychopathological approach
is that it represents a supermicroscopic method of utilizing
individual instances for the study of culture patterns.
If we begin with a political pattern and view it
against the private histories of actual people, we find that
this pattern takes on variable meaning from one individual
to another, but that broad groupings of associated meanings
are possible of ascertainment. Any subjective event
which is frequently associated with a political pattern is
important. Valid generalizations depend upon multiplying
cases which are selected from different groups in the
culture, and which are studied by methods capable of
disclosing subjective contexts. This is the point where
quantitative procedures can be made profitable to the student
of culture, whose attention is riveted on patterns
whose subjective element is important.
But are these studies likely to lead to anything valuable
if subjective events are so variable that any subjective
event may be associated with any other subjective event?
Why not terminate the investigation at the outset by saying
that the general law of probabilities can be relied
upon to predict the frequency with which any two of a
number of specified subjective events may be expected
to occur together? Is not our empirical inquiry likely to
terminate in an inventory of subjective states and their
frequently accompanying movements, thus foredooming
any effort to discover more-frequent-than-chance simultaneities,
antecedents, and successions? If you look long
enough, won’t you find every subjective event associated
with every other one?
A great many facts tend to substantiate this point of
view. It is true that many imposing psychological schools
of thought have arisen, run swiftly for a time in narrow
channels, and then stagnated in a shallow pool of “faculties”
or “instincts,” mere inventories of patterns which
are abstracted from all concrete events and which are
therefore capable of being combined in any event in
nearly infinite combinations. The search for specific connections
slacks down, and the psychological mill pond is
only stirred when somebody throws a stone in the pool in
the form of a new theory of specific causation, which
troubles the waters until it is found that the specific event
is found to occur with only chance frequency. In this
sense the only contributors to psychology are those who
are sufficiently naïve, or sufficiently unscrupulous, to exaggerate
the rôle of a specific type of experience. So we
have psychologies based on “fear” or “love” or “imitation,”
or we have a long string of separate terms, “sub-fears,”
which multiply as the range of concrete observation
widens, and the failure of the selected factor to explain
everything is made manifest, or disguised.
Thus a history of psychology could be written by taking
“completed” systems, analyzing the functional equivalence
of the categories applied, and reducing every new system
to a collection of synonyms for the terms of preceding
systems. This hypothetical history of psychological theories
would show how an inquirer, much impressed by
certain experiences, would seize upon certain terms to
describe them, and how, confronted by more and more
empirical realities, he would modify the distinctive meaning
of his explanatory conceptions out of existence. A
history of psychoanalytic terminology, such as Rank has
sketched in his treatment of genetic psychology, might be
raw material for such a comparison.
Would nothing remain but dictionaries of synonyms, all
rather dubious contributions to the grist of linguistic research?
It might be that our projected history would show
that each psychological system left a permanent legacy
behind it in the form of a significant “mechanism” which
had not previously been stressed. Now the whole world of
“causation” is implicated in any event, and the whole
number of significant mechanisms which may be discerned
in the “mind at a moment” is infinite. So our hypothetical
volume might conclude by accepting the assumption that
some events can be brought about by more than chance
frequency, subject to the reservation that experimental
confirmation is never reliable as to the future. The critical
configurations may never “reappear.” We commonly
say that the probability of an event’s future repetition
is greater if it has been oft repeated in the past. But there
is no means of demonstrating that the future contains
analogous configurations to the elapsed. The probability
of the future repetition of an event is “no probability.”
If events appear to be predictable, this is so because our
knowledge of contingencies is limited, and our sequences
of similar configurations may still be treated as special
instances of “no sequence.” The stable is a special case
of the unstable, to put the ultimate paradox. The discovery
of aggregates of mechanisms whose rearrangement in
short periods would enrich the apparatus of social control
is the dream (the mirage?) of psychology.
Whether these objections will be well founded depends
on the outcome of the test, and are incapable of dialectical
resolution. It may be pointed out that the search for
generalized mechanisms rests on no firmer logical foundations
than the search for subjective sequences, since mechanisms
are likewise aspects of the world of events, and as
such are subject to the same “no probability” laws of
recurrence.
It should be repeated that the aim of life-history investigation
is not to arrive at such thin generalizations as
the statement that the state is a universal father-imago
(symbol). What matters to the student of culture is not
the subjective similarities of the species, but the subjective
differences among members of the same and similar cultures.
The life-history configuration is precisely the one
which has special meaning for the study of culture, and
has its own valid place as an object of investigation in
the world of events.
We may at this point briefly retrace the steps which
have been taken in this monograph. The psychopathological
approach has been examined in its historical setting,
and the distinctive value of the free-fantasy method of
using the mind has been illustrated. Its importance, likewise,
for the understanding of political types has been
shown with special reference to the agitators and the administrators.
The general formula for the developmental history of
the political man employs three terms:
p}d}r = P
p equals private motives, d equals displacement on to public
objects, r equals rationalization in terms of public interest.
P signifies the political man, and } means “transformed
into.”
The political man shares the p, the private motives
which are organized in the early life of the individual,
with every man, and the d, the displacement on to public
objects, with some men. The distinctive mark of the homo
politicus is the rationalization of the displacement in terms
of public interests. Political types may be distinguished
according to the specialized or the composite character of
the functions which they perform and which they are desirous
of performing. There are political agitators, administrators,
theorists, and various combinations thereof.
There are significant differences in the developmental history
of each political type.
The hallmark of the agitator is the high value which
he places on the response of the public. As a class the
agitators are strongly narcissistic types. Narcissism is
encouraged by obstacles encountered in the early love relationships,
or by overindulgence and admiration in the
family circle. Libido is blocked in moving outward toward
objects and settles back upon the self. Sexual objects
which are like the self are preferred, and a strong homoerotic
component is thus characteristic. Among the agitators
yearning for emotional response of the homoerotic kind
is displaced upon generalized objects, and high value is put
on arousing emotional responses from the community at
large. The oratorical agitator, in contradistinction to the
publicist, seems to show a long history of successful impostorship
in dealing with his environment. Agitators differ
appreciably in the specificity or in the generality of
the social objects upon which they succeed in displacing
their affects. Those who have been consciously attached to
their parents and who have been successful impostors
(“model children”) are disposed to choose remote and general
objects. Those who have been conscious of suppressing
serious grievances against the intimate circle, and who
have been unable to carry off the impostor’s rôle successfully,
are inclined to pick more immediate and personal
substitutes. The rational structure tends toward theoretical
completeness in the former case. The object choices for
displaced affects depend on the models which are offered
when the early identifications are being made. When the
homoerotic attitude is the important one, the assaultive,
provocative relation to the environment is likely to display
itself; when the impotence fear is active, grandiose reactions
figure more prominently.
As a group the administrators are distinguished by the
value which they place upon the co-ordination of effort in
continuing activity. They differ from the agitators in that
their affects are displaced on less remote and abstract
objects. In the case of one important group this failure
to achieve abstract objects is due to excessive preoccupation
with specific individuals in the family circle, and to
the correlative difficulty of defining the rôle of the self.
Very original and overdriving administrators show a fundamental
pattern which coincides with that of the agitators.
The differences in specific development are principally
due to the culture patterns available for identification
at critical phases of growth. Another group of administrators
is recruited from among those who have passed
smoothly through their developmental crises. They have
not overrepressed powerful hostilities, but either sublimated
these drives, or expressed them boldly in the intimate
circle. They display an impersonal interest in the task
of organization itself, and assert themselves with firmness,
though not with overemphasis, in professional and
intimate life. Their lack of interest in abstractions is due
to the fact that they have never needed them as a means
of dealing with their emotional problems. They can take
or leave general ideas without using them to arouse widespread
affective responses from the public. Tied neither
to abstractions nor to particular people, they are able to
deal with both in a context of human relations, impersonally
conceived. Their affects flow freely; they are not affectless,
but affectively adjusted.
The psychopathological method was also employed to
discover the significance of political convictions, for it is
evident that beliefs are expressive of a rational and logical
“manifest” content, and that they symbolize a host of
private motives. In this connection there was passed in
review the history of a compulsive conformist to the pattern
of the family, and the histories of several nonconformists.
The private meaning of militarism and pacifism,
and of the pessimism and censoriousness of old age, were
explored.
Attention was then turned from the case-history fragments
to the problem of drawing out the implications of
intensive personality study for the theory of the collective
political process.
Political movements derive their vitality from the displacement
of private affects upon public objects. The affects
which are organized in the family are redistributed
upon various social objects, such as the state. Political
crises are complicated by the concurrent reactivation of
specific primitive impulses. One might suppose that when
important decisions are in process of being made society
would deliberate very calmly; but the disproportionality
between the behavior of man during wars, revolutions, and
elections, and the requirements of rational thinking is notorious.
Evidently a reactivating process is at work here;
there is a regressive tendency to reawaken primitive sadism
and lust.
Political symbols are particularly adapted to serve as
targets for displaced effect because of their ambiguity of
reference, in relation to individual experience, and because
of their general circulation. Although the dynamic
of politics is the tension of individuals, all tension does
not produce political acts. Nor do all emotional bonds
lead to political action. Political acts depend upon the
symbolization of the discontent of the individual in terms
of a more inclusive self which champions a set of demands
for social action.
Political demands are of only a limited relevance to
the changes which will produce permanent reductions in
the tension level of society. The political methods of coercion,
exhortation, and discussion assume that the rôle
of politics is to solve conflicts when they have happened.
The ideal of a politics of prevention is to obviate conflict
by the definite reduction of the tension level of society by
effective methods, of which discussion will be but one.
The preventive point of view insists upon a continuing
audit of the human consequences of social acts, and especially
of political acts. The achievement of the ideal of
preventive politics depends less upon changes in social
organization than upon improving the methods and the
education of the social administrators and the social scientists.
The empirical material utilized in the book was brought
together in the course of prolonged interviews with individuals
under unusually intimate conditions. At the present
time there are no satisfactory records of what actually
happens under these interview conditions, and it is
important for the future of personality study to improve
the methodology of these procedures. The objectification
of what transpires in the interview can be secured by arranging
for a verbatim transcript of what goes on, and by
recording the physical changes which occur.
Effective personality research depends upon viewing the
personality reactions as a system, and upon perfecting the
procedures by which the substitutive reactions of this system
may be exposed. Broadly speaking, the personality
may be treated as a system of object orientations, adjustive
thought, autistic reveries, and somatic reactions. The
problem is to introduce interferences into the system, and
to reveal the substitutive reactions for comparison and further
analysis. Every “fact” about personality events is to
be defined from the standpoint of a specified observer,
and a major problem for the future is to check the “facts”
of the observer in the prolonged interview against the
“facts” of observers in other situations. Personality research
can be made more valuable for political science
when the adult reactions are clearly seen which chiefly
interest the political scientist (see Appendix B).
What, in general terms, is the relationship between research
upon the individual and upon society? There is no
cleavage; there is but a gradation of reference points.
Events which are of collective interest always have an
individual locus, and these events may be studied in their
relation to the sequence of events “within the individual”
or in relation to the events “among individuals.” The distinctive
event which serves as the orienting frame for political
research is the recognition of belonging to a community
with a system of paramount claims and expectations.
This event, when distributed with sufficient frequency
among the individuals who occupy a given territory during
a specified time period, define the state, which is thus
a manifold of events. Research which studies the order
of events “within the individual” or “among individuals”
is equally relevant to the understanding of the state; the
difference is a difference of starting-point and not of final
result.
When the state is seen as a manifold of events the conditions
of whose occurrence are to be understood, the theoretical
foundation is laid for both the intensive and the
distributive inquiries upon which the politics of prevention
can be built. In particular will it be possible to profit as
the years pass, and as psychopathology widens the range
of its investigations, and increases the dependability of its
methods.
APPENDIX A SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY
The literature of psychoanalysis from its inception to 1926 is
conveniently available in John Rickman’s Index Psychoanalyticus,
1893–1926. The Gesammelte Schriften of Sigmund Freud
have been published by the Internationaler Psychoanalytischer
Verlag, Vienna, in eleven volumes. This publishing house puts
out most of the literature of the circle around Freud. Of Freud’s
books the beginner may be referred to his General Introduction
to Psychoanalysis, The Interpretation of Dreams, and Three Contributions
to Sexual Theory. An English edition of Freud’s collected
papers is in process of publication. The most important
technical journal is the Internationale Zeitschrift für arztliche
Psychoanalyse. There is an English journal, The International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, and an American one, The Psychoanalytic
Review. (A French periodical has recently appeared.)
Among the “orthodox” psychoanalytical treatises the following
are of particular importance:
Ferenczi, S.Bausteine zur Psychoanalyse. Leipzig, 1926.
——. Versuch einer Genitaltheorie. Leipzig, 1924.
Ferenczi, S., and Hollos, S.Psychoanalysis and the Psychic
Disorder of General Paresis, “Nervous and Mental Disease
Monograph Series,” No. 42. New York and Washington,
1925.
The psychological manifestations of a physical disease are predicted on
the basis of the psychoanalytical theory of personality development. Of
great methodological importance.
Abraham, K.Klinische Beitrage zur Psychoanalyse aus den
Jahren 1907–20. Leipzig, etc., 1921.
——. Psychoanalytische Studien zur Charakterbildung. Leipzig,
etc., 1925.
The most influential approach to the problem of character formation.
Amplified in many directions by Jones, Glover, etc.
Alexander, S.Psychoanalyse der Gesamtpersönlichkeit. Leipzig,
etc., 1927.
A notably lucid presentation of the general theory. Recently translated
as The Psychoanalysis of the Total Personality and published in the “Nervous
and Mental Disease Monograph Series.”
Hartmann, H.Die Grundlagen der Psychoanalyse. Leipzig,
1927.
A very important book which views analytical concepts in relation to
the data of experimental psychology.
Deutsch, Felix. “Experimentelle Studien zur Psychoanalyse,”
Internationale Zeitschrift, IX (1923), 484–96.
Reports the demonstration of the mechanism of repression by the use
of post-hypnotic suggestion.
Kempf, E.Psychopathology. St. Louis, 1921.
Stresses the function of the autonomic functions, and undertakes to
amplify psychoanalytical theory in this direction.
Among those who have broken off from Freud, after having
been associated with him, are Stekel, Jung, and Adler. Stekel
has published ten volumes of case histories which are valuable
for the beginner who needs to acquire a sense of what sort of
thing the human mind is capable. The other two are of more
theoretical importance. Jung’s Psychological Types is of the
most immediate interest to social scientists, although his speculations
about the “racial unconscious” are suggestive. Alfred
Adler’s standpoint is set out in his Individual Psychology. His
circle in Vienna publishes a journal.
An excellent manual is The Structure and Meaning of Psychoanalysis
(New York, 1930), by William Healy, Augusta F. Bronner,
and Anna Mae Bowers.
The psychoanalytical movement can be placed in the general
perspective of medical psychology by referring to such a manual
as William A. White’s Outlines of Psychiatry or Bernard Hart’s
Psychopathology. There are excellent books in German on medical
psychology by Kronfeld, Birnbaum, Schilder, Kretschmer, and
many others. The general movements in the field can be followed
in the American Journal of Psychiatry or the Journal of Nervous
and Mental Diseases, the latter of which is edited by William A.
White and Smith Ely Jelliffe, who also supervise the well-known
series of books, usually translations, called the “Nervous and
Mental Disease Monograph Series.” Pierre Janet’s Psychological
Healing reviews the general history of psychopathology. Among
the innumerable articles and books which undertake to appraise
the clinical and normal implications of psychoanalysis, the symposium
edited by Hans Prinzhorn may be chosen, Krisis der Psychoanalyse
(Leipzig, 1928), Band I (the projected second volume
will not appear). Otto Rank, who has likewise broken with
Freud, is publishing a series of books on the psychoanalytical
interview which promises to serve as a bridge between the general
theory and the objective studies of the interview situation
which are in progress in America.
On the special problem of personality and character types, the
volume by A. A. Roback, The Psychology of Character, may be
instanced as a very comprehensive guide to the literature. His
A Bibliography on Personality is also available. An acute analysis
of typologies was offered by O. Selz before the German experimental
psychologists in 1923. See the following:
Selz, O. “Über die Personlichkeitstypen und die Methoden ihrer
Bestimmung,” Bericht über den VIII. Kongress für experimentelle
Psychologie. Jena, 1924.
Klüver, H. “An Analysis of Recent Work on the Problem of
Psychological Types,” Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
LXII, No. 6 (December, 1925).
The current output is reviewed from time to time in relation to tests by
Mark A. May, Gordon W. Allport, and certain other psychologists who are
especially interested in the field. The Psychological Index can be consulted
for the purpose of keeping abreast of the large quantity of published
material.
The most influential recent book is Kretschmer’s Physique and
Character. The somatic factors in personality are stated with
charm and brevity by E. Miller, Types of Mind and Body. Useful
summary and critical volumes are by William I. Thomas and
Dorothy S. Thomas, The Child in America (New York, 1928),
chapters viii-xiii inclusive, and by R. G. Gordon, Personality
(New York, 1926).
The psychoanalytical literature which has undertaken to deal
with politics or politicians explicitly may be appended here:
Pfister, Oskar. “Analytische Untersuchungen über die Psychologie
des Hasses und der Versöhnung,” Jahrbuch der
Psychoanalyse, II (1910), 134–78.
——. “Die Bedeutung der Psychoanalyse für die Staats- und
Gesellschaftslehre” (Vortrag an VI. Int. Psa. Kong., Hague,
September 8–11, 1920), abstract in Internationale Zeitschrift,
VI, 400.
——. “Die menschlichen Einigungsbestrebungen im Lichte der
Psychoanalyse,” Imago, XII (1926), 126–35.
The Imago is the psychoanalytical journal which is devoted to applications
of psychoanalytical theory to the interpretation of culture.
Sachs, Hanns. “Die Bedeutung der Psychoanalyse für Probleme
der Soziologie” (Vortrag), abstract in Centralblatt für Psychoanalyse,
II (1911), 464–69.
——. “Ein Traum Bismarcks,” Internationale Zeitschrift, I
(1913), 80–83.
Sachs, Hanns, and Rank, Otto. Die Bedeutung der Psychoanalyse
für die Geisteswissenschaften. Wiesbaden, 1913.
This was published in the “Grenzfragen des Nerven und Seelenlebens,”
No. 93, a series which contains many volumes of great interest to social
scientists. Kretschmer now is the responsible editor. The book also appears
as No. 23 in the “Nervous and Mental Disease Monograph Series.”
Rank, Otto. “Der ‘Familienroman’ in der Psychologie des Attentäters,”
Der Künstler (virte vermehrte Auflage; Leipzig,
etc., 1925), pp. 142–48.
This fragment first appeared in 1911.
Storfer, A. J. “Zur Sonderstellung des Vatermordes.” Leipzig,
etc., 1911.
Parricide and regicide are punished with unusual severity in different
legal systems.
Abraham, Karl. “Amenhotep IV (Echnaton),” Imago, I
(1912), 334–60.
One of the earliest applications of analytical concepts to a historical
personage.
Freud, Sigmund.Totem und Taboo. Leipzig, etc., 1913.
Outlines his hypothesis of the origin of culture in an original parricide
by a band of revolting brothers, who resented the monopoly of the females
by the old man of the tribe, and who undertook to repress memories of
the crime. See the discussion by Malinowski of this hypothesis in Sex and
Repression in Savage Society (New York, 1927).
——. “Zeitgemässes über Krieg und Tod,” Imago, IV (1915–16),
1–21.
——. Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse. Leipzig, etc., 1921.
An application of Freud’s theories to the psychology of crowds and
social institutions. See William McDougall, “Professor Freud’s Group Psychology
and His Theory of Suggestion,” chapter xvii of Problems of Personality
(ed. Campbell and others; New York, 1925).
——. Unbehagen der Kultur. Leipzig, etc., 1929.
Jekels, Ludwig. “Der Wendepunkt im Leben Napoleons I,”
Imago, III (1914), 313–81.
Kaplan, Leo. “Der tragische Held und der Verbrecher,” ibid.,
IV (1915), 96–124.
Jones, Ernest. “War and Sublimation.” Read before the British
Association for the Advancement of Science, Section of
Physiology, September 10, 1915; published in Reports of
the Association, LXXXV, 699 ff.
——. (ed.). The Social Aspects of Psychoanalysis. London,
1923.
Tausk, Viktor. “Zur Psychologie des Deserteurs,” Zeitschrift,
IV (1916–17), 193–204, 228–40.
Blüher, Hans.Die Rolle der Erotik in der männlichen Gesellschaft.
2 vols. Jena, 1917.
Bernfeld, Siegfried. “Die Psychoanalyse in der Jugendbewegung,”
Imago, V (1919), 283–89.
——. “Über eine typische Form der männlichen Pubertät,”
ibid., IX (1923), 169–188.
Clark, L. Pierce. “A Psychologic Study of Abraham Lincoln,”
ibid., VIII (1921), 1–21.
——. “A Psycho-historical Study of the Epileptic Personality
in the Genius,” ibid., IX (1922), 367–401.
——. “The Narcism of Alexander the Great,” Ibid., X (1923),
156–69.
——. Napoleon: Self-Destroyed. New York, 1929.
Kolnai, Aurel.Psychoanalyse und Soziologie. Leipzig, etc.,
1920.
Lazell, Edward W. “Psychology of War and Schizophrenia,”
Psychoanalytic Review, VII (1920), 224–45.
Rinaldo, Joel.The Psychoanalysis of the Reformer. New York,
1921.
White, William A.Thoughts of a Psychiatrist on the War and
After. New York, 1919.
Low, Barbara. “Civic Ideals: Some Psycho-analytical Considerations,”
Sociological Review, 1922.
Boven, William. “Alexander der Grosse,” Imago, VIII (1922),
418–39.
Berger, G. “Zur Theorie der menschlichen Feindseligkeit,” ibid.,
IX (1923), 344–67.
Lorenz, Emil.Der politische mythus, Beitrage zur mythologie
der Kultur. Leipzig, etc., 1923.
Illustrates the state-father relationship from the lore and literature of
many cultures.
Reik, Theodor.Geständniszwang und Strafbedürfnis: Probleme
der Psychoanalyse und der Kriminologie. Leipzig, etc., 1925.
Outlines in masterly fashion the implications of the need for punishment
and the compulsion to confess for criminology. Reik has also published
extensively on religion from the psychoanalytical standpoint.
Kohn, Erwin, Lasalle der Führer. Leipzig, etc., 1926.
Alexander, Franz, and Staub, Hugo. Der Verbrecher und seine
Richter. Vienna, 1929.
A sketch of criminology from the psychoanalytical standpoint, drawing
heavily on Alexander’s conception of the neurotic character, as distinguished
from the neurotics who show hysteric or compulsive symptoms.
Friedjung, Josef K. “Zur Psychologie des kleinen Politikers,”
Imago, XIV (1928), 498–501.
Among those who have undertaken from allied fields to apply
psychoanalytic viewpoints may be mentioned William F. Ogburn,
who read a paper before the economists in 1918; Thomas D.
Eliot, sociologist; Harry Elmer Barnes, historical sociologist;
E. D. Martin, social psychologist; Preserved Smith, historian;
R. V. Harlow, historian; W. H. R. Rivers, ethnologist; and Theodore
Schroeder, lawyer. See especially:
Barnes, Harry Elmer.The New History and the Social Studies,
chap. iii. New York, 1925.
Discusses the bibliography in English.
Swoboda, Hermann. “Zur Psychologie des Parlamentarismus,”
Oesterreichische Rundschau, Band XIV, Heft 1, January 1,
1908.
——. “Die Kunst des Regierens,” ibid., Band XVII, December
15, 1908.
——. “Der Volksvertreter,” ibid., Band XXXII, Heft 3, August
1, 1912.
These articles of Swoboda are the first well-considered applications of
psychoanalysis to politics by a non-specialist. The first article treats the
rôle of parliamentarism as “catharsis,” and specifically refers to the work
of Breuer and Freud.
Aside from specifically psychoanalytical efforts to interpret
individuals and collective trends, there have been many efforts on
the part of other psychiatrists and physicians, or their followers,
to offer such interpretations. The whole literature of “pathography”
is abstracted and discussed here:
Lange-Eichbaum, Wilhelm.Genie-Irrsinn, und Ruhm. Leipzig,
1928.
Students of politics will be most interested in the references
and abstracts concerning Rousseau, Alexander the Great, Amenhotep
IV, Bismarck, Blücher, emperors and princes, Frederick
the Great, Lincoln, Loyola, Ludwig II of Bavaria, Napoleon, and
Robespierre. Möbius put “pathography” on a scientific basis.
The following is one of the best of the “pathographies,” since it
stresses the diseased aspects of the personality in the perspective
of the total development of the subject’s career:
Heidenhain, Adolf, J.-J. Rousseau, Persönlichkeit, Philosophie
and Psychose, “Grenzfragen des Nerven-und Seelenlebens,”
Heft 117. Munich, 1924.
The study of the effect of individual pathology on culture, and
of culture upon individual pathology, is envisaged as a program
in the following:
Birnbaum, Karl.Grundzüge der Kulturpsychopathologie,
“Grenzfragen des Nerven- und Seelenlebens,” Heft 116. Munich,
1924.
The reckless extension of individual pathological terms to the
state of society as a whole has caused much confusion, but a case
can be made out for a valid use of the concept of the pathological.
Thus:
Schneersohn, F. “Zur Grundlegung einer Völker- und Massenpsychopathologie
(Soziopsychopathologie),” Ethos, I (1925–26),
81–120.
This includes an exhaustive bibliography of the efforts of psychiatrists
to extend their conceptions to society, and a detailed consideration of the
methodological issues involved.
Special attention should be called to the forthcoming volume
by Harry Stack Sullivan on Personal Psychopathology in which a
systematic treatment of the whole field of psychiatry and sociology
is presented. Dr. Sullivan has vastly stimulated a rapprochement
between physician and social scientist in the United States. See
the Proceedings of the two colloquiums on personality investigation,
held under the auspices of the American Psychiatric Association,
first published in the American Journal of Psychiatry for
May, 1929, and May, 1930, and separately obtainable.
APPENDIX B QUESTION LIST ON POLITICAL PRACTICES
This question list refers directly to the organized political
life of the subject. Questions which are designed to
elicit preferences are not included. For general personality
questions and trait lists, the usual sources may be consulted
for suggestions.[85]
The question list here must, of course, be modified if
used orally or with naïve subjects. An effort is always
to be made to elicit specific incidents which arise in the
mind. “Reminiscences” and not theories about the self
are desired.
1. List the various associations and organizations of which you
have been a member and in which you enjoyed rights which
were approximately equal to those exercised by everyone
else. Specify in each case whether you were almost inactive,
moderately active, quite active. State when you became a
member and how your subsequent activity fluctuated. Give
dates when possible. Remember that you have been a member
of various democratically organized political units. Mention
also the prep-school class organizations, school and college
organizations, alumni associations, profession organizations,
civic associations, parties, and elective public offices.
Organizations which were autocratically organized
(that is, which exercised authority over those who had no
formal right to choose the officials) should not be included.
Do not omit associations of war veterans, Daughters or Sons
of the Revolution, pacifists, anarchists, reform agitators, constitutional
defense leagues, etc.
2. List the various organizations with which you have been associated
either as one in autocratic authority or as one subject
to autocratic authority. This should include schools
which you have attended, appointive offices in the government,
most business connections, trusteeships, etc.
3. List your various free-lance activities which have involved
scarcely any organization but which have been a source of
income. Partnerships which have involved practically no
staff, private secretaryships, and such are meant to be listed
here.
The following questions are intended to bring out the
salient facts in connection with your relationship to each
democratically organized and autocratically organized association
or institution with which you were affiliated.
Answer for each organization which you have listed in so
far as applicable.
4. Just how did you become a member of this organization?
What steps did you take? Who helped you? Why were
you taken in? If you organized this body, why did you do
it? When did you first entertain the idea? How did your
plans develop? What assistance did you get and by what
means? What was your reputation inside the organization
when you first came in? Were you, for instance, ignored or
regarded as promising or accepted and given responsibility
immediately?
5. What friends or enemies did you have inside the organization
when you first came into it?
6. To what offices or positions of authority in the organization
were you elected or appointed?
7. In each case explain how it came about. When did you
first entertain the idea that selection was possible? How
much did you hesitate and ponder before deciding to try
for the position or before accepting it if it was thrust upon
you? What alternatives did you consider? With whom did
you talk over the matter? What was urged on you? What
were the disadvantages which deterred you or the advantages
which lured you? Just what did you do to get the
office or position? Who were your chief aids? Who were
your chief competitors? What were the points in your favor
and in favor of the others? How did the various cliques,
groups, and other components of the organization line up?
Sketch your strategy and practices in dealing with each one
before selection. Did any issues of policy figure and how?
8. What were the cases in which you ran or were considered
at one stage or another for selection? Answer the questions
as before for each instance.
9. What appointive power or influence did you exercise in office?
Whom did you consult in making or influencing these
appointments? To what extent did you consider competence?
The rewarding of friends? The division or elimination
of your opponents?
10. What objectives, if any, had you thought out when you assumed
responsibility?
11. What were the chief issues on which you took a position?
How did your influence make itself felt in each instance (in
public speaking, interviewing, appointive pressure, etc.)?
How did each major issue happen to emerge? How did you
arrive at your position? Whom did you consult? What
considerations were balanced on both sides of the question?
To what extent did you make issues by interjecting specific
proposals into the situation? How did you happen to do
this? What were the elements in the organization which were
lined up on either side of the question? What concessions
did you make in order to achieve your ends? Do you regard
your concessions as too cheaply bought as you look
back upon them? What results did you secure which satisfy
you?
12. During your tenure were there personal misunderstandings,
quarrels, and hatreds between you and anybody? How did
they come about? What did you do and what was the relation
of what you did to what happened?
13. Were there personal misunderstandings, quarrels, and antipathies
among others inside the organization which you were
asked to settle or which you tried to settle? What did you
do and what relation did it bear to what finally happened?
14. Were there personal misunderstandings, quarrels, and antipathies
between members of your own organization and people
in other organizations which you were asked to settle or
which you tried to settle? What did you do and what relation
did it bear to what finally happened?
15. Did your organization have any ill feelings as a body for
other organizations or groups when you came into office?
What did you do to inflame or reduce it? What effect? Why?
16. Did your organization have any friendly feelings as a body
for other organizations or groups? What did you do to
cement or to disrupt these relations? Why? With what effect
on the course of events?
17. Did your organization develop any friendly or unfriendly
relations with organizations or groups to which they had
been previously indifferent during your term in office?
What did you do that had anything to do with this result?
Why?
18. Did your organization use physical, legal, or other forms of
pressure upon any other organization or group during your
term? What was your rôle in suggesting, supporting, directing,
or obstructing the adoption of these tactics? Why?
What resulted?
19. Did your organization use physical, legal, economic, or
other forms of pressure upon any of its own members during
your term? What was your rôle in suggesting, supporting,
directing, or obstructing the adoption of these tactics? Why?
With what effect?
20. By whom were you praised during and after your term of
office for your record? How were you praised or recognized
and honored and for what? Effect on you?
21. By whom were you adversely criticized during and after
your term in office for your record? How were you censured
and for what? Effect on you?
22. Were you re-elected or reappointed, promoted or demoted,
after serving your term or before? Why?
23. How did you get along with your immediate superiors, collaborators,
and assistants? To what extent did you manipulate
them? What different tactics did you employ with each?
What success?
24. What were your formal and ceremonial duties in the organization
as an officer? Did you enjoy them?
25. How did you enjoy your other official activities?
26. As a non-official, or non-position-holding member of the organization,
what did you enjoy about it? The ceremonies?
The routine operations? The uncertain features?
27. As a member of the rank and file, what policies and activities
did you initiate, support, or oppose? Why? How much
did you do and to what effect? How did the elements of the
organization line up? Were you usually in the minority or
the majority? What elements were usually with you?
28. How did your reputation change during your years in the
organizations?
29. What particular friends and enemies did you acquire?
30. As a member of the rank and file, did you have personal misunderstandings,
quarrels, and hatreds between you and other
members? Why? What did you do? Results?
31. Did you arbitrate any grievances or try to smooth them out?
Success? Why?
32. What was your attitude toward other organizations or groups
with which your organization either competed or had some
relations? As a member of the rank and file, what did you
do to change or intensify prevailing attitudes? Influence?
33. Did your organization use physical or other means of pressure
against outside organizations and other members of
your organization? As a member of the rank and file, what
did you do and with what effect? Did you think your organization
was the best of its kind?
34. Have you severed your connection or become inactive? Why?
35. If you are still active, what are your plans and hopes?
36. How did this particular organization touch the administrative,
legislative, and judicial branches of the government?
The political parties? How? What methods were used to
bring pressure to bear? What was your part in them?
37. As you look back on your life in the organization do you
think of practices which you indulged in or tolerated which
you regard as perhaps questionable? Instances? Did you
so regard them at the time? What would have happened if
you had not indulged in them? Should an organization be
run on a different basis now?
38. What effect did life in the organization have upon your
activity in the politics of the community at large? Did you
have impulses to express yourself publicly or privately upon
matters which you felt it expedient to follow? Or were you
driven to such expression and activity?
39. If you were to judge entirely in terms of your experience
as a member of this organization, what would be your judgment
of the honesty and efficiency of the public service and
the party machine?
40. What political prejudices or philosophies were current
among various elements inside the organization?
41. Think of various members of this organization who were
rather typical. How did you act toward them when you met
them? What topics of conversation, of anecdote, etc., did
you indulge in? What activities in common were there?
42. Did you think that you were imposed upon by any members
as you look back upon it now? Did you estimate some
of them too highly? Who? Why?
43. Did you underestimate some? Who? Why?
44. Were you estimated too high or too low? By whom? Why?
45. What things apart from common dishonesty would have
caused you to lose standing in the organization? What opinions
and activities would have compromised you?
46. Did you risk loss of standing at any time by word or deed?
Were you tempted to? Why did you refrain?
47. When you tried to add others to the organization, whom
did you seek? What type of people, in general, were you
interested in?
48. Did the organization live up to your ideal? Why?
49. Who were the most powerful ones in the organization at different
periods? What were your relations with them? What
did you do consciously to win them? Success? What did
you do to antagonize them? How did they take it? What,
in short, was the attitude of the leaders toward you?
50. Did you ever have a sense of frustration arising from your
failure to participate in discussions of policy, either because
you hesitated to express yourself or because you expressed
yourself badly?
51. What is your matured judgment of the utility of this organization
in society?
52. How did your organization connections help or hurt you socially
or any other way?
53. How did your outside connections help or hurt you in the
organization?
54. What, generally speaking, were your advantages and disadvantages
with reference to securing and holding a prominent
position in the organization?
55. In general, what place did this organization play in your
life?
56. With respect to each one of your so-called free-lance or
very personal activities, answer such questions as these: How
did you happen to take it up? Upon what factors would
your success and failure depend? What did you do to manage
the persons upon whom success or failure depended?
With what result? What reaction did your experience have
upon your outlook upon political life generally?
[1] See Harold D. Lasswell, “The Study of the Ill as a Method of Research
on Political Personalities,” American Political Science Review, November,
1929.
[2] “Psychosis” means the more serious mental disturbances; “neurosis”
means the less serious ones.
[3] The best summary of this literature is Wilhelm Lange-Eichbaum, Genie-Irrsinn
und Ruhm. See also the works of Ireland, Lombroso, Möbius, and
Gould.
[4] See De Grange’s excellent treatment of this matter in his paper on
the methodology of Comte in the case book to be published by the Social
Science Research Council.
[5] What has been said above is current in the biography of Freud by
Fritz Wittals, and in Freud’s autobiographical sketches.
[6] Modified from “Self-Analysis and Judicial Thinking,” International
Journal of Ethics, April, 1930.
[7] The training should, of course, be conducted by a specialist alert to his
responsibilities.
[9] I summarized some of this literature in “Types of Political Personalities,”
Proceedings of the American Sociological Society, 1927. Reprinted in
Personality and the Group (edited by Burgess).
[16] It is not profitable to pursue these distinctions farther. I should prefer
to distinguish the statesman from the politician by treating the latter as a
function of a democratically organized community and as one who is limited
to persuasion in the advancement of his conceptions of public right.
The statesman may use force, and is not necessarily a function of democratically
organized society.
[17] His viewpoint is best expressed in “Die Typen der Weltanschauung,” in
Weltanschauung-Philosophie und Religion in Darstellungen (edited by M.
Frischeisen-Kohler).
[20] See Robert Michels, Political Parties; C. E. Merriam, American Party
System, and Introduction to H. F. Gosnell’s Boss Platt and His New York
Machine; Martin Conway, Instincts of the Herd in Peace and War; Lowell,
Public Opinion in War and Peace; Rohmer, Die Vier Parteien; A. Christensen,
Politics and Crowd Morality; W. B. Munro, Personality in Politics.
[21]Die öffentliche Persönlichkeit. Beihefte zur Zeitschrift für angewandte
Psychologie, Vol. XLIV.
[22] “Innate Factors in Radicalism and Conservatism,” Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, XX (1925–26), 234–44.
[23] Allport really used a rank-order method of handling opinion expressions
which he unjustifiably treated as marking definite positions along a
base line. Thurstone has greatly improved the technique of opinion measurement.
See Thurstone and Chave, The Measurement of Attitude (Chicago,
1929). For Allport’s original paper (with D. A. Hartman), see “Measurement
and Motivation of Atypical Opinion in a Certain Group,” American
Political Science Review, XIX (1925), 735–60.
[24] “Three Distinctions in the Study of Leaders,” Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, Vol. XXIII (July-September, 1928).
[25] By Keith Sward, Social Science Research Council Fellow, and others.
I discuss the problem of evaluating test results later on.
[26] “A Biochemical Approach to the Study of Personality,” Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, Vol. XXIII (July-September, 1928).
[27] Hans Apfelbach, Der Aufbau des Charakters. Cf. Otto Weininger,
Geschlecht und Charakter; Fliess, Ablauf des Lebens.
[30] “The Significance of Physical Constitution in Mental Disease,” Medicine,
V (1926), 375–451.
[31] The popular superstition about the dangers of masturbation seems to
have become widespread in Western Europe in the eighteenth century.
Havelock Ellis dates it from the appearance of a sensational book by an
anonymous English doctor which was called Onania: or the Heinous Sin
of Self-Pollution and All Its Frightful Consequences in Both Sexes, Considered,
with Spiritual and Physical Advice, etc. This is said to have
passed through eighty editions and to have been translated into German.
Tissot, a physician of Lausanne, contributed his Traité on the same subject
in Latin in 1760. This appeared in French four years later, and subsequently
in nearly all European languages. His watchword was that masturbation
was a crime, “an act of suicide.” Voltaire popularized his viewpoint
in the Dictionnaire philosophique, and the tradition became firmly set. See
Havelock Ellis, Studies in the Psychology of Sex, I, 248–49. The cultural
relativity of this attitude toward masturbation is brought out in ethnological
reports.
[32]Psychoanalytische Studien zur Charakterbildung (International Psychoanalytische
Bibliothek, 1925), Nr. XVI. Freud’s first contribution to the
subject was published in 1908. His brief article, “Charakter and Analerotik,”
is reprinted in the fifth volume of the Gesammelte Schriften. Others
who have written in the same field are Sadger, Ferenczi, Jones, and E.
Glover.
[33] Joel Rinaldo paraphrases Freud in his Psychoanalysis of the “Reformer”
and without supporting cases argues that the reformer is always
a meddling hysteric. This is not to be taken for granted, for he may more
often prove to be an obsessive type, when he shows mental pathology. For
the best picture of the two clinical types, see Janet, Les névroses.
[34] See Ferenczi, Versuch einer Genitaltheorie (Internationale Psychoanalytische
Bibliothek, 1924), Band XV, esp. Sec. V. Also Wilhelm Reich,
Die Funktion des Orgasmus.
[35] See Freud’s discussion of paranoia in his “Psychoanalytische Bemerkungen
über einen autobiographisch beschriebenen Fall von Paranoia,”
Gesammelte Schriften, Band VIII.
[36] This grandfather committed suicide at an unreported age, and his
youngest son is said to be “very nervous.” B’s oldest sister had a nervous
breakdown in high school. The third sister is “neurotic.” B is described
as having been a frail infant, and a shy child. Bed-wetting continued until
he was twelve or fourteen, and he occasionally had attacks of indigestion.
Physical examination failed to disclose any significant physical factor in
his difficulties.
[37] Examples are given in Kempf’s Psychopathology, and in other textbooks
on the subject.
[38] See Helene Deutsch, Psychoanalyse der weiblichen Sexualfunction.
[39] See “The Dynamics of Schizophrenic Reactions Related to Pregnancy
and Childbirth,” American Journal of Psychiatry, VIII (1929), 733–66.
[40] The physician in charge of this case comments that there may be a
homosexual anlage on the physical level, but that this is not certain.
[41] Harry Stack Sullivan has stressed the critical importance for personality
growth of the adolescent phase in which the individual is impelled
to enter into intimate emotional relations with one or two other persons of
his own age. Those who partially fail in this show various warps in their
subsequent development.
[42] “Der neurotische Charakter,” Internationale Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse,
XIV (1928), 26–44.
[43] Abraham and Ferenczi have reported cases of this kind.
[45] See the chapter on “Psycho-analysis in Relation to Politics” in Social
Aspects of Psycho-Analysis (London, 1924).
[46] “Dogma und Zwangsidee,” Imago, XIII (1927), 247–382.
[47] Succinctly described in “Über eine typische Form der männlichen
pubertät,” Imago, IX (1923), 169 ff. On the homoerotic elements see Hans
Blüher, Die deutsche Wandervogelbewegung als erotisches Phänomen, and
his more elaborate volume cited in the Bibliography.
[48] I was kindly permitted to see this manuscript which is not yet published.
[49] See Sandor Rado, “Die psychischen Wirkungen der Rauschgifte,” Internationale
Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse, XII (1926), 540–56; A. Keilholz,
“Analyseversuch bei Delirium Tremens,” ibid., pp. 478–92; and
Stekel’s volumes.
[50] For a sketch of the unconscious processes involved in warfare see S.
Freud, “Zeitgemässes über Krieg und Tod,” Imago, IV (1915–16), 1–21;
Ernest Jones, Essays in Psycho-Analysis; William A. White, Thoughts of
a Psychiatrist on the War and After.
[52] The distinction between the crowd and the public is best developed
in the writings of Robert E. Park. Freud undertook to explain the crowd
on the theory that an emotional bond was forged by identification of the
individual with a leader, and by a process of partial identification through
the perception of this similar relationship to the leader. He set out from
the observation that when people are interacting upon one another they
behave differently than when they are alone. The loss of individuality represents
a relinquishment of narcissistic gratification which can only come
when libido is directed outward toward objects. Freud’s theory applies
strictly to a special case of crowd behavior only. Crowd states may also
arise when interlocking partial identifications occur on the perception of
a common threat. Crowd behavior often arises before anybody assumes a
“leading” rôle, and rival leaders are “selected” by the crowd.
[55] Franz Alexander, “Mental Hygiene and Criminology,” First International
Congress on Mental Hygiene.
[56] For an appreciation of the rôle of the pathological person in society
see Wilhelm Lange-Eichbaum, Genie-Irrsinn, und Ruhm, and Karl Birnbaum,
Grundzüge der Kulturpsychopathologie.
[57] Something like this is no doubt the thought in Trigant Burrow’s very
obscure book on The Social Basis of Consciousness.
[58] This point was forcibly made by Beardsley Ruml in his speech at
the dedication of the Social Science Research Building at the University
of Chicago. See The New Social Science, edited by Leonard D. White, pp.
99–111.
[59] I have suggested that those who write human biography should be
included among those who require this comprehensive training. See “The
Scientific Study of Human Biography,” Scientific Monthly, January, 1930.
[60] Modified and expanded from “The Psychoanalytic Interview as a
Method of Research on Personalities,” in The Child’s Emotions, pp. 136–59.
[61] See Harold D. Lasswell, “The Problem of Adequate Personality Records:
A Proposal,” American Journal of Psychiatry, May 1929. Also Appendix
B of The Proceedings of the First Colloquium on Personality Investigation.
[62] We are now engaged upon studies of this kind at the Personality
Laboratory in the Social Science Research Building at the University of
Chicago. Harry Stack Sullivan is conducting a series of researches on expression
changes, with particular reference to schizophrenia, which are of
the greatest importance.
[63] The topic of reliable criteria will be dealt with in detail in the reports
upon experiments in progress.
[64] The best technical discussions of the nature of the analytical situation
are in the writings of Freud, Rank, Ferenczi, Nunberg, and Alexander.
[65] Expanded from an article with the same title which appeared in the
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, January, 1930.
[66] Dorothy Swaine Thomas and Associates, Some New Techniques for
Studying Social Behavior.
[67] “Die ersten sozialen Verhaltungsweisen des Kindes,” Quellen und
Studien zur Jugendkunde, Heft 5.
[68] Referred to by John E. Anderson, “The Genesis of Social Reactions in
the Young Child,” The Unconscious: A Symposium. These researches are
abstracted in William I. Thomas and Dorothy S. Thomas, The Child in
America.
[69]Über soziale Verhaltungsweisen in der Vorpubertät, “Wiener Arbeiten
zur pädogogischen Psychologie” (herausgegeben von Charlotte Bühler and
Viktor Fadrus), Heft 2.
[70]Das volkstümliche Kinderspiel, Heft 6, in the same series as the above.
[71] “Psychologie des Jugendführers,” Quellen und Studien zur Jugendkunde
(herausgegeben von Dr. Charlotte Bühler).
[72]Das Problem des Charakteraufbaus, pp. 68–80. See E. Spranger, Psychologie
des Jugendalters, and Else Croner, “Die Psyche der weiblichen
Jugend,” Schriften zur Frauenbildung, Heft 6.
[73]Internationale Psychoanalytische Bibliotek, Band XIX.
[74] See especially p. 278. Harry Stack Sullivan is tracing out the developmental
history of various forms of personality in his forthcoming volume
on Personal Psychopathology.
[75] Paul Federn commented in his pamphlet that a democratic state
must depend upon a democratic family life.
[76] See his excellent methodological chapter in The Psychology of Murder.
[78] Not to be confused with mind-body parallelism, which is not accepted.
[79] Cf. Kelsen, Der Soziologische und der juristische Staatsbegriff; “Der
Begriff des Staates und die Sozialpsychologie,” Imago, VIII (1922), 97–141;
“The Conception of the State and Social Psychology,” International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, V (1924), 1–38.
[80] Perhaps the most important part of the Merriam and Gosnell study
of Non-Voting is the symposium of conversational scraps which suggest
what balloting actually means to various classes and sections of a modern
metropolitan community.
[81] Such criticism has been directed against the pioneer venture of the
Lynds, Middletown.
[82] An able discussion of the operational concept is in P. W. Bridgman,
The Logic of Modern Physics.
[83] Alexander and Staub have commented on this in Der Verbrecher und
seine Richter. But it is principally due to the suspicion of the public
officer.
[84] See his sketch of social psychology in Massenpsychologie und Ich-Analyse.
[85] More specifically, Kretschmer’s Psychobiogramm, published in H. Hoffmann,
Das Problem des Charakteraufbaus, as an appendix; Heyman’s
trait list (republished in Gesammelte Kelinere Schriften, Dritter Teil);
the psychograms of W. Stern (in Die differentielle Psychologie in ihren
methodischen Grundlagen), of Baade, Lipman, and Stern (Zeitschrift für
angewandte Psychologie, Band III), of P. Margis (Breslau dissertation,
1911, Das Problem und die Methoden der Psychographie mit einer Individualanalyse
von E. T. A. Hoffmann), of L. Lewin (Friedrich Hebbel:
Beitrag zu einem Psychogramm [Berlin, 1913]), of E. Stern (“Patho-psychographische
Untersuchungen,” Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten,
Band LXI), of F. Kehrer and S. Fischer (“Modell einer klinisch-experimentellen
Pathographie,” Zeitschrift für die gesamte Neurologie und
Psychiatrie, Band LXXXV); the outlines of Dr. Paul Federn (Schema der
Libidoaufnahme, MSS in my possession), of F. D. Wells (MSS in my possession),
of G. V. Hamilton, of Adolf Meyer (mimeographed MSS in my
possession), of Amsden and Hoch, of Floyd Allport, and the lists of Woodworth,
Laird, House, Freyd and Thurstone.